UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
   
þ   
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
o   
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from          to          
Commission File No. 1-4347
____________________________________________
ROGERS CORPORATION
 (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Massachusetts
06-0513860
(State or other jurisdiction of
(I. R. S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
Identification No.)
 
P.O. Box 188, One Technology Drive, Rogers, Connecticut 06263-0188
  (Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (860) 774-9605

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $1 Par Value
New York Stock Exchange
Rights to Purchase Capital Stock
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None
_______________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o   No x
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o   No x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was  required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes x   No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
 
submit and post such files). 
Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer  x Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company o
   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)  Yes o   No x

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $439,914,040.  Rogers has no non-voting common equity.

The number of shares outstanding of common stock as of February 4, 2011 was 15,872,470.


 
 
 
 

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

Portions of Rogers’ Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, currently scheduled for May 12, 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 

 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
   
     
4
11
18
19
20
24
     
   
     
25
26
27
52
53
98
99
101
     
   
     
102
102
103
104
104
     
   
     
105
     
 
113
 
 

 
 
PART I

Item 1. Business

Industry

Rogers Corporation, founded in 1832, is one of the oldest publicly traded U.S. companies in continuous operation.  We have adapted our products over the 178 years of our history to meet the changing needs of the various markets we have served and currently serve.  We initially manufactured specialty paperboard for use in early electrical applications, and today we predominantly supply a wide range of specialty materials and components for the portable communications, communications infrastructure, consumer electronics, mass transit, automotive, defense, and clean technology markets.

Our current focus is on worldwide markets that have an increasing percentage of materials used to support growing high technology applications, such as cellular base stations and antennas, handheld wireless devices, satellite television receivers, wind and solar energy applications, and hybrid, including electric, vehicles.  We continue to focus on business opportunities around the globe, as evidenced by our continued investment in and expansion of our manufacturing facilities in Suzhou, China, which function as the manufacturing base to serve our customers in Asia and our acquisition in the first quarter of 2011 of Curamik Electronics GmbH (Curamik) headquartered in Eschenbach, Germany.

As used herein, the “Company”, “Registrant”, “Rogers”, “we”, “our”, “us” and similar terms include Rogers Corporation and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.

Business Segments & Products

In the second quarter of 2010, we concluded our annual long-term strategic planning process and, as a result of these efforts, as well as the continuing evolution of the business environment in which we operate, we determined that a realignment of our segment structure was appropriate to better align our publicly presented information with recent changes in the manner in which we internally view and manage our business operations.  Our previous reporting structure was comprised of four reporting segments – Printed Circuit Materials, High Performance Foams, Custom Electrical Components and Other Polymer Products.

Our new segment structure is comprised of three major categories of businesses – Core Strategic, Development Stage, and Other.  Core Strategic is comprised of our three primary operating segments – High Performance Foams (HPF), Printed Circuit Materials (PCM), and Power Distribution Systems (PDS); Development Stage represents our new business development initiatives and contains two operating segments – Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES; formerly our Durel operating segment which was reported within the Custom Electrical Components reporting segment) and Thermal Management Solutions (TMS; formerly reported in the Other Polymer Products reporting segment); and Other contains our remaining operating segments - elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and nonwoven composite materials - which are aggregated for reporting purposes.  We believe this structure more clearly presents our business operations, while aligning our external reporting presentation with how we currently manage and view our business internally.

Financial information by business segment and geographic area appears in Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 89 of this Form 10-K.  Our products are based on our core technologies in polymers, fillers, and adhesion.  Most products are proprietary, or incorporate proprietary technology in their development and processing, and are sold under our valuable trade names.

Core Strategic

High Performance Foams

Our High Performance Foams operating segment includes polyurethane and silicone foam products.  These foams have characteristics that offer functional advantages in many market applications, and serve to differentiate our products from other commonly available materials.

High Performance Foams are sold to fabricators, distributors and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) for applications in portable communications, consumer electronics, mass transit and other markets.  Trade names for our High Performance Foams include:  PORON® urethane foams used for making high performance gaskets and seals in vehicles, portable communications devices, computers and peripherals; PORON® cushion insole materials for footwear and related products; PORON® healthcare and medical materials for body cushioning and orthotic appliances; R/bak® compressible printing plate backing and mounting products for cushioning flexographic plates for printing on packaging materials;  and BISCO® silicone foams, solids, sponge and extrusion products for making flame retardant gaskets and seals in communications infrastructure equipment, aircraft, trains, cars and trucks, and for shielding extreme temperature or flame.

 
4

 
 
Our activities in the first quarter of 2010 highlighted our continued focus to grow the Company through our efforts in new business development as we acquired SK Utis Co., Ltd. (Utis), a high performance polyurethane foam business located in South Korea.  Utis, a former subsidiary of SK Chemicals Co. Ltd., was established in 2005 and has quickly grown into a high-quality supplier of polyurethane foam solutions for portable communications, entertainment, and industrial applications to leading Korean-based OEMs.  Utis has a solid presence in several key markets we have targeted for growth, including mobile internet devices and high definition televisions, among others.  This acquisition also allows us to extend our presence into the dynamic Korean marketplace.

In 2009, we acquired certain assets of MTI Global Inc.’s silicone foam business.  MTI Global Inc. had established a solid presence as a solutions provider in several key markets that we are targeting for future growth, including mass transit and other markets requiring high reliability, high performance materials.  We believe that the addition of the product lines from MTI Global Inc. will expand the opportunities for both our existing products, as well as the acquired products, through exposure to new markets and applications.  We also plan to leverage the acquired technologies to create even more innovative materials solutions.

We have two 50% owned joint ventures that extend and complement our worldwide business in High Performance Foams.  Rogers INOAC Corporation (RIC), a joint venture with Japan-based INOAC Corporation, manufactures high performance polyurethane foam materials in Mie and Nagoya, Japan to predominantly serve the Japanese market.  In 2004, we further extended our relationship with INOAC Corporation with the formation of another joint venture in Suzhou, China, Rogers INOAC Suzhou Corporation (RIS), which also manufactures polyurethane foam materials primarily for the Chinese market.

Printed Circuit Materials

Our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment includes printed circuit board laminate products for high frequency, high performance applications.  Our Printed Circuit Materials have characteristics that offer performance and other functional advantages in many market applications, and serve to differentiate our products from other commonly available materials.

Printed Circuit Materials are sold principally to independent and captive printed circuit board manufacturers who convert our laminates to custom printed circuits.

The polymer-based dielectric layers of our rigid circuit board laminates are proprietary materials that provide highly specialized electrical and mechanical properties.  Trade names for our rigid printed circuit board materials include RO3000®, RO4000®, DUROID®, RT/duroid®, ULTRALAM®, RO2800® and TMM® laminates.  All of these laminates are used for making circuitry that receive, transmit, and process high frequency communications signals, yet each laminate has varying properties that address specific needs and applications within the communications market.  High frequency circuits are used in the equipment and devices that comprise wireless communications systems, including cellular communications, digital cellular communications, paging, direct broadcast television, global positioning, mobile radio communications, and radar.

Our 50% owned joint venture with Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. of Japan, Polyimide Laminate Systems, LLC (PLS), which had complemented our Printed Circuit Materials business, was dissolved on March 31, 2010.  It had been established in early 2000 to sell adhesiveless flexible circuit material products to Hutchinson Technology Incorporated (HTI).  HTI used these materials to make trace suspension assemblies in magneto resistive hard disk drives.  On March 31, 2010, Rogers and Mitsui Chemicals, Inc, entered into an agreement to dissolve the joint venture and to have Rogers assume on that date any outstanding assets and liabilities of PLS.  The parties also agreed that, going forward, all the distribution activity that PLS previously engaged in would be conducted through Rogers.  Therefore, beginning in the second quarter of 2010, these activities were reported on a gross basis as part of our consolidated results.  At that time, PLS became an operating segment with its results reported in the Other reportable segment.  As of December 31, 2010, PLS had substantially completed its distribution activities and is in the process of ending its activities with HTI as its products reached end of life and are no longer demanded in the marketplace.

 
5

 

Power Distribution Systems

Our Power Distribution Systems operating segment is comprised of our busbar products, which are primarily used in power distribution system products in mass transit and renewable energy applications.  We manufacture power distribution components in Ghent, Belgium and Suzhou, China, under the RO-LINX® trade name.  We sell these RO-LINX® products to manufacturers of high power electrical inverter and converter systems for use in mass transit (e.g. high speed trains) and clean technology applications (e.g. wind turbines, solar farms and electric vehicles). In the industrial applications area, our RO-LINX® products are utilized in a large variety of variable frequency drives for high to mid power applications.

Development Stage

Printed and Electronic Solutions

We manufacture DUREL® electroluminescent lamps (EL lamps) in Suzhou, China and we also design and sell inverters that power the EL lamps.  EL lamps and inverters are sold primarily to OEMs and fabricators that in turn sell to various other third parties that primarily serve the portable communication and automotive markets.

Thermal Management Solutions

Our thermal management business was formed in the fourth quarter of 2007 and is targeted at serving markets where thermal heat management is a priority, such as heat dissipation in electronic devices.  This operating segment is still in its start-up phase and received its first material order in the second half of 2010.  Sales have not been material to our consolidated results to date.

Other

Our Other reportable segment includes elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and nonwoven composite materials.

Elastomer components are sold to OEMs for applications in ground transportation, office equipment, consumer and other markets.  Trade names for our elastomer components include:  NITROPHYL® floats for level sensing in fuel tanks, motors, and storage tanks and ENDUR® elastomer rollers and belts for document handling in copiers, printers, mail sorting machines and automated teller machines.

Our nonwoven composite materials are manufactured for use in medical padding, industrial pre-filtration applications, and as consumable supplies in the lithographic printing industry.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold our 50% interest in Rogers Chan Chung Technologies, Inc. (RCCT) to our partner, Chan Chung Plastics Co., Ltd, effectively ending our remaining interests in the flexible circuit materials market.

This segment no longer includes our Induflex operating segment, which was divested in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 31, 2010, we signed a sales and purchase agreement to acquire Curamik Electronics GmbH (Curamik).  The acquisition closed on January 4, 2011.  Curamik, founded in 1983, is a manufacturer of power electronic substrate products and is headquartered in Eschenbach, Germany.  We believe that Curamik is the worldwide leader for the development and production of direct copper bonded (DCB) ceramic substrate products used in the design of intelligent power management devices, such as Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) modules.  These devices enable a wide range of products including highly efficient industrial motor drives, wind and solar converters and hybrid electric vehicle drive systems.  Most of Curamik’s products are manufactured using state-of-the-art automated processes in its facility in Eschenbach.  Curamik’s sales are primarily in Europe, particularly in Germany.

As a result of this acquisition, our management team is reviewing our segment reporting structure and expects to make any necessary changes in the first quarter of 2011 in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

 
6

 
 
Sales and Marketing

Most of our products are sold through direct sales channels positioned near major concentrations of our customers throughout the Americas, Europe and Asia.  Our products were sold to over 2,600 customers worldwide in 2010. Although the loss of all the sales made to any one of our larger customers would require a period of adjustment during which the business of a segment would be adversely affected, we believe that such adjustment could be made over a period of time due to the diversity of our customer base.  We also believe that our business relationships with the major customers within all of our key markets are favorable, and that we are in a good position to respond promptly to variations in customer requirements and technology trends.  However, the possibility exists of losing all of the business of any major customer in any product line.

We market our full range of products throughout the United States and in most foreign markets.  Almost all of our sales are facilitated through our own worldwide sales force, with a small percentage facilitated through independent agents and distributors.

Competition

Our Core Strategic operating segments – High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, and Power Distribution Systems – all participate in industries that are characterized by strong competition from around the globe.  The competition, which is comprised not only of those companies which make directly competing materials, but also those companies which make comparable and therefore potentially substitutable materials, is typically from substantially larger, multinational manufacturers that often have greater financial resources than we do, as well as smaller regional producers with lower overhead costs and profit requirements, particularly in Asia.

Our overall strategy as a Company, which is implemented at each of our Core Strategic operating segments, is to offer highly regarded, technologically advanced products that are price competitive and to link our product offerings with superior market knowledge and customer service.  Further, we believe that in order to provide outstanding customer support we must be geographically close to our customers in order to provide local service, support and distribution, which we address through our manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Europe and China, and our various sales offices around the globe.  We believe this serves to differentiate our products and services, and provides us a competitive advantage. We further believe that our relative position is dependent on our ability to maintain our technological advantage and the highest levels of design and customer service support; however, there is no assurance that we will be technologically competitive in the future, or that we will continue to develop new products that are technologically competitive.

In connection with our acquisition of Curamik in the first quarter of 2011, we analyzed Curamik's competitive environment, and we believe that Curamik is a global leader in its niche market.  Curamik is the only large non-Asian power electronic substrate manufacturer, and its competitors largely exist in the Japanese market.

The following discusses the competitive landscape in each of our Core Strategic business segments in greater detail.

High Performance Foams

Our High Performance Foams operating segment offers products that we believe are leaders in most of the segments it serves, including portable communications, consumer electronics and mass transit.  We have a strong presence worldwide, particularly in North America, Europe and Asia.  Our competition is comprised of companies from around the globe, including large multinational companies, as well as small regional companies, particularly in Asia.  In these areas, we typically compete on price, as well as quality and service, and we focus on protecting our intellectual property, particularly in regions where such laws are not as strictly enforced.  We also strive to continuously differentiate our product offerings, as commoditization of certain products is always a risk.

Printed Circuit Materials

Our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment offers products which we believe are leaders in most of the segments it serves, including communication infrastructure, consumer electronics, automotive and defense.  A key strategy in this segment is to continue to develop and produce laminate products that are technology leaders in the markets where they participate, particularly as the need for more advanced application use is demanded, such as in the wireless infrastructure where demand for data transmission capacities is continuously growing.  On a regional basis, this segment participates in North America, Europe and Asia.  It faces competition in each of these locations from a wide variety of companies, from very large multinational manufacturers to much smaller, regional companies.  As with our other segments, this segment must compete on quality, price and service, and must address the continual threat of commoditization, particularly with respect to products that have matured in their life cycle.

 
7

 
 
Power Distribution Systems

Our Power Distribution Systems operating segment offers products that we believe are leaders in most markets it operates in, including mass transit.  We have a strong presence in both Asia and Europe, which are the two primary geographical areas for traction converter applications.  Our competition consists mainly of European companies, with some competition in the U.S., and a growing competitive presence in Asia.

Research and Development

Research and development activities constitute an important and vital part of our overall business strategy.  Our overall focus is typically on niche segments where we can differentiate, through technological advantage, our products from our competition’s products.  The markets we serve are typically characterized by rapid technological changes and advances.  Accordingly, the success of our strategy is in part dependent on our ability to develop market-leading products, which is primarily driven by efforts in research and development.

Patents and Other Intellectual Property Rights

We have many domestic and foreign patents and licenses and have additional patent applications on file related to all business segments.  These patents and licenses vary in duration and provide some protection from competition.  In some cases, the patents result in license royalties.  Although we have been awarded, have filed applications for, or have been licensed under numerous patents in the U.S. and other countries, there can be no assurance concerning the degree of protection afforded by these patents or the likelihood that pending patents will be issued.

While our patents provide some advantage and protection, we believe our competitive position and future success is largely determined by such factors as the innovative skills, systems and process knowledge, and technological expertise of our personnel; the range and success of new products we develop; and our customer service and support.  It is our policy to defend our patents when we determine it is in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders to do so.  We also own a number of registered and unregistered trademarks and have acquired certain technology that we believe to be of importance to our business.

We do believe that our patents provide an important competitive advantage in many of our businesses; however, in general, no single patent or group of patents is in itself essential to our business as a whole or to any of our business segments.

Environment

The nature and scope of our business brings us in regular contact with the general public and a variety of businesses and government agencies.  Such activities inherently subject us to the possibility of litigation, including environmental matters that are defended and handled in the ordinary course of business.  We have established accruals for matters for which management considers a loss to be probable and reasonably estimable.  We do not believe that the outcome of any of these environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows, nor have we had any material recurring costs or capital expenditures relating to environmental matters, except as disclosed in Item 3 (“Legal Proceedings”) and Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.  However, there can be no assurances that the ultimate liability concerning these matters will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Raw Materials

We are required to purchase a wide variety of raw materials in order to manufacture our various products and materials.  Some of these raw materials are only available through limited sources which, if discontinued, could interrupt production.  When this has occurred in the past, we have typically purchased sufficient quantities of the particular raw material to sustain production until alternative materials and production processes could be qualified with customers.  We believe that similar responses would mitigate any raw material availability issues in the future.

 
8

 
 
Seasonality

In our opinion, there is no material concentration of products or markets within the business that are seasonal in nature, except for some minor seasonality for those products used in cellular telephones due to the annual new model launch timetable, which can vary slightly from year to year in terms of timing and impact.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 1,940 employees.  The Curamik acquisition has added approximately 500 employees as of January 4, 2011.

Backlog

Our backlog of firm orders was $38.7 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $29.2 million at December 31, 2009.  The increase at the end of 2010 was primarily related to the increase in sales in the Printed Circuit Materials and Power Distribution Systems operating segments. Backlog for printed circuit board laminate products for high frequency, high performance applications in the communications market increased by approximately $5.4 million at year-end 2010 as compared to year-end 2009.  Additionally, the backlog related to products for manufacturers of high power electrical inverter and converter systems for use in mass transit and clean technology applications increased by approximately $2.9 million at year-end 2010 as compared to year-end 2009.

 
9

 
 
Executive Officers

Our executive officers as of February 18, 2011 are as follows:

 
 
 
Name
 
 
 
Age
 
 
 
Present Position
Year
Elected to
Present
Position
 
 
 
Other Positions Held During 2006-2010
         
Robert D. Wachob
63
President and Chief
   Executive Officer (CEO)
2004
 
         
Michael D. Bessette
57
Vice President,
   Advanced Circuit
   Materials
2008
Vice President, Durel Division from January 2004 to July 2008
         
Michael L. Cooper
58
Vice President,
   Logistics
2009
Vice President, Rogers Asia from May 2004 to July 2009
         
Robert C. Daigle
47
Senior Vice President
   and Chief Technology
   Officer
2009
Vice President, Research and Development and Chief Technology Officer from October 2003 to June 2009
         
Debra J. Granger
51
Vice President,
   Corporate
   Compliance and
   Controls
2007
Director, Corporate Compliance and Controls of the Company from March 2003 to February 2007
         
Jeffrey M. Grudzien
48
Vice President,
Sales and Marketing
2007
Director of Asia Sales from January 2007 to September 2007; Director of Marketing from January 2005 to January 2007
         
Peter G. Kaczmarek
52
Senior Vice President
 
2009
Vice President, High Performance Foams and Information Technology from February 2007 to June 2009; Vice President, High Performance Foams Division from August 2001 to February 2007
         
Dennis M. Loughran
53
Vice President,
    Finance and Chief
    Financial Officer, 
    Principal Financial Officer
2006
Vice President, Finance and Supply Chain, Alcoa Consumer Products from June 2000 to January 2006
         
Terrence W. Mahoney
63
Vice President and
    General Counsel
2009
Counsel, McDermott Will & Emery from July 2008 to July 2009; Partner, Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP from November 2001 to July 2008
         
Paul B. Middleton
43
Director of Finance –
    Treasury Operations,
    New Business
    Development and Corporate
    Treasurer
2010
Treasurer from July 2009 to April 2010; Principal Accounting Officer from August 2007 to July 2009; Corporate Controller from February 2006 to August 2007; Acting Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller from March 2005 to February 2006
         
Ronald J. Pelletier
37
Corporate Controller
   and Principal
   Accounting Officer
2009
Corporate Controller from September 2008 to July 2009; Manager Financial Reporting from January 2004 to September 2008

 
10

 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
 
 
Age
 
 
 
Present Position
Year
Elected to
Present
Position
 
 
 
Other Positions Held During 2006-2010
         
Michael N. Sehnert
47
Vice President,  Rogers
   Asia
2009
General Manager, Elastomer Components Division from January 2006 to July 2009; General Manager, Floats from March 2005 to January 2006
         
Roland Schmider
53
Vice President, 
   Curamik
2011
CEO, Electrovac AG/Curamik Holding GmbH, Austria, from April 2009 to December 2010; Deputy CEO, from January 2009 to March 2009; Integration Manager and Chief Operating Officer, Primion Technology AG, Germany, from November 2005 to April 2008
         
Robert M. Soffer
63
Vice President and
   Secretary
2007
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer from March 2005 to August 2007
         
Luc Van Eenaeme
52
Vice President,
   Rogers Europe
2004
 
         
Available Information

We make available through a link on our website ( http://www.rogerscorp.com ), free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, reports filed pursuant to Section 16 and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).  In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains these reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC ( http://www.sec.gov ).

We also make available on our website, in a printable format, the charters for a number of our various Board of Director committees, including the Audit Committee, Compensation and Organization Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee, in addition to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Bylaws, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Related Party Transactions Policy and Compensation Recovery Policy.  Our website is not incorporated into or a part of this Form 10-K.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks, including those discussed below, which may affect the value of our stock.  The risks discussed below are those that we believe are currently the most significant, although additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem less significant may also impact our business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.

The global credit and financial markets, although somewhat stabilized, could experience renewed disruption, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

While there are signs that conditions in the global credit and financial markets have improved to some extent, there can be no assurances that this trend will continue, or that there will not be future deterioration in credit and financial markets and in confidence in overall economic conditions. These economic uncertainties affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways, making it difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities.  Adverse global economic conditions in our markets will likely negatively impact our business, which could result in the following conditions, among others:

Reduced demand for our products;
Increased price competition for our products;
Increased credit or other financial difficulties at our suppliers that could result in delays in their ability to supply us     with necessary raw materials, components or finished products;
Increased risk of excess and obsolete inventories;
Increased risk of the collectability of cash from our customers;
Increased risk in potential reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable; and
Higher operating costs as a percentage of revenues.
 
 
11

 
 
Renewed volatility in the global credit and financial markets could also have a significant impact on our ability to generate returns on our investment portfolio, our ability to obtain financing, and consequently, our ability to further diversify our business through strategic acquisitions or other alliances (an important component of our long-term growth strategy), and our ability to obtain and hold insurance, among other things.  As our investments and certain other assets are impacted by market conditions, such as factors that affect interest rates and the underlying liquidity of the related investment banks through which we hold investments, any volatility in our or their ability to liquidate our investments could negatively affect our financial position.

Our future revenue, gross margins, operating results and net income are difficult to predict and may materially fluctuate.

Our future revenue, gross margins, operating results and net income are difficult to predict and may be materially affected by a number of factors, including:

·
the effects of adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets;
·
changes in customer demand for our products and for end products that incorporate our materials;
·
loss of or significant declines in sales to key customers;
·
the timing of new product announcements or introductions by us, our customers, or our competitors;
·
competitive pricing pressures;
·
fluctuations in manufacturing yields, adequate availability of copper and other raw materials, and manufacturing, assembly and test capacity;
·
significant declines in backlog;
·
the timing, delay or cancellation of significant customer orders and our ability to manage inventory;
·
changes in geographic, product, or customer mix;
·
our ability to utilize our manufacturing facilities at efficient levels;
·
potential significant litigation-related costs;
·
the difficulties inherent in forecasting future operating expense levels, including with respect to costs associated with labor, utilities, transportation and raw materials;
·
the costs related to compliance with increasing worldwide regulations;
·
changes in our effective tax rates in the U.S., China or worldwide; and
·
the effects of public health emergencies, natural disasters, security risks, terrorist activities, international conflicts and other events beyond our control.

In addition, the consumer electronics and communications industries historically have been characterized by wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. From time to time, these industries have experienced significant downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles and declines in general economic conditions.  These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production over-capacity and accelerated price erosion.  Our business is also subject to rapid technological changes and there can be no assurance, depending on the mix of future business, that products stocked in our inventory will not be rendered obsolete before we ship them.  As a result of this and other factors, there can be no assurance that we will not experience material fluctuations in future revenue, gross margins, operating results and net income on a quarterly or annual basis.  In addition, if our revenue, gross margins, operating results and net income do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to innovate, improve our products, develop and market new products, and identify and enter new markets.

Our future success depends in part upon our ability to continue to develop new products and improve our product and process technologies. Our success in these efforts will be determined by our ability to anticipate market requirements in our product development efforts, and the acceptance and continued commercial success of the end user’s products.  Additionally, our success depends upon our ability to adapt to technological changes and to support established and emerging industry standards.

 
12

 
 
In particular, the portable communications market is characterized by frequent new product introductions, evolving industry standards, rapid changes in product and process technologies, price competition and many new potential applications.  To continue to be successful in this area, we must be able to consistently develop, produce and supply materials that meet the demanding expectations of customers for quality, performance and reliability at competitive prices.  Our timely introduction of new products to meet these needs could be affected by engineering or other development program delays and problems in effectively and efficiently increasing production to meet customer needs.  In addition, rapid technological change, significant pricing pressures and short lead times characterize the markets for portable communications and other electronic devices.  Because we manufacture and sell our own materials to meet the needs of these markets, our results may be negatively affected by these factors.

We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary rights, which may limit our ability to compete effectively.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property.  We primarily rely on patents, copyrights, and trademarks, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods to protect our proprietary technologies and processes.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, it is possible that competitors and other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use or disclose our technologies, products, and processes.  Moreover, the laws of foreign countries in which we design, manufacture, market and sell our products may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology.

There can be no assurances that the claims allowed in our issued patents will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology.  In addition, any of our existing or future patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.  As such, any rights under these patents may not provide us with meaningful protection.  If our patents do not adequately protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer products similar to ours.  Our competitors may also be able to develop similar technology independently or design around our patents.

We try to control access to and distribution of our technologies, documentation and other proprietary information.  Despite these efforts, internal or external parties may attempt to copy, disclose, obtain or use our products or technology without authorization.  Also, former employees may seek employment with our business partners, customers or competitors, and there can be no assurance that the confidential nature of our proprietary information will be maintained in the course of such future employment.

We are exposed to business, economic, political, legal and other risks through our significant worldwide operations.

We have significant operations in foreign countries, particularly in China and Europe, which exposes us to business, political or economic changes that could negatively impact our future sales, expenses and financial condition.  For fiscal 2010, sales of our products to foreign customers accounted for approximately 71% of our net sales. As of December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 1,100 employees overseas and increased that number to approximately 1,600 in early January 2011 through the acquisition of Curamik.

Although we engage in hedging transactions to help reduce our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations, there can be no assurance that our competitive position will not be adversely affected by changes in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other currencies.  Potential interest rate increases, as well as high energy and other consumer costs, could have an adverse impact on industrial and consumer spending patterns and could adversely impact demand for our products and the products our materials are in.

While a substantial portion of our cash is generated outside the U.S., we require a substantial amount of cash in the U.S. for operating requirements, acquisitions, and debt and interest payments, among other things.  If we are unable to address our U.S. cash requirements through operations, by efficient and timely repatriations of overseas cash, through borrowings under our current credit facility or from other sources of cash obtained at an acceptable cost, our business strategies and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
We are also subject to the risks associated with ongoing uncertainties and political and economic instability in many countries around the world, as well as economic disruption from acts of terrorism and the response to them by the U.S. and its allies.  Other business risks associated with international operations include, but are not limited to, increased managerial complexities, air transportation disruptions, expropriation, currency controls, currency exchange rate fluctuations, additional costs related to foreign taxes, tariffs and freight rate increases, exposure to different business practices and legal standards particularly with respect to price protection, intellectual property and environmental compliance, trade and travel restrictions, pandemics, import and export license requirements and restrictions, difficulties in staffing and managing worldwide operations, longer account receivable cycles and collections, and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements.
 
 
13

 
 
We expect to continue to expand our business and operations in China.  Our success in the Chinese and Asian markets may be adversely affected by China’s continuously evolving laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, currency controls, environmental regulations, and intellectual property rights and enforcement of those rights.  Enforcement of existing laws or agreements may be inconsistent, as there exists a high degree of fragmentation among regulatory authorities resulting in uncertainties as to which authorities have jurisdiction over particular parties or transactions.  In addition, changes in the political environment, governmental policies or U.S. and China relations could result in revisions to laws or regulations or their interpretation and enforcement, increased taxation, restrictions on imports, import duties or currency revaluations, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business plans and operation results.

Availability of and changes in the costs and quality of certain key raw materials could negatively impact our profit margins and our ability to produce products in a timely manner to required specifications.

We use certain key raw materials in our manufacturing processes, including, but not limited to, copper and certain types of resins, that could be subject to price volatility due to availability, demand and global monetary policies.  In addition, these materials are often sourced from single or limited sources that expose us to price increases that further expose us to the risk of not being able to procure enough material to meet our customer demands as well as, inconsistent material quality.  Any inability to obtain timely deliveries of materials of acceptable quantity or quality, or a significant increase in the prices of materials, could have a material adverse affect on our operating results.

If we do not retain our key personnel, our ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected.

Our continued success depends to a significant extent upon the recruitment, retention and effective succession of our executive officers and key management and technical personnel, particularly our experienced engineers.  The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  In addition, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results if the turnover rates for engineers and other key personnel increase significantly or if we are unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel.

Implementation of our acquisition strategy may not be successful, which could affect our ability to increase our revenues or our profitability.

A key element of our business strategy involves expansion through the acquisitions of businesses, assets, products, or technologies that allow us to complement our existing product offerings, expand our market coverage, increase our engineering workforce or enhance our technological capabilities.  Accordingly, our future performance will be impacted by our ability to identify appropriate businesses and technologies to acquire, as well as effectively and efficiently integrating such acquisitions into Rogers.  We may not succeed in such endeavors for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, the inability to identify businesses that have the technology or resources we need and, if we find such businesses, the possibility that we may not be able to purchase or license the technology or resources on commercially favorable terms or at all.

Early in 2011, we purchased Curamik, an acquisition that required a significant level of investment, including the borrowing of long-term debt through the use of our credit facility for the first time.  This acquisition may not be accretive to our business and perform to our expectations going forward.  There are the general risks relating to all acquisitions, such as the risk that Curamik will not be integrated successfully into the Company, and the risk that revenue opportunities, cost savings and other anticipated synergies will not be fully realized.  In addition, there are more particular risks relating to Curamik itself, including the following: (i) a decline in sales to certain key customers; (ii) the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the impact of that on sales and profits; (iii) the strict nature of labor laws in Germany and the impact on our ability to manage costs and react to downturns in the market; and (iv) increased exposure to significant fluctuations in raw material and commodity costs, particularly copper, which is a key component in the manufacturing process.

We also continually review our current business and product portfolio to attempt to maximize our business performance.  We may in the future deem it appropriate to pursue the divestiture of product lines or businesses as conditions dictate.  These strategic decisions could have a potential negative impact on our business.

 
14

 
 
We are involved with certain litigation and disputes and may become involved in future litigation or other disputes all of which could give rise to potential contingencies, such as environmental issues or product liability and warranty claims, that could be costly to bring or defend and could result in a significant negative impact to our business.

We are subject to a variety of claims and lawsuits arising out of the conduct of our business which could ultimately have a material adverse impact on our business, including our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.  Such claims could result from environmental issues, product liability claims and general commercial litigation, among others.

Our products are typically highly specialized, proprietary-type materials that that must meet very stringent performance requirements by our customers.  We invest significant resources in the testing of our products and work closely with our customers in integrating our materials into their products and meeting their product specifications.  However, if any of our materials or products contain defects, or cause performance issues in our customers’ products, we may be required to incur additional development and remediation costs.

We are also subject to a variety of environmental issues, particularly considering the age of our business and the range of geographic areas and manufacturing processes we have been involved with over the course of time.  We are currently engaged in proceedings involving a waste disposal superfund site, as a participant in a group of potentially responsible parties (PRPs), as well as the remediation of certain polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) contamination at our Woodstock, CT manufacturing facility.  Our estimation of the environmental liability is based on an evaluation of currently available information with respect to the situation, including existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and our past experience in addressing environmental matters.  Although current regulations impose potential joint and several liability upon each named party at any superfund site, we expect our contribution for cleanup to be limited due to the number of other PRPs, and our share of the contributions of alleged waste to the site, which we believe is de minimis.  In addition, we believe we have sufficient insurance to cover all material costs of this claim.  However, there can be no assurances that our estimates will not be disputed or that any ultimate liability concerning this site will not have a material adverse effect on us.

We are also involved in certain asbestos-related product liability litigation.  The level of such litigation has escalated in certain U.S. states in recent years and involves hundreds of companies that have been named as defendants.  At December 31, 2010, there were approximately 195 claims pending against us.  We expect that additional claims will be brought against us in the future.  Our ultimate liability with respect to such pending and unasserted claims is subject to various uncertainties, including the following:

 
·
the number of claims that are brought in the future;
 
·
the costs of defending and settling these claims;
 
·
the risk of insolvencies among our insurance carriers;
 
·
the possibility that adverse jury verdicts could require us to pay damages in amounts greater than the amounts for which we have historically settled claims; and
 
·
the risk of changes in the litigation environment of Federal and state law governing the compensation of asbestos claimants.

We believe we have sufficient insurance to cover all material costs of these claims and that we have valid defenses to these claims and intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters.  However, there can be no assurances that the ultimate resolution of these matters will be consistent with our expectations and will not have a material adverse effect on us.  For further information, see Note 14 in Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

We are subject to increasingly strict environmental regulations, which could increase our expense and affect our operating results.

Our business is subject to increasingly strict environmental regulations that control and restrict the use, transportation, emission, discharge, storage and disposal of certain chemicals, gases and other substances used or produced in our various manufacturing processes.  Public attention to environmental controls has continued to increase and changes in environmental regulations may require us to invest in potentially costly pollution control equipment or alter the way our products are made.  In addition, we use hazardous and regulated materials that subject us to risks for strict liability for damages caused by accidental releases, regardless of fault.  Any failure to control such materials adequately or to comply with regulatory restrictions or contractual obligations could increase our expenses and adversely affect our operating results.

 
15

 
 
New climate change regulations could require us to change our manufacturing processes or obtain substitute materials that may cost more or be less available for our manufacturing operations.  In addition, new restrictions on carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas emissions could result in additional costs for us.  Greenhouse gas legislation has been introduced in the U.S. legislature and we expect increased worldwide regulatory activity in the future.  The cost of complying, or of failing to comply, with these and other climate change and emissions regulations could have an adverse effect on our business plans and results of operations.

Our current reserve levels may not be adequate to cover potential exposures.

We establish reserves to cover uncollectible accounts receivable, excess or obsolete inventory, fair market value write-downs of certain assets, and various liabilities.  However, these reserves may not be adequate to cover future impairments or losses.  These reserves are subject to analysis and adjustment on a regular basis and are based on management’s best estimates based on the facts and circumstances known at the time. Such reserves are subject to many uncertainties, including the assumptions used to value certain assets, forward looking forecasted financial information, bankruptcy or financial problems at key customers, among others.  In the case of litigation matters for which reserves have not been established because the loss is not deemed probable, facts and circumstances could change related to such matters which would result in such matters being decided against us and require the payment of damages or other expenditures in amounts that are not presently estimable.  The effects on our financial results of many of these factors depend in some cases on our ability to obtain insurance covering potential losses.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow, we may not be able to service our debt obligations, including making payments on our outstanding line of credit.

In the first quarter of 2011, we borrowed approximately $145 million against our existing line of credit to finance our strategic acquisition of Curamik.  Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness when due depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our consolidated operations, many of which are beyond our control.  If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt, we may be required to, among other things, seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets; refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness; sell selected assets; reduce or delay planned capital expenditures; reduce or delay planned operating expenditures; or redeem our auction rate securities at a level below their par value.  Such measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt, which could negatively impact our financial results.  In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available on economically favorable terms.

Restrictions in our credit facility may limit our activities.

Our current credit facility imposes, and future debt instruments to which we may become subject may impose, restrictions that limit our ability to engage in activities that could otherwise benefit our Company, including undertaking certain transactions, creating certain credit lines on our assets and incurring certain subsidiary indebtedness.  Our ability to comply with these financial restrictions and covenants is dependent on our future performance, which is subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, including factors that are beyond our control, such as foreign exchange rates interest rates, changes in technology and changes in the level of competition.  In addition, our credit facility requires us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios.  If we breach any of the covenants under our credit facility and we do not obtain appropriate waivers, our operations may be negatively impacted by the consequences of such breaches, including the declaration of any outstanding indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

Changes in tax rates and exposure to additional income tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of income among these different jurisdictions.  Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, increases in tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or in tax laws, each of which could adversely affect our profitability.  In particular, the carrying value of deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income.  In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to audits in various jurisdictions, and a material assessment by a tax authority could adversely affect profitability.

 
16

 
 
The requirements to evaluate goodwill and non-amortizable assets for impairment may result in a write-off of all or a portion of our recorded amounts, which would negatively affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are required to perform an impairment review of both goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets on an annual basis, or when facts and circumstances around such assets change that indicate the potential for an impairment to have occurred.  In 2010, we did not experience impairment of our goodwill, non-amortizable intangible assets, or other investment amounts; however there can be no assurances that future impairments will not occur.

Our stock price may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated widely from the beginning of fiscal year 2008 through the end of fiscal year 2010, with our stock price experiencing a high of $45.59 per share and a low of $14.60 per share during that time period. Consequently, the current market price of our common stock may not be indicative of future market prices, and we may be unable to sustain or increase the value of an investment in our common stock. Factors affecting our stock price may include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
·
changes in the long-term outlook for our Company in the markets we serve;
·
variations in operating results from quarter to quarter;
·
changes in earnings estimates by analysts or our failure to meet analysts’ expectations;
·
changes in the market value of publicly traded customers or suppliers, which could decrease their demand for our products;
·
market conditions in the industries and markets in which we participate;
·
general economic conditions;
·
political changes, hostilities or natural disasters such as hurricanes and floods; and
·
low trading volume of our common stock.
 
In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has recently experienced significant price and volume fluctuations and continued market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our stock.
 
We may not be able to redeem our existing auction rate security portfolio in the near term, thereby impacting our cash available to support our business activities.
 
No active market currently exists for the auction rate securities (ARS) we hold and, as a result, we may not be able to liquidate them at the current valuation prior to final maturity. We have written down the cost basis of these securities to their estimated fair value and determined that the decline in fair value is considered other-than-temporary, with the portion of the impairment related to credit loss being recognized in earnings and the remainder of the decline recorded in other comprehensive income, per the relevant accounting guidance.  Additional valuation allowances may have to be taken in the future under certain scenarios based on market conditions at such time.

We currently hold $37.6 million of par value ARS. The estimated fair value of these securities at December 31, 2010, was $33.8 million and they are rated as investment grade securities. The contractual maturities of these securities range from 21 to 36 years and are comprised predominately of student loan and municipal securities.  Prior to the first quarter of 2008, these securities provided short-term liquidity through a Dutch auction process that reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined calendar intervals, approximately every 28 to 35 days. This mechanism allowed existing investors to either retain or liquidate their holdings by selling such securities at par.  In the first quarter of 2008, the markets in which these securities traded became illiquid, causing the change in how to obtain their fair value.

We have the intent and ability to hold these securities for an extended period of time and continue to receive interest income when due, albeit at levels which are currently minimal.  Given the continued challenges in the financial markets and the prolonged credit crisis, we cannot reasonably predict when these securities will liquidate or whether market conditions will change resulting in the recovery of fair value on these auction rate securities. It is also possible that a secondary market for auction rate securities may emerge in which securities similar to our own would trade at prices below our currently recorded fair values. Under such a scenario, or if other events arise that impact the fair value of these securities, we may have to recognize other-than-temporary impairment charges, which would adversely impact our financial position and results of operations.
 
 
17

 
 
Our business could be negatively affected by unanticipated events that are beyond our control.

Our business and operating results may be affected by certain events that we cannot anticipate and that are beyond our control, such as natural disasters and national emergencies, which could disrupt production at our facilities and cause delayed deliveries, cancelled orders and possibly loss of market share.  From time to time, we purchase certain raw materials from single or limited sources, and, even if our facilities are not directly affected by such events, we could be affected by interruptions of production at our suppliers.  In addition, our customers could be affected by certain events, which could decrease demand for our products.
 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 
18

 
 
Item 2.  Properties

On December 31, 2010, we operated various manufacturing facilities and sales offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.  The following table provides certain information about our principal general offices and manufacturing facilities:

 
Location
Floor Space
(Square Feet)
 
Type of Facility
 
Leased / Owned
       
United States
     
    Rogers, Connecticut
506,000
Manufacturing / Administrative Offices
Owned
    Carol Stream, Illinois
215,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Chandler, Arizona
156,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Woodstock, Connecticut
152,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Chandler, Arizona
142,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Chandler, Arizona
120,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Windham, Connecticut
88,000
Formerly Manufacturing
Owned
    Richmond, Virginia
36,000
Manufacturing
Owned
 
     
Belgium
     
    Ghent, Belgium
114,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Evergem, Belgium
77,000
Manufacturing
Owned
       
Germany
     
     Bremen, Germany
68,000
Manufacturing / Administrative Offices
Leased through 10/18
       
Asia
     
    Suzhou, China
324,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Suzhou, China
170,000
Manufacturing / Administrative Offices
Owned
    Suzhou, China
130,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Suzhou, China
92,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Ansan, Korea
40,000
Manufacturing
Leased through 10/13
    Suzhou, China
30,000
Manufacturing
Owned
    Suzhou, China
27,000
Manufacturing
Leased through 1/11
    Suzhou, China
27,000
Manufacturing
Leased through 1/11
    Tokyo, Japan
2,000
Sales Office
Leased through 2/12
    Wanchai, Hong Kong
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 6/11
    Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 7/12
    Hwasung City, Korea
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 8/11
    Singapore
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 10/12
    Shanghai, China
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 7/11
    Shenzhen, China
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 5/12
    Beijing, China
1,000
Sales Office
Leased through 11/12

Early in 2011, we acquired Curamik.  The properties that Curamik held, and that we now lease, are as follows:

    Eschenbach, Germany
149,000
Manufacturing / Administrative Offices
Leased through 6/21
    Dallas, Texas
2,000
Sales Office
Leased through 11/13
    Tokyo, Japan
1,900
Sales Office
Leased through 4/12
    Tokyo, Japan
280
Sales Office
Leased through 3/11

 
19

 
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

We are currently engaged in the following environmental and legal proceedings:

Superfund Sites

We are currently involved as a potentially responsible party (PRP) in one active case involving a waste disposal site.  Currently, this proceeding is at a stage where it is not possible to estimate the ultimate cost of remediation, the timing and extent of remedial action that may be required by governmental authorities, or the amount of our liability, if any, alone or in relation to that of any other PRPs.  The costs incurred since inception for this claim have been immaterial and have been primarily covered by insurance policies, for both legal and remediation costs.  We have been assessed a cost sharing percentage of approximately 2% in relation to the range for estimated total cleanup costs of $17 million to $24 million.  We believe we have sufficient insurance coverage to fully cover this liability and have recorded a liability and related insurance receivable of approximately $0.3 million as of December 31, 2010, which approximates our share of the low end of the range.  We believe we are a de minimis participant and have been allocated an insignificant percentage of the total PRP cost sharing responsibility.  Based on facts presently known to us, we believe that the potential for the final results of this case having a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows is remote.  This case has been ongoing for many years and we believe that it will continue on for the indefinite future.  No time frame for completion can be estimated at the present time.

PCB Contamination

We have been working with the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CT DEP) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region I in connection with certain polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) contamination in the soil beneath a section of cement flooring at our Woodstock, Connecticut facility.  We completed clean-up efforts in 2000 in accordance with a previously agreed upon remediation plan.  To address the small amount of residual soil contamination at the site, we had proposed a plan of Monitored Natural Attenuation, which was subsequently rejected by the CT DEP.  The CT DEP has additionally rejected two revised plans that were submitted.  During the second quarter of 2009, the CT DEP required us to install additional wells on site to better determine the amount and location of the residual contamination.  During the third quarter of 2009, one of the additional wells tested positive for PCBs, and we were therefore required to install additional wells to continue to try and determine the extent of the contamination.  During 2010, the additional wells tested positive for contamination and therefore a pump and treat system was installed to alleviate further contamination of the ground water.  Since inception, we have spent approximately $2.5 million in remediation and monitoring costs related to the PCB soil contamination at this site.

In addition, during the first quarter of 2010, we discovered PCB contamination in the building at our Woodstock, Connecticut facility, as a result of it containing the equipment that was the source of the original PCB soil contamination.  During the second quarter of 2010, it was concluded that remediation of the contamination within the facility will cost between $0.5 million and $1.5 million; therefore, we recorded a liability of $0.5 million related to the building contamination, which represents the low end of the estimated range.

We believe that these situations will continue for several more years and no time frame for completion can be estimated at the present time.
 
Asbestos Litigation

A significant number of asbestos-related product liability claims have been brought against numerous United States industrial companies where the third-party plaintiffs allege personal injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products. We have been named, along with hundreds of other companies, as a defendant in some of these claims. In virtually all of these claims filed against us, the plaintiffs are seeking unspecified damages, or, if an amount is specified, such amount merely represents jurisdictional amounts.  Even in those situations where specific damages are alleged, the claims frequently seek the same amount of damages, irrespective of the disease or injury.  Plaintiffs’ lawyers often sue dozens or even hundreds of defendants in individual lawsuits on behalf of hundreds or even thousands of claimants.  As a result, even when specific damages are alleged with respect to a specific disease or injury, those damages are not expressly identified as to us.

We did not mine, mill, manufacture or market asbestos; rather we made a limited number of products which contained encapsulated asbestos.  Such products were provided to industrial users.  We stopped manufacturing these products in the late 1980s.

 
20

 
 
·
Claims

We have been named in asbestos litigation primarily in Illinois, Pennsylvania and Mississippi.  As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 194 pending claims compared to approximately 167 pending claims at December 31, 2009.  The number of open claims during a particular time can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on how successful we have been in getting these cases dismissed or settled.  Some jurisdictions prohibit specifying alleged damages in personal injury tort cases such as these, other than a minimum jurisdictional amount which may be required for such reasons as allowing the case to be litigated in a jury trial (which the plaintiffs believe will be more favorable to them than if heard only before a judge) or allowing the case to be litigated in federal court.  This is in contrast to commercial litigation, in which specific alleged damage claims are often permitted.  The prohibition on specifying alleged damage sometimes applies not only to the suit when filed but also during the trial – in some jurisdictions the plaintiff is not actually permitted to specify to the jury during the course of the trial the amount of alleged damages the plaintiff is claiming.  Further, in those jurisdictions in which plaintiffs are permitted to claim specific alleged damages, many plaintiffs nonetheless still choose not to do so. In those cases in which plaintiffs are permitted to and do choose to assert specific dollar amounts in their complaints, we believe the amounts claimed are typically not meaningful as an indicator of a company’s potential liability. This is because (1) the amounts claimed may bear no relation to the level of the plaintiff’s injury and are often used as part of the plaintiff’s litigation strategy, (2) the complaints typically assert claims against numerous defendants, and often the alleged damages are not allocated against specific defendants, but rather the broad claim is made against all of the defendants as a group, making it impossible for a particular defendant to quantify the alleged damages that are being specifically claimed against it and therefore its potential liability, and (3) many cases are brought on behalf of plaintiffs who have not suffered any medical injury, and ultimately are resolved without any payment or payment of a small fraction of the damages initially claimed.  Of the approximately 194 claims pending as of December 31, 2010, 59 claims do not specify the amount of damages sought, 132 claims cite jurisdictional amounts, and only three (3) claims (less than 2.0% of the total pending claims) specify the amount of damages sought not based on jurisdictional requirements.  Of these three (3) claims, one (1) claim alleges compensatory and punitive damages of $20,000,000 each; one (1) claim alleges compensatory damages of $65,000,000 and punitive damages of $60,000,000 and one (1) claim alleges compensatory and punitive damages of $1,000,000 each.  These three (3) claims name between ten (10) and 109 defendants.  However, for the reasons cited above, we do not believe that this data allows for an accurate assessment of the relation that the amount of alleged damages claimed might bear to the ultimate disposition of these cases.

The rate at which plaintiffs filed asbestos-related suits against us increased in 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 because of increased activity on the part of plaintiffs to identify those companies that sold asbestos-containing products, but which did not directly mine, mill or market asbestos.  A significant increase in the volume of asbestos-related bodily injury cases arose in Mississippi in 2002.  This increase in the volume of claims in Mississippi was apparently due to the passage of tort reform legislation (applicable to asbestos-related injuries), which became effective on September 1, 2003 and which resulted in a higher than average number of claims being filed in Mississippi by plaintiffs seeking to ensure their claims would be governed by the law in effect prior to the passage of tort reform.  The number of asbestos related suits filed against us decreased in 2005 and 2006, but increased slightly in 2007, declined in 2008 and increased again in 2009 and 2010.

·
Defenses

In many cases, plaintiffs are unable to demonstrate that they have suffered any compensable loss as a result of exposure to our asbestos-containing products.  We continue to believe that a majority of the claimants in pending cases will not be able to demonstrate exposure or loss.  This belief is based in large part on two factors: the limited number of asbestos-related products manufactured and sold by us and the fact that the asbestos was encapsulated in such products.  In addition, even at sites where the presence of an alleged injured party can be verified during the same period those products were used, our liability cannot be presumed because even if an individual contracted an asbestos-related disease, not everyone who was employed at a site was exposed to the asbestos-containing products that we manufactured.  Based on these and other factors, we have and will continue to vigorously defend ourselves in asbestos-related matters.

 
21

 
 
·
Dismissals and Settlements

Cases involving us typically name 50-300 defendants, although some cases have had as few as one and as many as 833 defendants.  We have obtained dismissals of many of these claims.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we were able to have 163 claims dismissed and settled 20 claims.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, 96 claims were dismissed and 22 were settled.  The majority of costs have been paid by our insurance carriers, including the costs associated with the small number of cases that have been settled.  Such settlements totaled approximately $5.5 million for 2010, compared to $7.6 million for the full year 2009.  Although these figures provide some insight into our experience with asbestos litigation, no guarantee can be made as to the dismissal and settlement rate that we will experience in the future.

Settlements are made without any admission of liability.  Settlement amounts may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the jurisdiction where the action was brought, the nature and extent of the disease alleged and the associated medical evidence, the age and occupation of the claimant, the existence or absence of other possible causes of the alleged illness of the alleged injured party and the availability of legal defenses, as well as whether the action is brought alone or as part of a group of claimants.  To date, we have been successful in obtaining dismissals for many of the claims and have settled only a limited number.  The majority of settled claims were settled for immaterial amounts, and the majority of such costs have been paid by our insurance carriers.  In addition, to date, we have not been required to pay any punitive damage awards.

·
Potential Liability

National Economic Research Associates, Inc. (NERA), a consulting firm with expertise in the field of evaluating mass tort litigation asbestos bodily-injury claims, has historically been engaged to assist us in projecting our future asbestos-related liabilities and defense costs with regard to pending claims and future unasserted claims.  Projecting future asbestos costs is subject to numerous variables that are extremely difficult to predict, including the number of claims that might be received, the type and severity of the disease alleged by each claimant, the long latency period associated with asbestos exposure, dismissal rates, costs of medical treatment, the financial resources of other companies that are co-defendants in claims, uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case and the impact of potential changes in legislative or judicial standards, including potential tort reform.  Furthermore, any predictions with respect to these variables are subject to even greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens.  In light of these inherent uncertainties, the limited amount and variability of our claims history and consultations with NERA, we believe that five years is the most reasonable period for recognizing a reserve for future costs, and that costs that might be incurred after that period are not reasonably estimable at this time.  As a result, we also believe that our ultimate asbestos-related contingent liability (i.e., our indemnity or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty.

·
Insurance Coverage

Our applicable insurance policies generally provide coverage for asbestos liability costs, including coverage for both resolution and defense costs.  Following the initiation of asbestos litigation, an effort was made to identify all of our primary and excess level insurance carriers that provided applicable coverage beginning in the 1950s through the mid-1980s.  Where appropriate, carriers were put on notice of the litigation.  Marsh Risk Consulting (Marsh), a consulting firm with expertise in the field of evaluating insurance coverage and the likelihood of recovery for asbestos-related claims, has historically been engaged to work with us to project our insurance coverage for asbestos-related claims. Marsh’s conclusions are based primarily on a review of our coverage history, application of reasonable assumptions on the allocation of coverage consistent with industry standards, an assessment of the creditworthiness of the insurance carriers, analysis of applicable deductibles, retentions and policy limits, the experience of NERA and a review of NERA’s reports.

·
Cost Sharing Agreement

To date, our insurance carriers have paid for substantially all of the settlement and defense costs associated with our asbestos-related claims.  There is a new cost sharing agreement between us and such insurance carriers which is primarily designed to facilitate the ongoing administration and payment of such claims by the carriers until the applicable insurance coverage is exhausted.  This new four year agreement expires on January 25, 2015 and replaces on older agreement that had expired.

 
22

 
 
·
Impact on Financial Statements

Given the inherent uncertainty in making future projections, we have had the projections of current and future asbestos claims periodically re-examined, and we will have them updated if needed based on our experience, changes in the underlying assumptions that formed the basis for NERA’s and Marsh’s models, and other relevant factors, such as changes in the tort system and our success in resolving claims.  Based on the assumptions employed by and the report prepared by NERA and other variables, NERA and Marsh updated their respective analyses for year end 2010 and the estimated liability and estimated insurance recovery, for the five-year period through  2015, is $29.7 million and $29.3 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2009, the estimated liability and estimated insurance recovery, for the five-year period through 2014, was $27.5 million and $27.4 million respectively.
 
The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related liability and the related insurance receivables described above were based on facts known at the time and a number of assumptions.  However, projecting future events, such as the number of new claims to be filed each year, the average cost of disposing of such claims, coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies, as well as the numerous uncertainties surrounding asbestos litigation in the United States could cause the actual liability and insurance recoveries for us to be higher or lower than those projected or recorded.

There can be no assurance that our accrued asbestos liabilities will approximate our actual asbestos-related settlement and defense costs, or that our accrued insurance recoveries will be realized.  We believe that it is reasonably possible that we will incur additional charges for our asbestos liabilities and defense costs in the future, which could exceed existing reserves, but such excess amount cannot be estimated at this time.  We will continue to vigorously defend ourselves and believe we have substantial unutilized insurance coverage to mitigate future costs related to this matter.

Other Environmental and General Litigation

·
In 2005, we began to market our manufacturing facility in Windham, Connecticut to find potential interested buyers.  This facility was formerly the location of the manufacturing operations of our elastomer component and float businesses prior to the relocation of these businesses to Suzhou, China in the fall of 2004.  As part of our due diligence in preparing the site for sale, we determined that there were several environmental issues at the site and, although under no legal obligation to voluntarily remediate the site, we believed that remediation procedures would have to be performed in order to successfully sell the property.  We determined that the potential remediation cost range would be approximately $0.4 million to $1.0 million and would most likely approximate the mid-point of this range.   We therefore recorded a $0.7 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2005.  During the third quarter of 2008, the remediation for this site was completed.  Due to the remediation not being as extensive as originally estimated, we reduced the accrual by approximately $0.5 million and paid approximately $0.2 million in costs associated with the remediation work.  During 2009, we entered into the post-remediation monitoring period, which was required to continue for a minimum of four quarters up to a maximum of eight quarters.  Monitoring has now been completed and the CT DEP has concluded that no further remediation work is required.

·
On May 16, 2007, CalAmp Corp. (CalAmp) filed a lawsuit against us for unspecified damages.  During the second quarter of 2008, CalAmp responded to discovery requests in the litigation and stated that its then current estimated total damages were $82.9 million. In the lawsuit, which was filed in the United States District Court, Central District of California, CalAmp alleged performance issues with certain printed circuit board laminate materials we had provided for use in certain of its products.  In the first quarter of 2009 this lawsuit was settled for $9.0 million. The settlement was reached through mediation mandated by the United States District Court for the Central District of California.  Both parties acknowledged that Rogers admitted no wrongdoing or liability for any claim made by CalAmp. We agreed to settle this litigation solely to avoid the time, expense and inconvenience of continued litigation.  Under the settlement reached through mediation mandated by the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, we paid CalAmp the $9.0 million settlement amount in January 2009.  We had accrued $0.9 million related to this lawsuit in 2007 and recorded an additional $8.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008.  Legal and other costs related to this lawsuit were approximately $1.8 million in 2008.  In February 2009, subsequent to the settlement with CalAmp, we reached an agreement with our primary level insurance carrier to recover costs associated with a portion of the settlement ($1.0 million) as well as certain legal fees and other defense costs associated with the lawsuit (approximately $1.0 million).  Payment for these amounts was received in the first quarter of 2009.  On February 6, 2009, we filed suit in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company, our excess level insurance carrier, seeking to collect the remaining $8.0 million of the settlement amount.  In December 2010, we settled the suit filed against Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company and received a payment of $2.5 million.  This is recorded in operating income and as an operating activity in the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  These funds will be used in the normal business operations.

 
23

 
 
·
In the second quarter of 2010, the CT DEP identified us as a potentially responsible party at a disposal site in Killingly, Connecticut.  We have initiated internal due diligence work related to the site to better understand the issue and our alleged involvement.  Based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the present time, we are unable to estimate the probability or amount of any potential costs associated with this matter.  As such, no reserve has been established at this time.

In addition to the above issues, the nature and scope of our business brings us in regular contact with the general public and a variety of businesses and government agencies.  Such activities inherently subject us to the possibility of litigation, including environmental and product liability matters that are defended and handled in the ordinary course of business.  We have established accruals for matters for which management considers a loss to be probable and reasonably estimable. It is the opinion of management that facts known at the present time do not indicate that such litigation, after taking into account insurance coverage and the aforementioned accruals, will have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

For additional discussion on our environmental and litigation matters, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Item 4 .   (Removed and Reserved)

 
24

 
 
PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ROG”.  As of the end of business on February 4, 2011, we had 616 shareholders of record.  On the same date, the trading price of our common stock closed at $44.31 per share.

Capital Stock Market Prices

The following table sets forth the high and low prices during each quarter of the last two fiscal years on a per share basis.

   
2010
   
2009
 
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
                         
Fourth
  $ 38.40     $ 30.40     $ 31.31     $ 25.07  
Third
    32.62       26.27       31.44       18.64  
Second
    35.19       26.49       26.60       16.66  
First
    32.07       23.57       28.50       14.60  

Dividend Policy

We did not pay any dividends on our common stock in fiscal 2010 and 2009.  We periodically evaluate the desirability of paying a dividend; however, at present, we expect to maintain a policy of emphasizing longer-term growth of capital rather than immediate dividend income .

 
25

 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
           
Sales and Income From Continuing Operations
       
           
Net sales
$379,188
$291,821
$365,362
$412,698
$430,366
Income (loss) before income taxes
40,186
(20,149)
25,106
23,540
69,497
Net income (loss)
34,571
(62,870)
21,617
20,625
55,167
           
Per Share Data From Continuing Operations
       
           
Basic
2.19
(4.01)
1.38
1.25
  3.29
Diluted
2.16
(4.01)
1.36
1.23
3.19
Book value
20.87
18.61
21.47
22.17
21.09
           
Financial Position
         
           
Current assets
221,583
164,215
184,293
247,054
272,554
Current liabilities
65,441
42,845
59,836
68,286
82,143
Ratio of current assets to
    current liabilities
3.4 to 1
3.8 to 1
3.1 to 1
3.6 to 1
 
3.3 to 1
Cash, cash equivalents and
    short-term investments
80,321
58,137
70,625
89,628
 
81,823
Working capital
156,142
121,370
124,457
178,768
190,411
Property, plant and equipment, net
120,087
123,140
145,222
147,203
141,406
Total assets
484,874
407,478
483,439
470,948
480,902
Long-term debt less current maturities
--
--
--
--
--
Shareholders’ Equity
330,532
292,950
336,144
363,981
357,177
Long-term debt as a percentage of
    shareholders’ equity
0%
0%
0%
0%
 
0%
           
Other Data
         
           
Depreciation and amortization  from continuing operations
16,111
17,961
18,397
24,296
18,276
Research and development expenses from continuing operations
19,789
17,395
21,885
24,600
24,168
Capital expenditures from continuing operations
12,607
12,087
21,004
30,885
20,639
Number of employees (average)
1,940
1,735
1,960
2,100
2,416
Net sales per employee
195
168
186
197
178
Number of shares outstanding at
    year-end
15,841,341
15,743,491
15,654,123
16,414,918
 
16,937,523

The financial data included within the preceding table should be read in conjunction with our Management’s Discussion and Analysis as well as the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data (Items 7 and 8 of this Form 10-K), and with our previously filed Forms 10-K.
 
 
26

 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the Selected Financial Data and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this Form 10-K may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Such forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations, estimates, projections and assumptions.  Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “believes,” “estimates,” “should”, “target”,  “may”, “project,” “guidance,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results or performance to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changing business, economic, and political conditions both in the United States and in foreign countries; increasing competition; changes in product mix; the development of new products and manufacturing processes and the inherent risks associated with such efforts; the outcome of current and future litigation; the accuracy of our analysis of our potential asbestos-related exposure and insurance coverage; changes in the availability and cost of raw materials; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and any difficulties in integrating acquired businesses into our operations.  Such factors also apply to our joint ventures.  We make no commitment to update any forward-looking statement or to disclose any facts, events, or circumstances after the date hereof that may affect the accuracy of any forward-looking statements, unless required by law. Additional information about certain factors that could cause actual results to differ from such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those items described in Item 1A, Risk Factors , in this Form 10-K.

Business Overview

Company Background and Strategy

We are a global enterprise that provides our customers with innovative solutions and industry leading products in a variety of markets, including portable communications, communications infrastructure, consumer electronics, mass transit, automotive, defense and clean technology.  We generate revenues and cash flows through the development, manufacture, and distribution of specialty material-based products that are sold to multiple customers, primarily original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and contract manufacturers that, in turn, produce component products that are sold to end-customers for use in various applications.  As such, our business is highly dependent, although indirectly, on market demand for these end-user products.  Our ability to forecast future sales growth is largely dependent on management’s ability to anticipate changing market conditions and how our customers will react to these changing conditions.  It is also highly limited due to the short lead times demanded by our customers and the dynamics of serving as a relatively small supplier in the overall supply chain for these end-user products.  In addition, our sales represent a number of different products across a wide range of price points and distribution channels that do not always allow for meaningful quantitative analysis of changes in demand or price per unit with respect to the effect on sales and earnings.

Strategically, our current focus is on three “mega-trends” that we believe will fuel the future growth of our Company – growth of the internet, expansion of mass transit, and further investment in clean technology.  These trends and their related markets all require materials that perform to the highest standards, which has been a key strength of our products over the years.  We are also focused on growing our business both organically and through strategic acquisitions or technology investments that will add to or expand our product portfolio, as well as strengthen our presence in existing markets or expand into new ones.  We will continue to focus on business opportunities and invest in expansion around the globe.  In the first quarter of 2011, we will begin to report results of our acquisition of Curamik Electronics GmbH (Curamik), production will begin at our new Printed Circuit Materials facility in Suzhou, China and we plan to begin manufacturing our Power Distribution Systems products in North America in the second half of 2011.  When these events occur, these two businesses will have a manufacturing presence in our three primary geographic regions – North America, Europe and Asia – further solidifying our commitment to be close to our customers in order to better serve their needs. Our ultimate goal is to become the supplier of choice for our customers in all of the various markets in which we participate.  To achieve this goal, we strive to make the best products in these respective markets and to deliver the highest level of service to our customers.

 
27

 
 
2010 Executive Summary

Overall, 2010 was a very strong recovery year for Rogers.  We entered the year with cautious optimism, as business was beginning to improve from the recessionary levels that severely impacted our results in 2009. There was, and still remains, much uncertainty in the global economic environment and knowing how it will impact our business.  Throughout 2010, we achieved strong financial results, with third quarter sales eclipsing the $100 million level – the first time our quarterly sales volumes reached that milestone since early 2007.  Our core businesses, High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, and Power Distribution Systems, all achieved very strong results both from a sales and volume perspective. Overall, our sales increased by 30% from $291.8 million in 2009 to $379.2 million in 2010.  We also achieved strong profitability results as we achieved $2.16 of earnings per diluted share as compared to a loss of  $4.01 per share in 2009 (2009 results included approximately $23.7 million in one-time charges and impairments, in addition to an approximately $57.3 million deferred tax valuation allowance charge).

During the early stages of the economic crisis, our management team took quick action to protect our business and minimize the long-term impact of the recession.  We reduced our overhead costs, scaled back production levels, and closely managed our working capital requirements.  This enabled us to continue to operate our business with cash generated from operations, as we did not have to borrow money to meet our financial obligations.  It also allowed us to maintain a strong financial position with a current asset to current liability ratio of over 3 to 1 and a strong cash position.  During this period, the time needed to collect our cash from outstanding receivables actually improved.  All of these actions formed the base that allowed us to take advantage of the economic recovery once it began in the latter half of 2009.  Our internal performance improved and sales volumes and profitability levels increased, while we still maintained our cost controls and closely managed our working capital.  This also enabled us to pursue our strategy of growth by acquisition, whether that be acquiring businesses, investing in new technology, or by expanding our existing products into current or new markets.  In the first half of 2010, we acquired SK Utis Co., Ltd (Utis), a manufacturer of polyurethane foams located in South Korea, which was integrated into our High Performance Foams business during the year.  On December 31, 2010, we signed an agreement to acquire Curamik, a manufacturer of ceramic power electronic substrates headquartered in Eschenbach, Germany.  This transaction closed in early 2011.  Curamik adds another core strategic business to our portfolio and expands our reach into a new market with new products.  Management believes that this acquisition, along with core legacy businesses, forms a strong platform for growth in the future.  However, our optimism is continuously tempered by the uncertainty that continues to exist in the global economic environment.

Segment Realignment

In the second quarter of 2010, we realigned how we manage our business and therefore our segment reporting structure.  Our previous reporting structure was comprised of four reportable segments – High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, Custom Electrical Components and Other Polymer Products.  Our new reporting structure is comprised of three major categories of businesses – Core Strategic, Development Stage, and Other.  The Core Strategic category includes our three major operating segments – High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, and Power Distribution Systems.  The Development Stage category contains two operating segments – Printed and Electronic Solutions (formerly our Durel operating segment that was reported in the Custom Electrical Components reportable segment) and Thermal Management Solutions (formerly reported in the Other Polymer Products reportable segment).  This category represents our start up and new business development initiatives.  Lastly, the Other segment is an aggregate of our remaining operating segments – elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and composite materials.  We believe this structure reflects how our management team currently views and manages our business and it clearly presents our business operations.  As a result of our acquisition of Curamik, we are reviewing our segment structure and will make any necessary changes in the first quarter of 2011 in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance.

 
28

 
 
Results of Continuing Operations

The following table sets forth, for the last three fiscal years, selected Company operating data expressed as a percentage of net sales.
 
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008
             
Net sales
 
100.0%
 
100.0%
 
100.0%
Gross margins
 
36.1%
 
27.1%
 
31.2%
             
Selling and administrative expenses
 
23.7%
 
23.5%
 
22.5%
Research and development expenses
 
5.2%
 
6.0%
 
6.0%
Restructuring and impairment charges
 
-
 
7.7%
 
-
Operating income (loss)
 
7.2%
 
(10.1)%
 
2.7%
             
Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures
 
2.3%
 
1.8%
 
1.7%
Other income, net
 
0.4%
 
0.4%
 
1.7%
Net investment losses
 
(0.1)%
 
    (0.1)%
 
           -
Interest income, net
 
-
 
0.1%
 
0.8%
Acquisition/disposal gain
 
0.8%
 
1.0%
 
-
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
 
10.6%
 
(6.9)%
 
6.9%
             
Income tax expense
 
1.5%
 
14.6%
 
1.0%
             
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 
9.1%
 
(21.5)%
 
5.9%

 
29

 
 
2010 vs. 2009

Net Sales

Net sales in 2010 were $379.2 million, an increase of 30.0% from $291.8 million of sales in 2009.  The increase in sales is attributable to increases in our Core Strategic segments, most notably our High Performance Foams segment, which increased by 42.8% year over year, and our Printed Circuit Materials segment, which increased by 24.9%.  A primary driver of these increases was the strong demand for the industry leading products and materials produced by these segments, particularly as the global economy began to recover from the recessionary environment that existed in 2009, which had a significant negative impact on our overall business.  Additional factors impacting these results are discussed in greater detail in the “Segment Sales and Operations” section below.

Manufacturing Margins

Manufacturing margins increased by approximately 900 basis points to 36.1% in 2010 from 27.1% in 2009.  Margins increased at all of our segments, with the most significant increases occurring in our High Performance Foams and Power Distribution Systems segments with year over year percentage increases of 18.2% and 15.2%, respectively, in 2010 as compared to 2009.  Margins in 2009 were significantly impacted by the volume declines experienced during the year, particularly in the first half of the year as margins in the first quarter of 2009 (our low point for sales) were approximately 21.2%.  During 2010, sales volume increases, as well as our cost cutting initiatives that began early in 2009, helped to drive the significant margin improvements.  Our margins will continue to be driven to a large extent by both our volume levels, product mix, and overall cost structure.
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses were $89.6 million in 2010, an increase of $21.0 million from $68.5 million in 2009.  2010 expenses increased primarily due to costs associated with various incentive compensation plans, including the annual bonus plan, equity compensation plans that include stock options and restricted stock, and sales commissions programs, which all increased as a result of our strong operational performance in 2010 as compared to 2009.  The increase in costs can also be attributed to elevated spending levels necessary to support our higher sales levels achieved in 2010 versus 2009.  2010 results included approximately $3.3 million of costs associated with the acquisitions of Utis in the second quarter of 2010 and Curamik, which closed early in the first quarter of 2011, along with a gain of $2.5 million from the proceeds received from the settlement of a previously filed suit against Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company related to the CalAmp lawsuit in 2009.  2009 results included approximately $2.1 million of one-time costs related to a product liability claim on our printed circuit material products and $1.1 million of costs associated with the integration of MTI Global, Inc. operations, as well as approximately $2.8 million of incremental costs related to our deferred benefit pension plan as a result of the decline in asset value during 2008.  Overall, as a percentage of sales, selling and administrative expenses remained consistent year over year, at 23.7% and 23.5% for 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by 13.8% from $17.4 million in 2009 to $19.8 million in 2010.  As a percentage of sales, expenses remained in line with expectations at 5.2% for 2010 and 6.0% in 2009.  This increase was due in part to the timing of expenditures.  Our strategic plan is to invest an average of 6.0% of net sales annually into research and development.  However, in a period of rising sales, research and development expenditures do not increase at the pace of sales, and therefore, there is often a delay in meeting our targeted investment level, thus the decline in 2010. Going forward, we will continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing technologies and find new applications for these materials, as well as to explore new, emerging technologies, as well as existing technologies, that we believe will complement our existing product portfolio.  With our acquisition of Curamik, we will reevaluate our targeted long-term spending rate and adjust our spending targets, if necessary, in the future.

 
30

 
 
Restructuring and Impairment Charges

During 2009, we recorded approximately $23.7 million in restructuring and impairment charges (of which $0.8 million was recorded in “Cost of Sales” on our consolidated statements of operations).  The restructuring and impairment charges were comprised of the following:

 
·
$18.0 million in charges related to the impairment of certain long-lived assets in the following operating segments: Flexible Circuit Materials ($7.7 million), Printed and Electronic Solutions ($8.6 million), Printed Circuit Materials ($0.8 million), Thermal Management Solutions ($0.3 million) and High Performance Foams ($0.6 million);
 
·
$4.9 million in severance related to a global workforce reduction; and
 
·
$0.8 million in charges related to additional inventory reserves related to the restructuring of our Printed and Electronic Solutions and Flexible Circuit Materials operating segments, which was recorded in “Cost of sales” on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges are discussed in greater detail below.

·
Flexible Circuit Materials

In the second quarter of 2009 as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would exit the flexible circuit materials market and effectively discontinue any new product development or research in this area.  Over the previous several years, the flexible circuit materials market had experienced increased commoditization of its products, resulting in increased competition and extreme pricing pressures.  In 2008, we had taken certain initial actions to streamline our flexible circuit materials business, including shifting production of certain products to our joint venture in Taiwan, and retaining only certain, higher margin products.  However, in 2009, we determined that the future markets for these products were very limited and did not fit with the strategic direction of the Company.  Therefore, we determined that we would immediately stop production of certain remaining flexible circuit materials products and continue to support only select customers for a limited time period going forward, ultimately resulting in the abandonment of our wholly-owned flexible circuit materials business.

As a result of these management decisions, we determined it appropriate to evaluate the assets related to this business for potential impairment.  This analysis resulted in an impairment charge related to specific equipment located in our Belgian facility.  This equipment was to be used primarily for the development of certain flexible circuit materials-related products; however, based on the decision to abandon the business, this equipment was no longer of use to us.  We recognized an impairment charge of approximately $6.0 million related to this equipment and wrote it down to an estimated salvage value of approximately $2.0 million.  This charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

We also recorded an impairment charge on a building located in Suzhou, China that was built to support our flexible circuit materials business in the Asian marketplace.  We are currently marketing this building for sale and have classified it as an “asset held for sale” and recorded an impairment charge in 2009 of approximately $1.6 million to reflect the current fair market value of the building less costs to sell.  The remaining asset value of $4.0 million is classified as an “asset held for sale” in the “current asset” section of our consolidated statements of financial position.  The impairment charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

Further, as part of the decision to exit the flexible circuit materials business, we recorded additional reserves on certain inventory that will no longer be sold, of approximately $0.4 million.  This charge was reported as part of “Cost of sales” in our consolidated statements of operations.

Lastly, we also recorded an impairment charge in 2009 on certain other assets pertaining to the flexible circuit materials business in Asia of approximately $0.1 million, which was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Other reportable segment.

 
31

 
 
·
High Performance Foams

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million on our manufacturing facility located in Richmond, Virginia which was acquired as part of the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Global Inc.  The building was classified as an “asset held for sale” when acquired in the second quarter of 2009.  Market conditions at the time resulted in the 2009 fourth quarter impairment charge.

This charge was recorded in our High Performance Foams operating segment.

·
Printed and Electronic Solutions

Over the past few years, our Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES) electroluminescent (EL) lamp business has steadily declined as new technologies have emerged to replace these lamps in cell phone and other related applications.  In the second quarter of 2007, we took initial steps to restructure the PES business for this decline, as we shifted the majority of manufacturing to our China facility and recorded impairment charges on certain U.S. based assets.  Since that time, we have continued to produce EL lamps out of our China facility at gradually declining volumes and our management team has initiated efforts to develop new product applications using our screen printing technology.  Our initial forecasts indicated the potential for new applications to go to market in the second half of 2009; however, we had not successfully developed any new applications that would generate material cash flows in the future.  We concluded that this situation, plus the fact that our EL lamp production was primarily limited to automotive applications as there were no longer material sales into the handheld market as of the second quarter of 2009, was an indicator of impairment.   The resulting analysis concluded that these assets should be treated as “abandoned”, as they are not in use and we did not anticipate the assets being placed in use in the near future.  As such, these assets were written down to their current fair value, which in this case approximates salvage value as there is not a readily available market for these assets since the technology is becoming obsolete.  Therefore, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $4.6 million related to these assets, resulting in a remaining book value of approximately $0.7 million.  This charge is reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statement of operations.

Further, as a result of reaching end of life on certain handheld applications, we recorded additional inventory reserves of approximately $0.4 million, as this inventory no longer had any value or future use.  This charge was reported as part of “Cost of sales” in our consolidated statements of operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, as a result of the continued decline in the PES business, as described above, we made the decision to market for sale the PES facility located in Chandler, Arizona.  As a result of this decision, the fair value of the building was appraised at approximately $7.1 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $4.0 million.  This charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statement of operations.  The building does not meet the definition of an asset-held-for-sale, per the relevant accounting guidance, and therefore it will continue to be classified as “Property, plant and equipment” on our consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2010.

These charges were reported in our Printed and Electronic Solutions operating segment.

·
Printed Circuit Materials

Early in 2008, management determined based on forecasts at that time, that we would need additional capacity for our high frequency products later that year.  Management had already undertaken initiatives to build additional capacity through a new facility on our China campus, but needed a solution to fill interim capacity needs.  Therefore, we initiated efforts to move idle equipment from our Belgian facility to our Arizona facility and incurred costs of approximately $0.8 million due to these efforts.  At the end of 2008, our overall business began to decline due in part to the global recession, and management determined that we would not need this equipment at that time but that we would still need certain capacity later in 2009 prior to the China capacity coming on line.  However, in 2009, business did not recover as quickly as anticipated and we believed that we would not need this equipment as we had sufficient capacity to meet our current needs and the China facility would be available in time to satisfy any increase in demand.  Therefore, we determined that the costs incurred related to the relocation of this equipment should be impaired and equipment purchased or refurbished as part of the relocation should be written down to an estimated salvage value, resulting in a charge of approximately $0.8 million, which is reflected in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

 
32

 
 
These charges were reported in our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment.

·
Thermal Management Solutions

In the second quarter of 2009, as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would abandon the development of certain products related to our thermal management systems start up business, specifically products related to our thermal interface material (TIM).  We had not been successful in developing this product and were not confident in its future market potential; therefore, we chose to abandon its development to focus solely on the development of aluminum silicon carbide products, which we believe have a stronger market potential.  This decision resulted in a charge of approximately $0.3 million from the impairment of certain assets related to TIM production.  This charge is reflected in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Thermal Management Solutions operating segment.

·
Severance

In the first half of 2009, we announced certain cost reduction initiatives that included a workforce reduction and a significant reduction in our operating and overhead expenses in an effort to better align our cost structure with the lower sales volumes experienced at the end of 2008 and in 2009.  As a result, we recognized approximately $4.9 million in severance charges in 2009, and paid out approximately $3.8 million in severance during 2009.

A summary of the activity in the severance accrual as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
     
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1,088  
Provisions
    -  
Payments
    (1,088 )
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ -  

These charges were included in the “Restructuring and impairment charges” line item on our consolidated statements of operations and were reported across all segments.

We did not record any restructuring or impairment charges during 2010.

Equity Income in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures increased $3.2 million from $5.5 million in 2009 to $8.7 million in 2010.  The year over year increase is primarily attributable to the strong performance of our foam joint ventures, Rogers INOAC Suzhou (RIS) in China and Rogers INOAC Corporation (RIC) in Japan, as business rebounded significantly from the recession driven declines and excess inventory levels experienced in 2009.  During 2010, we sold our 50% interest in RCCT to our partner, Chang Chun Plastics, Ltd. in the fourth quarter of 2010, effectively completing our exit of the flexible circuit materials business.  Prior to the sale of our 50% interest, RCCT was slightly accretive to our results in 2010.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income increased from $1.0 million in 2009 to $1.4 million in 2010.  The increase is primarily due to the the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and our related hedging program, which collectively contributed approximately $1.2 million in unfavorable net adjustments in 2009, compared to $0.3 million in favorable net adjustments in 2010.  The foreign currency fluctuations were offset by the PLS commission activity for each year.  We dissolved the PLS joint venture in the first quarter of 2010, resulting in only $0.6 million in commission income for 2010, compared to $1.8 million in 2009.

Net Impairment Loss

Net impairment loss is the portion of the auction rate security impairment that relates to credit losses.  The amount increased 51.9% in 2010 from a loss of $0.4 million to a loss of $0.6 million.  The change is attributable to market conditions surrounding the underlying securities of the auction rate securities.

 
33

 
 
Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate was 14.0% in 2010, and (212.0%) in 2009.  In 2010, our effective tax rate was favorably impacted by the release of a portion of the valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we developed a tax planning strategy that would allow us to recognize certain deferred tax assets, resulting in a partial reduction of our valuation allowance.  We believe that this strategy is reasonable, prudent, and feasible, and we will implement this strategy, if need be, to ensure that this portion of our deferred tax asset will not expire.  In both 2010 and 2009, we were in a cumulative three-year loss position in the U.S. As the realization of deferred taxes is principally dependent upon the achievement of future taxable income, the estimation of which requires significant management judgment, we concluded that given the weight of both positive and negative evidence, a valuation allowance should be placed against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets, for which there is neither a tax planning strategy nor source of taxable income against which it would offset.  In 2009, our effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by recording a valuation allowance charge of $57.3 million against our U.S. deferred tax asset.  Also, in both 2010 and 2009, our tax rate was favorably impacted by the tax benefit associated with certain discrete rate items recorded during the year and continued to benefit from favorable tax rates on certain foreign business activity.

We continue to be eligible for a tax holiday on the earnings of our subsidiaries in China.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers Technologies (Suzhou) Company (RSZ), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, the first two years of cumulatively profitable operations were taxed at a zero percent tax rate followed by a reduced tax rate in subsequent years that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2010, RSZ reported pretax income of $18.1 million, which was subject to a tax rate of 22%.  In 2009, RSZ reported pretax income of $4.6 million which was subject to a tax rate of 10%.  The tax rate in effect in 2011 will be 24%, and will increase to the full rate of 25% in 2012.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers (Shanghai) International Trading Company Ltd. (RSH), also a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, RSH was subject to a reduced rate of tax that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2010, RSH reported pretax income of $4.8 million which was subject to a tax rate of 22%.  In 2009, RSH reported pretax income of $1.9 million which was subject to a tax rate of 20%.  The tax rate in effect in 2011 will be 24%, and will increase to the full rate of 25% in 2012.

Backlog

Our backlog of firm orders was $38.7 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $29.2 million at December 31, 2009.  The increase at the end of 2010 was primarily related to the increase in sales in the Printed Circuit Materials and Power Distribution Systems operating segments. Backlog for Printed Circuit Materials increased by approximately $5.4 million at year-end 2010 as compared to year-end 2009, while backlog for Power Distribution Systems increased by approximately $2.9 million at year-end 2010 as compared to year-end 2009.

2009 vs. 2008

Net Sales

Net sales in 2009 were $291.8 million, a decrease of 20.1% from $365.4 million of sales in 2008.  The decrease in sales was attributable to declines in all of our segments, most notably our Printed and Electronic Solutions segment, which declined by 78.6% year over year, our High Performance Foams segment, which declined by 12.3%, and our Printed Circuit Materials reportable segment, which declined 8.4% as compared to the prior year.  A primary driver of these declines was the global economic recession that severely impacted our volumes in 2009, particularly in the first half of the year.  Additional factors impacting these results are discussed in greater detail in the “Segment Sales and Operations” section below.

Manufacturing Margins

Manufacturing margins decreased by approximately 410 basis points to 27.1% in 2009 from 31.2% in 2008.  Margins decreased in all three of our segments, with the most significant declines occurring in our Printed Electronic Solutions and High Performance Foams segments with declines of 332.5% and 15.4%, respectively, in 2009 as compared to 2008.  These margins were significantly impacted by the volume declines experienced during the year, particularly in the beginning of the year as margins in the first quarter (our low point for sales) were approximately 21.2%.  As the year progressed, volumes increased and our cost cutting efforts, which were initiated in the first and second quarters of 2009, began to take effect, which resulted in sequential margin improvement, as evidenced by fourth quarter margins of 30.0%, which were more comparable to levels achieved during 2008, albeit on lower average volumes.  Our margins will continue to be driven to a large extent by both our volume levels and product mix.
 
 
34

 
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses were $68.5 million in 2009, a decrease of $13.7 million from $82.2 million in 2008.  2009 expenses declined, partially as a result of the cost cutting measures initiated during the first quarter of 2009 as a result of the global economic recession.  2009 results included approximately $2.1 million of one-time costs related to a product liability claim on our printed circuit material products and $1.1 million of costs associated with the integration of MTI Global operations, as well as approximately $2.8 million of incremental costs related to our deferred benefit pension plan as a result of the decline in asset value during 2008.  2008 results included a one-time charge of approximately $8.0 million related to the settlement of and legal fees for our lawsuit with CalAmp (see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for further discussion), as well as incentive compensation expense of approximately $11.4 million.  As a percentage of sales, selling and administrative expenses increased in 2009 to 23.5% from 22.5% in 2008, primarily as a result of the significant decline in sales experienced in 2009 as compared to the prior year.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by 20.5% from $21.9 million in 2008 to $17.4 million in 2009.  This decline was due in part to the timing of expenditures, as well as overall cost reductions as part of the cost reduction program initiated in the first half of 2009.  As a percentage of sales, expenses remained consistent at 6.0% for 2009 and 6.0% in 2008.  Our strategic plan is to invest an average of 6% of net sales annually into research and development and it is expected that future expenditures will be consistent with this targeted investment level.  We continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing technologies and find new applications for these materials, as well as to explore new, emerging technologies, as well as existing technologies, that we believe will complement our existing product portfolio.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges

During 2009, we recorded approximately $23.7 million in restructuring and impairment charges (of which $0.8 million was recorded in “Cost of Sales” on our consolidated statements of operations).  The restructuring and impairment charges were comprised of the following:

 
·
$18.0 million in charges related to the impairment of certain long-lived assets in the following operating segments: Flexible Circuit Materials ($7.7 million), Printed and Electronic Solutions ($8.6 million), Printed Circuit Materials ($0.8 million), Thermal Management Solutions ($0.3 million) and High Performance Foams ($0.6 million);
 
·
$4.9 million in severance related to a global workforce reduction; and
 
·
$0.8 million in charges related to additional inventory reserves related to the restructuring of our Printed and Electronic Solutions and Flexible Circuit Materials operating segments, which was recorded in “Cost of sales” on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges are discussed in greater detail below.

·
Flexible Circuit Materials

In the second quarter of 2009 as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would exit the flexible circuit materials market and effectively discontinue any new product development or research in this area.  Over the previous several years, the flexible circuit materials market had experienced increased commoditization of its products, resulting in increased competition and extreme pricing pressures.  In 2008, we had taken certain initial actions to streamline our flexible circuit materials business, including shifting production of certain products to our joint venture in Taiwan, and retaining only certain, higher margin products.  However, in 2009, we determined that the future markets for these products were very limited and did not fit with the strategic direction of the Company.  Therefore, we determined that we would immediately stop production of certain remaining flexible circuit materials products and continue to support only select customers for a limited time period going forward, ultimately resulting in the abandonment of our wholly-owned flexible circuit materials business.

 
35

 
 
As a result of these management decisions, we determined it appropriate to evaluate the assets related to this business for valuation issues.  This analysis resulted in an impairment charge related to specific equipment located in our Belgian facility.  This equipment was to be used primarily for the development of certain flexible circuit materials-related products; however, based on the decision to abandon the business, this equipment was no longer of use to us.  We recognized an impairment charge of approximately $6.0 million related to this equipment and wrote it down to an estimated salvage value of approximately $2.0 million.  This charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

We also recorded an impairment charge on a building located in Suzhou, China that was built to support our flexible circuit materials business in the Asian marketplace.  We are currently marketing this building for sale and have classified it as an “asset held for sale” and recorded an impairment charge in 2009 of approximately $1.6 million to reflect the current fair market value of the building less costs to sell.  The remaining asset value of $4.0 million is classified as an “asset held for sale” in the “current asset” section of our consolidated statements of financial position.  The impairment charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

Further, as part of the decision to exit the flexible circuit materials business, we recorded additional reserves on certain inventory that will no longer be sold, of approximately $0.4 million.  This charge was reported as part of “Cost of sales” in our consolidated statements of operations.

Lastly, we also recorded an impairment charge in 2009 on certain other assets pertaining to the flexible circuit materials business in Asia of approximately $0.1 million, which was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Other reportable segment.

·
High Performance Foams

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million on our manufacturing facility located in Richmond, Virginia which was acquired as part of the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Inc.  The building was classified as an “asset held for sale” when acquired in the second quarter of 2009.  Market conditions at the time resulted in the 2009 fourth quarter impairment charge.

This charge was recorded in our High Performance Foams operating segment.

·
Printed and Electronic Solutions

Over the past few years, our Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES) electroluminescent (EL) lamp business has steadily declined as new technologies have emerged to replace these lamps in cell phone and other related applications.  In the second quarter of 2007, we took initial steps to restructure the PES business for this decline, as we shifted the majority of manufacturing to our China facility and recorded impairment charges on certain U.S. based assets.  Since that time, we have continued to produce EL lamps out of our China facility at gradually declining volumes and our management team has initiated efforts to develop new product applications using our screen printing technology.  Our initial forecasts indicated the potential for new applications to go to market in the second half of 2009; however, we had not successfully developed any new applications that would generate material cash flows in the future.  We concluded that this situation, plus the fact that our EL lamp production was primarily limited to automotive applications as there were no longer material sales into the handheld market as of the second quarter of 2009, was an indicator of impairment.   The resulting analysis concluded that these assets should be treated as “abandoned”, as they are not in use and we did not anticipate the assets being placed in use in the near future.  As such, these assets were written down to their current fair value, which in this case approximates salvage value as there is not a readily available market for these assets since the technology is becoming obsolete.  Therefore, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $4.6 million related to these assets, resulting in a remaining book value of approximately $0.7 million.  This charge is reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statement of operations.

 
36

 
 
Further, as a result of reaching end of life on certain handheld applications, we recorded additional inventory reserves of approximately $0.4 million, as this inventory no longer had any value or future use.  This charge was reported as part of “Cost of sales” in our consolidated statements of operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, as a result of the continued decline in the PES business, as described above, we made the decision to market for sale the PES facility located in Chandler, Arizona.  As a result of this decision, the fair value of the building was appraised at approximately $7.1 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $4.0 million.  This charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statement of operations.  The building does not meet the definition of an asset-held-for-sale, per the relevant accounting guidance, and therefore it continues to be classified as “Property, plant and equipment” on our consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2010.

These charges were reported in our Printed and Electronic Solutions operating segment.

·
Printed Circuit Materials

Early in 2008, management determined based on forecasts at that time, that we would need additional capacity for our high frequency products later that year.  Management had already undertaken initiatives to build additional capacity through a new facility on our China campus, but needed a solution to fill interim capacity needs.  Therefore, we initiated efforts to move idle equipment from our Belgian facility to our Arizona facility and incurred costs of approximately $0.8 million due to these efforts.  At the end of 2008, our overall business began to decline due in part to the global recession, and management determined that we would not need this equipment at that time but that we would still need certain capacity later in 2009 prior to the China capacity coming on line.  However, in 2009, business did not recover as quickly as anticipated and we believed that we would not need this equipment as we had sufficient capacity to meet our current needs and the China facility would be available in time to satisfy any increase in demand.  Therefore, we determined that the costs incurred related to the relocation of this equipment should be impaired and equipment purchased or refurbished as part of the relocation should be written down to an estimated salvage value, resulting in a charge of approximately $0.8 million, which is reflected in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment.

·
Thermal Management Solutions

In the second quarter of 2009, as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would abandon the development of certain products related to our thermal management systems start up business, specifically products related to our thermal interface material (TIM).  We had not been successful in developing this product and were not confident in its future market potential; therefore, we chose to abandon its development to focus solely on the development of aluminum silicon carbide products, which we believe have a stronger market potential.  This decision resulted in a charge of approximately $0.3 million from the impairment of certain assets related to TIM production.  This charge is reflected in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Thermal Management Solutions operating segment.

·
Severance

In the first half of 2009, we announced certain cost reduction initiatives that included a workforce reduction and a significant reduction in our operating and overhead expenses in an effort to better align our cost structure with the lower sales volumes experienced at the end of 2008 and in 2009.  As a result, we recognized approximately $4.9 million in severance charges in 2009, and paid out approximately $3.8 million in severance during 2009.

A summary of the activity in the severance accrual as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ -  
Provisions
    4,920  
Payments
    (3,832 )
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1,088  
 
 
37

 
 
These charges were included in the “Restructuring and impairment charges” line item on our consolidated statements of operations and were reported across all segments.

Equity Income in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures decreased $0.8 million from $6.2 million in 2008 to $5.5 million in 2009.  The decrease was primarily driven by the continued decline of our flexible circuits joint venture in Taiwan, Rogers Chang Chun Technology, Co., combined with the decline experienced in our polyurethane foam joint venture with INOAC Corporation in China, which experienced weakened demand, due primarily to the impact of the global recession, as well as excess inventory in the supply chain, particularly in the first half of the year.  Sales improved in the third and fourth quarters, particularly at RIS, primarily due to the improvement in the Chinese economy in the second half of 2009.

Other Income

Other income decreased from $6.1 million in 2008 to $1.0 million in 2009.  The decrease is due in part to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and our related hedging program that was implemented in 2008, which collectively contributed approximately $1.2 million in unfavorable net adjustments in 2009, compared to $2.0 million in favorable adjustments in 2008, as well as a decrease in 2009 in commission income of $0.8 million related to our PLS joint venture.

Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate was (212.0%) in 2009 and 13.9% in 2008.  In 2009, our effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by recording a valuation allowance charge of $57.3 million against our U.S. deferred tax assets.  This charge is comprised of an initial charge of $53.1 million in the second quarter and additional adjustments over the remainder of 2009, of $4.2 million.  This charge was primarily due to the fact that in 2009, we were in a significant three-year cumulative loss position in the U.S.  Also, in both 2009 and 2008, our tax rate was favorably impacted by the tax benefit associated with certain discrete rate items recorded during the year and continued to benefit from favorable tax rates on certain foreign business activity.

We were eligible for a tax holiday on the earnings of our subsidiaries in China.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers Technologies (Suzhou) Company (RSZ), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, the first two years of cumulatively profitable operations were taxed at a zero percent tax rate followed by a reduced tax rate in subsequent years that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2009, RSZ reported pretax income of $4.6 million which was subject to a tax rate of 10%.  In 2008, RSZ reported pretax income of $8.0 million which was subject to a tax rate of 9%.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers (Shanghai) International Trading Company Ltd. (RSH), also a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, RSH was subject to a reduced rate of tax that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2009, RSH reported pretax income of $1.9 million which was subject to a tax rate of 20%.  In 2008, RSH reported pretax income of $7.0 million which was subject to a tax rate of 18%.

Backlog

Our backlog of firm orders was $29.2 million at December 31, 2009, as compared to $24.8 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in the fourth quarter of 2009 was primarily related to the increase in sales in the High Performance Foams reportable segment, as backlog for the polyurethane and silicone foam business, primarily sold into the portable communications, mass transit and consumer electronics markets, combined with the effect of the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Global Inc. increased by approximately $5.4 million at year-end 2009 as compared to year-end 2008.

 
38

 
 
Segment Sales and Operations

Core Strategic

(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
High Performance Foams
                 
     Net sales
  $ 149.7     $ 104.8     $ 119.5  
     Operating income
    17.4       5.1       20.6  
                         
Printed Circuit Materials
                       
     Net sales
    141.1       112.9       123.2  
     Operating income (loss)
    11.0       0.3       (3.0 )
                         
Power Distribution Systems
                       
Net sales
    42.1       40.3       43.7  
Operating income
    2.9       3.2       4.5  

High Performance Foams

Our High Performance Foams operating segment is comprised of our polyurethane and silicone foam products.

2010 vs. 2009 – Net sales in this segment increased by over 40% from $104.8 million in 2009 to $149.7 million in 2010.  Operating profits also increased substantially, more than tripling in 2010 to $17.4 million as compared to $5.1 million in 2009.  The 2010 results include approximately $0.9 million of integration costs associated with the acquisition of Utis in the second quarter of 2010 and 2009 results include approximately $1.5 million of integration costs associated with the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Global, Inc. (MTI).  2009 also includes severance costs of approximately $2.0 million related to the MTI asset acquisition and the worldwide workforce reduction initiated in the first half of the year.  2010 results were driven by strong demand for the segment’s foams across almost all product lines and in all geographic regions.  In particular, our industry-leading products for cushioning, sealing and protecting sensitive components in mobile internet devices were in high demand, specifically in large touch screen display tablets.  Additionally, sales of products that meet stringent industry standards in the mass transit market, particularly seating and sealing applications, were strong during 2010 as compared to 2009.  In 2009, sales levels reached their lowest point in the first half of the year during the peak of the recession.  During the second half of 2009, we began to experience a turnaround in the market as our sales and operating results began to improve.  This trend continued in 2010 as markets continued to improve, resulting in increasing sales volumes and profits during the year.

2009 vs. 2008 - Net sales in this segment decreased by 12% in 2009 as compared to 2008.  In 2009, HPF was impacted significantly by the recession, particularly in the first half of the year, as weakened consumer spending and supply chain inventory issues negatively impacted revenues across all end markets.  Cell phone applications in particular experienced significant declines as manufacturers had excess inventory in the supply chain.  However, as the year progressed, sales into the portable handset applications and consumer electronics market, improved as the supply chain inventory corrections were completed and order rates increased.  In the second quarter of 2009, we completed our acquisition of certain assets of the silicone foam business of MTI Global, Inc., which was accretive to our sales volumes over the second half of the year.  In the second half of 2009, we experienced sales volume increases as compared to the first half of the year, particularly in cell phone and consumer electronics markets.  Additionally, orders improved for our silicone foam materials into the mass transit and general industrial markets, in part due to the MTI acquisition.  2009 results include approximately $1.6 million of one-time integration costs related to this purchase, as well as $2.0 million in severance charges related to both the acquisition, as well as the worldwide workforce reduction announced in the first half of the year.  At the end of 2009, the integration of the assets related to the MTI acquisition was substantially complete.

 
39

 
 
Printed Circuit Materials

Our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment is comprised of our high frequency circuit material products.

2010 vs. 2009 – Net sales in this segment increased by almost 25% from $112.9 million in 2009 to $141.1 million in 2010.  Accordingly, operating results also improved significantly from an operating profit of $0.3 million in 2009 to $11.0 million in 2010.  2010 results included a one time benefit of $2.5 million from the recovery of insurance proceeds related to the CalAmp lawsuit, which had been previously settled in 2008.  2009 results included approximately $0.8 million of costs related to the impairment of certain equipment, $0.4 million of additional inventory reserves, $1.8 million related to a product liability claim and severance charges of $1.7 million. The overall improvement in the business from 2009 to 2010 was driven by the continued strong demand for the segment’s materials into the wireless infrastructure market as the pace of third generation (3G) and fourth generation (4G) systems deployments around the world escalated as many of these programs were delayed from 2009 due to the recession.  Also, sales into defense applications and into the automotive market for blind spot detection devices have increased in 2010 as compared to 2009.

2009 vs. 2008 - Net sales in this segment decreased by 8% in 2009 as compared to 2008.  In 2009, the decline in sales was partially driven by the economic recession, although not to the same extent as some of our other businesses.  This segment was also impacted by the overall worldwide softness in the wireless infrastructure market and delays in spending on 3G program awards in China.  These declines were partially offset by strong demand for high frequency materials into the satellite television market for low noise block-down converters (LNBs) in China, with moderate demand in the U.S. and Europe.  Additionally, sales into the defense and high reliability markets were up modestly, particularly in the second half of the year.  From an operating results perspective, 2009 included approximately $0.8 million of costs related to the impairment of certain equipment, $0.4 million related to additional inventory reserves, $1.8 million related to a product liability claim and severance charges of $1.7 million.  2008 results included charges of approximately $8.0 million related to the settlement of and legal fees for our lawsuit with CalAmp.

Power Distribution Systems

Our Power Distribution Systems operating segment is comprised of our busbar products, which are primarily used in mass transit and clean technology applications.

2010 vs. 2009 – Net sales in this segment increased by 4.5% from $40.3 million in 2009 to $42.1 million in 2010, while operating profit declined slightly from $3.2 million in 2009 to $2.9 million in 2010.  2009 results included approximately $0.7 million of severance charges associated with the headcount reduction that occurred in early 2009 due to a decline in business driven by the recession.  The sales growth in 2010 was driven by the particularly strong demand for busbar products in Asia for mass transit applications, as investment continues into the infrastructure of that region.  Clean technology applications for renewable energy and power electronics also experienced increased demand for these products, particularly across Europe and Asia.  Operating profit, however, declined in 2010 primarily due to the absorption of additional overhead charges as a result of the growth of the business in new regions and markets, as well as the changing mix of sales and profits across our businesses and the impact on our allocation methodologies.

2009 vs. 2008 – Net sales in this segment declined slightly from $43.7 million in 2008 to $40.3 million in 2009 and operating results also declined from a profit of $4.5 million in 2008 to a profit of $3.2 million in 2009.  These declines were partially driven by the recession, particularly in the first half of 2009, although this segment was impacted to a lesser degree than most of our other segments.  Overall, sales of power distribution systems products were relatively strong into the mass transit market, as well as into clean technology markets, particularly for wind turbine applications, where demand continues to grow as more countries focus on alternative clean energy sources.

 
40

 
 
Development Stage

(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Printed and Electronic Solutions
                 
     Net sales
  $ 9.6     $ 10.5     $ 48.9  
     Operating loss
    (2.0 )     (24.4 )     (4.6 )
                         
Thermal Management Systems
                       
     Net sales
    1.0       0.2       0.1  
     Operating loss
    (3.9 )     (3.7 )     (3.6 )

As previously noted, we reorganized our segment structure in the second quarter of 2010 due to management’s current view of the business.  This resulted in the creation of the Development Stage business category, which is comprised of our Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES) and Thermal Management Systems (TMS) operating segments.  Both of these segments are considered to be Development Stage by management as they are both working to create new platforms with the goal of developing them into successful, profitable businesses that generate positive cash flows.

Printed and Electronic Solutions

This segment, which was formerly known as the Durel operating segment and was previously included in our Custom Electrical Components reportable segment, has undergone a significant shift in its business in the past few years.  It was previously focused on the sales of electroluminescent (EL) lamps and inverter drivers that were used primarily in portable communications and automotive markets.  The EL lamp business has effectively been replaced with new technology and the remaining sales volumes in this business are primarily related to the remaining inverter business, with a small amount of EL lamp sales into the automotive industry.  Note that 2009 results included charges of $9.1 million related to asset impairments and $0.2 million related to severance.

Thermal Management Systems

Our TMS business was formed at the end of 2007 and is focused on serving markets where thermal heat management is a priority, such as heat dissipation in electronic devices and hybrid electric vehicles.  This venture recognized its first material sales in the second quarter of 2010, as it received its first significant order for its base plate products.  We continue to pursue additional opportunities in the marketplace for these products.

Management closely monitors the businesses in this segment to determine if continued investment in their technology platforms will yield positive returns and cash flows for the Company and our investors.  Ultimately, decision points will be reached as to whether to continue to invest in these initiatives to grow the businesses, at which point they would no longer be considered Development Stage and be moved into our more stable, core businesses, or to no longer invest in them if we believe that future growth and accretive performance is not likely.

Other

(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
     Net sales
  $ 35.8     $ 23.1     $ 30.0  
     Operating income (loss)
    2.0       (9.9 )     (3.9 )

Our Other reportable segment consists of our elastomer rollers, floats, and non-woven materials products, as well as our polyimide laminate systems distribution activities.  This segment formerly contained our TMS operating segment, which is now reported as part of our Development Stage category of businesses.  Also, this segment now includes the results of our former joint venture, PLS, which became a wholly-owned subsidiary as of March 31, 2010.

 
41

 
 
In 2010, net sales increased from $23.1 million to $35.8 million, primarily due to the inclusion of PLS, which achieved $13.5 million in sales in 2010, partially offset by the elimination of $3.9 million of sales in 2009 related to our flexible circuit materials business, which ceased activities prior to the start of 2010.  The remaining increase is due to the improved performance of our elastomer rollers and floats products.  The segment also became profitable in 2010, mainly due to the strong performance of the elastomer component and floats products and the inclusion of PLS.  In 2009, net sales decreased to $23.1 million from $30.0 million in 2008 and operating performance declined from a loss of $3.9 million in 2008 to a loss of $9.9 million in 2009.  2009 results included approximately $7.7 million in asset impairment charges related to equipment and buildings and severance charges of $0.4 million.

We continuously evaluate the viability of the product portfolio in this segment as it relates to our long-term strategic and operational focus.

Joint Ventures

Rogers INOAC Corporation (RIC)

RIC, our joint venture with Japan-based INOAC Corporation, was established over 25 years ago and manufactures high performance PORON â urethane foam materials in Japan.  Sales increased 12% from 2009 to 2010 following a decrease of 4% from 2008 to 2009.  The decreased sales volumes at the end of 2008 and through 2009 were due to softening demand, primarily as a result of the global recession.  Sales in 2010 increased significantly due to increases in demand in the communications market.

Rogers INOAC Suzhou Corporation (RIS)

RIS, our joint venture agreement with INOAC Corporation for the purpose of manufacturing PORON â urethane foam materials in China, began operations in 2004.  Sales increased 31% from 2009 to 2010 and decreased 12% from 2008 to 2009.  Sales levels had improved in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 due primarily to the improvement in the Chinese economy, which extended into 2010 performance. The decline in sales for 2009 was a result of the global recession and excess inventory in the supply chain, particularly in the first half of 2009.

Rogers Chang Chun Technology Co., Ltd. (RCCT)

RCCT, our joint venture with Chang Chun Plastics Co., Ltd., was established in late 2001 to manufacture flexible circuit materials for customers in Taiwan.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold our 50% interest in this joint venture to our joint venture partner for $9.3 million, resulting in a gain of $3.2 million.

Polyimide Laminate Systems, LLC (PLS)

PLS, our joint venture with Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., sold adhesiveless laminates for trace suspension assemblies.  In the first quarter of 2010, this joint venture was dissolved and we assumed any outstanding assets and liabilities of PLS.  We also agreed that, going forward, all distribution activity that PLS had previously engaged in would be conducted through Rogers.  As of December 31, 2010, this distribution activity is minimal.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
On October 31, 2008, we closed on an agreement to sell the shares of our Induflex subsidiary to BV Capital Partners.  Under the terms of the agreement, Rogers received approximately €10.7 million (US$13.6 million at the October 31, 2008 spot price), which represented the purchase price of approximately 8.9 million euros plus other amounts due under the agreement.  In addition to this purchase price, there is an opportunity for Rogers to receive additional earnout amounts for three years from the date of the sale based on the future performance of the divested business.  As of December 31, 2010, no such earnout has been earned, and we do not anticipate there to be any earnout earned upon completion of the three year period.

 
42

 
 
This subsidiary had been aggregated in our Other Polymer Products reportable segment.  Net income of $1.7 million and $1.2 million have been reflected as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively.  The net gain reflected as discontinued operations at December 31, 2008 includes a $3.2 million gain related to the sale of Induflex.  Net sales associated with the discontinued operations were $16.7 million and $18.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively.  The tax related to the discontinued operations was $0.2 million and $0.4 million of tax expense for December 31, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively.  There was no effect on operating results in 2009, as a result of this discontinued operation.
 
Product and Market Development

Our research and development team is dedicated to growing our businesses by developing cost effective solutions that enable or improve the performance of customers’ products, as well as identifying acquisition opportunities to expand our product and market presence.  Our strategic plan is to invest an average of 6.0% of net sales annually into research and development.  However, in a period of rising sales, research and development expenditures do not increase at the pace of sales, and therefore, there is often a delay in meeting our targeted investment level, thus the decline in 2010. Going forward, we will continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing technologies and find new applications for these materials, as well as to explore new, emerging technologies, as well as existing technologies, that we believe will complement our existing product portfolio.  With our acquisition of Curamik, we will reevaluate our targeted long-term spending rate and adjust our spending targets, if necessary, in the future.

We introduced a variety of new products during 2010.  For example, our High Performance Foams business introduced a Poron product that provides enhanced shock resistance for mobile internet device displays, an acoustic Poron foam product for mobile internet device speakers and a new generation of Bisco foam for mass transit floors with a superior flame rating.   Our Printed Circuit Materials business introduced a new product that helps enable smaller complex multilayer circuits for base station infrastructure and several products aimed at high reliability applications operating in harsh environments.

Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position

We believe that our ability to generate cash from operations to reinvest in our business is one of our fundamental strengths, as demonstrated by our financial position gaining strength throughout 2010. We had been debt free since 2002 but in the first quarter of 2011 we drew down our line of credit for approximately $145 million for the acquisition of Curamik Electronics GmbH.  We believe that we will continue to finance our operational needs through internally generated funds and that over the next twelve months, our cash position and internally generated funds during the year will be sufficient to meet the debt service, capital expenditures and ongoing financial needs of our business.  In addition, we continue to have access to the remaining portion of the line of credit should any unforeseen need impact the business.  We continually review and evaluate the adequacy of our lending facilities and banking relationships.

Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities

At December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 we had cash and cash equivalents of $80.1 million, $57.7 million and $70.2 million, respectively.  The following table illustrates the regional location of our cash and cash equivalents:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
U.S.
  $ 27,305     $ 10,926     $ 36,507  
Europe
    20,954       26,725       12,262  
Asia
    31,876       20,087       21,401  
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 80,135     $ 57,738     $ 70,170  

Working capital was $156.1 million, $121.4 million and $124.5 million, for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 
43

 
 
Cash flows from operating activities were $45.8 million in 2010 compared to $2.6 million in 2009 and $72.1 million in 2008.  Cash flows from operating activities in 2009 were significantly affected by our decreased financial performance combined with the deferred tax valuation allowance and impairment charges that were recorded.  These latter two items had a positive effect on cash flows from operating activities in 2009 of $44.2 million and $18.0 million, respectively.  Cash flows from operating assets and liabilities were a decrease of $14.5 million and $20.1 million in 2010 and 2009 respectively, with an increase of $22.3 million in 2008.  The significant items that impacted our cash flows from operating assets and liabilities included the following:

 
·
An increase in inventories of $10.8 million in 2010 as compared to a decrease of $10.0 million and $7.4 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increase from 2009 to 2010 is a result of the sales increases in the High Performance Foams and Printed Circuit Materials operating segments. Additionally, inventory levels increased by $1.9 million and $1.7 million due to the impact of the Utis acquisition and the PLS dissolution, respectively.
 
·
An increase in accounts receivable of $15.7 million in 2010, versus an increase of $4.3 million in 2009 and a decrease of $29.5 million in 2008.  The continued increase in 2010 from 2009 is primarily due to increased sales volumes even though collections remained strong.  The impact of Utis and PLS was $2.7 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
 
·
An increase in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities of $21.5 million as compared to a decrease of $18.0 million in 2009 and a decrease of $7.0 million in 2008.  The increase in 2010 is primarily due to the accrual of the 2010 annual incentive compensation plan, combined with increased purchases of raw materials to meet the increased customer demands.  The decrease in 2009 was related to the payout in 2009 of the 2008 annual incentive compensation plan and the payout of $8.0 million related to the settlement of the CalAmp lawsuit.  Also contributing to the decrease was a decline in raw material purchases related to the decreased production levels which is further evidenced by the decrease in inventory balances over the comparable periods as discussed above, driven by our efforts to maintain cash flows in the face of lower sales in a declining economy.
 
During 2010, we used $22.5 million in cash for investing activities as compared to $17.9 million and $7.2 million in 2008.  The investing activities of 2010 include $25.9 million related to the purchase of Utis, while in 2009 we used approximately $7.4 million of cash for the acquisition of certain assets of the MTI Global, Inc. business and for a $5.0 million investment in Solicore.  2008 had lower cash used in investing activities due to $10.5 million of cash received related to the sale of the Induflex business.  Capital expenditures were $12.6 million, $12.1 million and $21.0 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.5 million and $1.4 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, as compared to cash used by financing activities of $26.6 million in 2008.  The use of cash in 2008 was driven by our stock repurchase program, as $30.0 million was spent to reacquire stock.  We did not repurchase any stock in 2010 and 2009.

Credit Facilities

On November 23, 2010, we terminated our existing $50 million Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, a successor in interest to Citizens Bank of Connecticut, and concurrently entered into a $165 million, secured revolving credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with (i) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent; (ii) HSBC Bank USA, National Association; (iii) RBS Citizens, National Association; (iv) Fifth Third Bank; and (v) Citibank, N.A.  JPMorgan Securities LLC and HSBC Bank USA, National Association acted as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers; HSBC Bank USA, National Association and RBS Citizens, National Association acted as co-syndication agents; and Fifth Third Bank and Citibank, N.A. acted as co-documentation agents.

The Credit Agreement provides for the extension of credit in the form of revolving loans, in multiple currencies, at any time and from time to time until the maturity of the Credit Agreement, which is November 23, 2014.  Borrowings under the Credit Agreement will bear interest based on one of two options.  Alternate base rate loans will bear interest that includes a base reference rate plus a spread of 1.00-1.75%, depending on leverage ratio.  The base reference rate will be the greater of (a) the prime rate, (b) federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, and (c) adjusted 1-month London interbank offered (“LIBO”) rate plus 1.00%.  Eurocurrency loans will bear interest based on the adjusted LIBO rate plus a spread of 2.00-2.75%, depending on leverage ratio.  Associated with the Credit Agreement, we capitalized $1.4 million of debt issuance costs which will be amortized over the life of the agreement, which is four years.

The Credit Agreement is secured by many of the assets of Rogers and our World Properties, Inc, subsidiary, including but not limited to receivables, equipment, intellectual property, inventory, stock in certain subsidiaries and real property.

 
44

 
 
Among other restrictions, we are restricted in our ability to pay dividends, incur additional debt, sell certain assets, and make capital expenditures, with certain exceptions.  The key financial covenants include a requirement for us to maintain, at the end of each fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2010, a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 3.0 to 1.0 and a leverage ratio of no more than 2.50 to 1.0.   If an event of default occurs, the lenders may, among other things, terminate their commitments and declare all outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable together with accrued interest and fees.

There were no borrowings pursuant to the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2010, nor any borrowings under the previous facility as of December 31, 2009.  We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.  In the first quarter of 2011, we made an initial draw on the line of credit for $145 million to fund the acquisition of Curamik.  For further information, see Note 11 in Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

At December 31, 2010, we had the following letters of credit (LOC) and guarantees that were backed by the Credit Facility:
 
·
$1.0 million irrevocable standby LOC - to guarantee Rogers’ self insured workers compensation plan
 
·
$0.2 million letter guarantee – to guarantee a payable obligation for a Chinese subsidiary (Rogers Shanghai)

No amounts were owed on the LOCs as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity and cash expected to be generated from future operations, together with existing long-term financing, will be sufficient to fund operations, capital expenditures, and research and development efforts for at least the next twelve months.

Financial Position

The following discusses the significant fluctuations on our balance sheet at December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009:

 
·
Increase in inventories of 40.6% is the result of increased sales and customer demand as we saw many of our businesses recover from the recession affected sales levels of 2009.
 
·
Increase in accounts receivable of 34.2% is primarily attributable to increased sales volumes in 2010 as compared to the significantly lower sales in the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
·
Increase in goodwill and other intangibles of $25.6 million due primarily to the valuations of the amortizable intangible assets and goodwill created as a result of the purchase of Utis.
 
·
Increase in accrued employee benefits and compensation of 66.0% is a result of the annual incentive compensation and commission payouts accrued for in 2010, which were not earned in 2009 as a result of the poor results of the business.
 
·
Increase in accounts payable of 75.1% is primarily attributable to the increase in raw material purchases to support current production levels and increased customer demand.

Auction Rate Securities

As of December 31, 2010, we held approximately $37.6 million of auction rate securities at par value as compared to approximately $43.4 million as of December 31, 2009.  At the end of 2007, these securities were classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value based on market valuations at that time (Level 1 input in accordance with accounting guidance).  However, in the first quarter of 2008, the markets in which these securities traded became illiquid, causing us to reclassify these securities from a Level 1 input to a Level 3 input, as an active market no longer existed for these securities, and therefore we had to base our valuations on unobservable inputs.  Accordingly, our asset value was determined considering several factors, including an estimated time horizon for redeeming such securities, a discount factor to determine the present value of such securities, as well as the quality of the underlying securities, most of which were backed by investment grade student loans or municipalities.  Our initial valuations utilized a discount period of approximately two years, which represented our best estimates of the time period over which these securities would be redeemed.  However, as 2008 progressed, we determined that, based on the market conditions at the time that the estimated time horizon for redemption of such securities would be greater than two years and, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we adjusted our assumptions for this consideration.  The total fair value of the auction rate securities at December 31, 2010, was $33.8 million.  These securities are classified as long-term assets, except for those that are scheduled to be redeemed within the next three months, which are classified as short-term investments.

 
45

 
 
The impairment described above, as of year end 2010, is classified as an other-than-temporary loss, separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors.  The amount representing the credit loss is recognized in earnings, and as long as we do not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the remaining amount is recorded in other comprehensive income.  The amount recognized in earnings as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.  The assumptions utilized in the valuation will continue to be reviewed and, as market conditions continue to evolve and change, we will adjust our assumptions accordingly, which could result in either positive or negative valuation adjustments in the future.

Currently, we believe that we have the ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery.  We also do not believe that the illiquid nature of these securities will negatively impact our business, as we believe we have the ability to generate sufficient cash to fund the operations and future growth of the business absent these securities.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Less than
1 Year
   
1-3
 Years
   
3-5
Years
   
More
than
5 Years
 
                               
Operating leases
  $ 8,022     $ 2,374     $ 2,622     $ 1,327     $ 1,699  
Inventory purchase obligation
    2,653       2,653       -       -       -  
Capital commitments
    1,536       1,536       -       -       -  
Pension and retiree health and life insurance benefits (1)
    93,958       7,759       16,733       17,364       52,102  
Total
  $ 106,169     $ 14,322     $ 19,355     $ 18,691     $ 53,801  
                                         
(1)
Pension benefit payments, which amount to $84.1 million, are expected to be paid through the utilization of pension plan assets; retiree health and life insurance benefits, which amount to $9.8 million, are expected to be paid from operating cash flows.

On January 4, 2011, we closed a transaction to acquire Curamik.  As part of that transaction, we borrowed approximately $145 million from our line of credit, which carries an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1% (2.81% as of January 2011) and is payable quarterly.  The line of credit expires in four years, at which point the outstanding borrowings on the line are due in full.  We intend to pay down the debt during the loan period, although there is no requirement to do so.

As part of the transaction, we also acquired obligations relating to leased property in Eschenbach, Germany which contains Curamik’s main manufacturing facility and its administrative offices.  Payments under this lease are as follows: $1.7 million within 1 year, $3.4    million in 1-3 years, $3.4 million in 3-5 years, and $10.1 million after 5 years.

Effects of Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our business, sales, or operating results during the periods presented.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are in the opinion of management reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 
46

 
 
Critical Accounting Policies

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and believe that appropriate reserves have been established based on reasonable methodologies and appropriate assumptions based on facts and circumstances that are known; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions that are highly judgmental and uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates could reasonably have been used or if changes to those estimates are reasonably likely to periodically occur that could affect the amounts carried in the financial statements.  These critical accounting policies are as follows:

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (1) we have entered into a binding agreement, (2) the product has shipped and title has passed, (3) the sales price to the customer is fixed or is determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.  We recognize revenue based upon a determination that all criteria for revenue recognition have been met, which, based on the majority of our shipping terms, is considered to have occurred upon shipment of the finished product.  Some shipping terms require the goods to be through customs or be received by the customer before title passes.  In those instances, revenues are not recognized until either the customer has received the goods or they have passed through customs, depending on the circumstances.  As appropriate, we record estimated reductions to revenue for customer returns and allowances and warranty claims.  Provisions for such allowances are made at the time of sale and are typically derived from historical trends and other relevant information.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent our best estimate of the net realizable value of the outstanding accounts receivable.   The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on a variety of factors that affect the potential collectability of receivables, including length of time receivables are past due, customer credit ratings, financial stability of customers, specific one-time events and past customer history.  In addition, in circumstances when we are made aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is established.  The majority of accounts are individually evaluated on a regular basis and appropriate reserves are established as deemed appropriate based on the criteria previously mentioned. The remainder of the reserve is based on our estimates and takes into consideration historical trends, market conditions and the composition of our customer base.  The risk with this estimate is associated with failure to become aware of potential collectability issues related to specific accounts and thereby become exposed to potential unreserved losses.  Historically, our estimates and assumptions around the allowance have been reasonably accurate and we have processes and controls in place to closely monitor customers and potential credit issues, additionally, we have credit insurance which mitigates some of the risk of loss. Over the past three years, our allowance as a percentage of total receivables has ranged from 2.6% to 9.6%.  A 50 basis point increase in our current year allowance to receivable ratio would increase our allowance reserve by approximately $0.3 million.

Inventory Valuation

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with costs determined primarily on a first-in first-out basis.  We also maintain a reserve for excess, obsolete and slow-moving inventory, which is primarily developed by utilizing both specific product identification and historical product demand as the basis for our analysis.  Products and materials that are specifically identified as obsolete are fully reserved.  In general, most products that have been held in inventory greater than one year are fully reserved unless there are mitigating circumstances, including forecasted sales or current orders for the product.  The remainder of the allowance is based on our estimates, and fluctuates with market conditions, design cycles and other economic factors.  Risks associated with this allowance include unforeseen changes in business cycles that could affect the marketability of certain products and an unexpected decline in current production.  We closely monitor the market place and related inventory levels and have historically maintained reasonably accurate allowance levels. In addition, we value certain inventories using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  Accordingly, a LIFO valuation reserve is calculated using the link chain index method and is maintained to properly value these inventories. Our obsolescence reserve has ranged from 18% to 23% of gross inventory over the last three years.  A 100 basis point adjustment to the December 31, 2010 obsolescence reserve would change the reserve by approximately $0.8 million.

 
47

 
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles

We have made acquisitions over the years that included the recognition of goodwill.  Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may have been impaired.  Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit.  Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is subjective and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and operating margins, discount rates, and future market conditions, among others. We review goodwill for impairment using a two-step process.  The first step of the impairment test requires a comparison of the fair value of each of our reporting units to the respective carrying value.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit is less than its fair value, no indication of impairment exists and a second step is not performed.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that an impairment may exist then a second step must be performed.  In the second step, the impairment is computed by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of its goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized for the excess and charged to operations.

In 2010, we estimated the fair value of our reporting units using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows.  We believe this approach yields the most appropriate evidence of fair value as our reporting units are not easily compared to other corporations involved in similar businesses.  We further believe that the assumptions and rates used in our annual impairment test are reasonable, but inherently uncertain.  The 2010 impairment test was performed in the fourth quarter of 2010 on the three reporting units for which we had goodwill recorded at that time.  No impairment charges resulted from this analysis.  The excess of fair value over carrying value for these reporting units ranged from approximately $16.0 million to $242.0 million.  In order to estimate the sensitivity of the analysis performed, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of each operating segment, which resulted in excess fair value over carrying value ranging from approximately $13.6 million to $212.0 million for each respective operating segment.  These valuations are based on a five year discounted cash flow analysis, which utilized a discount rate of approximately 14% and a terminal year growth rate of 3%.

Intangible assets, such as purchased technology, customer relationships, work force, and the like, are generally recorded in connection with a business acquisition. Values assigned to intangible assets are determined based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations of the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired, the value of the acquired businesses customer base, as well as the value of its existing work force, among others. These assets are reviewed at least annually, or more frequently, if facts and circumstances surrounding such assets indicate a possible impairment of the asset exists.  In 2010, there were no indicators of impairment on any of our other intangible assets.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and other long-term assets (including investments) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying value to future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate over their remaining economic lives.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in earnings equals the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their market value determined by either a quoted market price, if available, or a value determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis.  In 2009, we recorded impairment charges related to certain long-lived assets in our Printed Circuit Materials, Custom Electrical Components and High Performance Foams reportable segments.  See the “Results of Operations” section of Item 7 of this Form 10-K, for further discussion.  In the future, deterioration in our business could result in additional impairment charges.  Evaluation of impairment of long-lived assets requires estimates of future operating results that are used in the preparation of the expected future undiscounted cash flows.  Actual future operating results and the remaining economic lives of our long-lived assets could differ from the estimates used in assessing the recoverability of these assets.  These differences could result in impairment charges, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, in certain instances, assets may not be impaired but their estimated useful lives may have decreased.  In these situations, we amortize the remaining net book values over the revised useful lives.

 
48

 
 
Environmental Contingencies

We accrue for our environmental investigation, remediation, operating and maintenance costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  For environmental matters, the most likely cost to be incurred is accrued based on an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site, including existing technology, current laws and regulations and prior remediation experience.  For sites with multiple potential responsible parties (PRPs), we consider our likely proportionate share of the anticipated remediation costs and the ability of the other parties to fulfill their obligations in establishing a provision for those costs.  Where no amount within a range of estimates is more likely to occur than another, the minimum is accrued.  When future liabilities are determined to be reimbursable by insurance coverage, an accrual is recorded for the potential liability and a receivable is recorded for the estimated insurance reimbursement amount.  We are exposed to the uncertain nature inherent in such remediation and the possibility that initial estimates will not reflect the final outcome of a matter.

Product Liability and Workers’ Compensation Costs

Workers’ compensation liabilities in the U.S. are recognized for claims incurred (including claims incurred but not reported) and for changes in the status of individual case reserves.  At the time a workers’ compensation claim is filed, a liability is estimated to settle the claim.  The liability for workers’ compensation claims is determined based on estimates of the nature and severity of the claims and based on analysis provided by third party administrators and by various state statutes and reserve requirements.  We have developed our own trend factors based on our specific claims experience.  In other countries where workers’ compensation claims are applicable, we typically maintain insurance coverage with limited deductible payments.  Because the liability is an estimate, the ultimate liability may be more or less than reported.

For product liability claims, we typically maintain insurance coverage with reasonable deductible levels to protect us from potential exposures.  Any liability associated with such claims is based on management’s best estimate of the potential claim value, while insurance receivables associated with related claims are not recorded until verified by the insurance carrier.

Related to our asbestos exposures, in late 2004, we determined that it was reasonably prudent, based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time, to perform a formal analysis to determine our potential future liability and related insurance coverage for asbestos-related matters.  The determination to perform this study was made based on several factors, including the growing number of asbestos-related claims and recent settlement history.  Projecting future asbestos costs is subject to numerous variables that are extremely difficult to predict, including the number of claims that might be received, the type and severity of the disease alleged by each claimant, the long latency period associated with asbestos exposure, dismissal rates, costs of medical treatment, the financial resources of other companies that are co-defendants in claims, uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, and the impact of potential changes in legislative or judicial standards, including potential tort reform.  Furthermore, any predictions with respect to these variables are subject to even greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens.  In light of these inherent uncertainties, our limited claims history and consultations with National Economic Research Associates, Inc. (NERA), we believe that five years is the most reasonable period for recognizing a reserve for future costs, and that costs that might be incurred after that period are not reasonably estimable at this time.  As a result, we also believe that our ultimate net asbestos-related contingent liability (i.e., its indemnity or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty.

The models developed for determining the potential exposure and related insurance coverage were developed by outside consultants deemed to be experts in their respective fields.  The models required us to make numerous assumptions that significantly impacted the results generated by the models.  We believe the assumptions made are reasonable at the present time, but are subject to uncertainty based on the actual future outcome of our asbestos litigation.  We believe, based on the limited amount of settlement and claims history currently known to us, that a reasonable future time frame to quantify our liability is five years, resulting in a liability at December 31, 2010 of approximately $29.7 million, which is substantially offset by an insurance receivable of $29.3 million.  If we were to adjust our assumptions related to the determination of these amounts, the impact of increasing the time frame for projected claims from five years to seven years would be an increase to the liability of $9.6 million, which we believe would be substantially covered by insurance; conversely, the impact of changing this assumption from five years to three years would be a decrease to the liability of $9.9 million.

Given the inherent uncertainty in making future projections, we plan to have the projections of current and future asbestos claims periodically re-examined, and we will update them if needed based on our experience, changes in the underlying assumptions that formed the basis for NERA’s and Marsh Risk Consulting’s (Marsh) models, and other relevant factors, such as changes in the tort system.  There can be no assurance that our accrued asbestos liabilities will approximate our actual asbestos-related settlement and defense costs, or that our accrued insurance recoveries will be realized. We believe that it is reasonably possible that we will incur additional charges for our asbestos liabilities and defense costs in the future, which could exceed existing reserves, but cannot estimate such excess amounts at this time.

 
49

 
 
Legal Contingencies

From time to time we are a defendant in legal matters, including those involving environmental law and product liability (as discussed in more detail above).  As required by US GAAP, we determine whether an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and the loss amount can be reasonably estimated.  Separately, we would analyze any potential insurance proceeds that would be available to us to offset the claim amounts.  Estimates of potential outcomes of these contingencies are developed in consultation with internal and external counsel.  While this assessment is based upon all available information, litigation is inherently uncertain and the ultimate outcome of such litigation could be more or less than original estimates.  Final resolution of such matters could possibly result in significant effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide various defined benefit pension plans for our U.S. employees and sponsor three defined benefit healthcare plans and a life insurance plan.  The costs and obligations associated with these plans are dependent upon various actuarial assumptions used in calculating such amounts.  These assumptions include discount rates, salary growth, long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates and other factors.  The assumptions used were determined as follows: (i) the discount rate used is based primarily on comparisons to the Moody’s AAA/AA bond index; (ii) the salary growth is based on our historical and projected level of salary increases; and (iii) the long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results, market conditions and our expectations of future returns.  We determine these assumptions based on consultation with outside actuaries and investment advisors.  Any variance in these assumptions could have a significant impact on future recognized pension costs, assets and liabilities.  The rates used to determine our costs and obligations under our pension and postretirement plans are disclosed in Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.  Each assumption has different sensitivity characteristics.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, a 25 basis point decrease in the discount rate would have increased our net benefit cost by approximately $0.5 million and a 25 basis point reduction in the long-term rate of return on plan assets would have increased our net benefit cost by approximately $0.3 million.

Income Taxes

The objective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current fiscal year and the deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our Financial Statements.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting.  Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse.  We establish a valuation allowance to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The determination of the amount of a valuation allowance to be provided on recorded deferred tax assets involves estimates regarding (1) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (2) expected future taxable income, and (3) the impact of tax planning strategies.  In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including past operating results, projections of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies.  The projections of future taxable income include a number of estimates and assumptions regarding our volume, pricing and costs.  Additionally, valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax laws.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.  We establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are fully supportable, there remain certain positions that are likely to be challenged and that may not be sustained on review by tax authorities.  In the normal course of business, we are examined by various Federal, State and foreign tax authorities.  We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.  We continually assess the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

It is our policy that no U.S. taxes are provided on undistributed earnings of certain wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries because substantially all such earnings are expected to be reinvested indefinitely.  We do provide deferred taxes for the undistributed earnings of our Japanese high performance foams joint venture, and we did provide deferred taxes on our Taiwanese flexible circuit materials joint venture, until it was sold in October 2010.

 
50

 
 
Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options and related awards is recognized in the statement of income. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires us to develop estimates to be used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options. We calculate the grant-date fair values using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The use of valuation models requires us to make estimates of the following assumptions:

Expected volatility – In determining expected volatility, we have considered a number of factors, including historical volatility and implied volatility.

Expected term – We use historical employee exercise data to estimate the expected term assumption for the Black-Scholes valuation.

Risk-free interest rate – We use the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period commensurate with the expected term assumption as its risk-free interest rate.

Expected dividend yield – We currently do not pay dividends on our common stock; therefore, a dividend yield of 0% was used in the Black-Scholes model.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” or “expirations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. Based on an analysis of our historical forfeitures, we have applied an annual forfeiture rate of 3% to all unvested stock-based awards as of December 31, 2010. The rate of 3% represents the portion that is expected to be forfeited each year over the vesting period. This analysis is re-evaluated annually and the forfeiture rate is adjusted as necessary. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that vest.

 
51

 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk

Currently, we are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates.  We currently do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  We monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risks and manage such risks on specific transactions.  The risk management process primarily uses analytical techniques and sensitivity analysis.

Although we did not have any debt as of December 31, 2010, during the first quarter of 2011, we borrowed approximately $145 million against our existing $165 million line of credit to finance our strategic acquisition of Curamik Electronics GmbH.  Currently, a material increase in the associated interest rates would have a significant impact on our interest expense related to this facility.

The fair value of our investment portfolio or the related interest income would not be significantly impacted by either a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the size and nature of our investment portfolio.

At the beginning of 2008 our short-term investments were comprised of auction-rate securities.  These investments had been classified as available-for-sale due to the short-term nature of the investments however, during the first quarter of 2008 we reclassified them to long-term.  Changes in market conditions caused us to change the nature of these investments and record an impairment during the first quarter of 2008 and each subsequent quarter through 2009 and 2010.  At year end 2010 this impairment is classified as an other-than-temporary loss, separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors.  The amount representing the credit loss is recognized in earnings, and as long as we do not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the remaining amount is recorded in other comprehensive income.  Due to the Company’s current liquidity and intent to hold the investments until they recover, the amount of the impairment not related to credit loss is recorded in other comprehensive income.

Our financial results are affected by changes in foreign exchange rates and economic conditions in foreign countries in which we do business.  Our primary overseas markets are in Europe and Asia, thus exposing us to exchange rate risk from fluctuations in the Euro and the various currencies used in the Far East.  Exposure to variability in currency exchange rates is mitigated, when possible, through the use of natural hedges, whereby purchases and sales in the same foreign currency and with similar maturity dates offset one another.   We initiate hedging activities by entering into foreign exchange forward contracts with third parties when the use of natural hedges is not possible or desirable.  In 2010, a 10% increase/decrease in exchange rates would have resulted in an approximate increase/decrease to sales and net income of $7.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

For additional discussion on our market risk, see Notes 2 and 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 
52

 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Rogers Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Rogers Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Rogers Corporation at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the guidance originally issued in Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) 115-2/124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (codified in FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities ) effective April 1, 2009 . As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the guidance originally issued in FASB Statement No. 141(R), Business Combinations (codified in FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations ) effective January 1, 2009 .  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Rogers Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 18, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Providence, Rhode Island
February 18, 2011

 
53

 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts )
   
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
 
Assets
           
  Current assets
           
       Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 80,135     $ 57,738  
       Short-term investments
    186       399  
       Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
          of $1,630 and $4,867
    61,995       46,179  
       Accounts receivable from joint ventures
    1,338       2,654  
       Accounts receivable, other
    3,773       909  
       Taxes receivable
    1,706       2,677  
       Inventories
    47,574       33,826  
       Prepaid income taxes
    1,938       1,949  
       Deferred income taxes
    1,492       484  
       Asbestos-related insurance receivables
    8,563       6,944  
Assets held for sale
    5,841       5,841  
       Other current assets
    7,042       4,615  
  Total current assets
    221,583       164,215  
                 
      Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
          of $182,435 and $173,033
    120,087       123,140  
      Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
    25,452       33,968  
      Deferred income taxes
    17,120       8,227  
      Goodwill and other intangibles
    35,984       10,340  
      Asbestos-related insurance receivables
    20,733       20,466  
      Long-term marketable securities
    33,592       37,908  
      Investments, other
    5,000       5,000  
      Other long-term assets
    5,323       4,214  
  Total assets
  $ 484,874     $ 407,478  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
  Current liabilities
               
      Accounts payable
  $ 16,296     $ 9,308  
      Accrued employee benefits and compensation
    26,692       16,081  
      Accrued income taxes payable
    1,528       1,349  
      Asbestos-related liabilities
    8,563       6,944  
      Other current liabilities
    12,362       9,163  
  Total current liabilities
    65,441       42,845  
                 
      Pension liability
    31,980       28,641  
      Retiree health care and life insurance benefits
    8,144       8,053  
      Asbestos-related liabilities
    21,159       20,587  
      Non-current income tax
    15,339       8,299  
      Deferred income taxes
    8,745       5,406  
      Other long-term liabilities
    3,534       697  
                 
  Shareholders’ Equity
               
      Capital Stock - $1 par value; 50,000,000 authorized shares; 15,841,341 and
          15,743,491 shares outstanding
    15,841       15,743  
      Additional paid-in capital
    33,194       25,160  
      Retained earnings
    295,044       260,473  
      Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (13,547 )     (8,426 )
  Total shareholders' equity
    330,532       292,950  
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 484,874     $ 407,478  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 
54

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 379,188     $ 291,821     $ 365,362  
Cost of sales
    242,487       212,546       251,399  
Gross margin
    136,701       79,275       113,963  
                         
Selling and administrative expenses
    89,554       68,549       82,215  
Research and development expenses
    19,789       17,395       21,885  
Restructuring and impairment charges
    -       22,903       -  
Operating income (loss)
    27,358       (29,572 )     9,863  
                         
Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures
    8,658       5,462       6,236  
Other income, net
    1,366       1,040       6,060  
Realized investment loss:
                       
  Increase (decrease) in fair value of investments
    1,271       1,507       -  
  Less: Portion of gains in accumulated other comprehensive loss
    1,824       1,871       -  
  Net impairment loss
    (553 )     (364 )     -  
                         
Interest income, net
    184       377       2,947  
Gain on acquisition or disposal
    3,173       2,908       -  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    40,186       (20,149 )     25,106  
                         
Income tax expense
    5,615       42,721       3,489  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    34,571       (62,870 )     21,617  
                         
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    -       -       1,676  
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes
    -       -       3,222  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    -       -       4,898  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 34,571     $ (62,870 )   $ 26,515  
                         
Basic net income (loss) per share:
                       
      Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 2.19     $ (4.01 )   $ 1.38  
      Income from discontinued operations, net
    -       -       0.31  
      Net income (loss)
  $ 2.19     $ (4.01 )   $ 1.69  
 
                       
Diluted net income (loss) per share:
                       
      Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 2.16     $ (4.01 )   $ 1.36  
      Income from discontinued operations, net
    -       -       0.31  
      Net income (loss)
  $ 2.16     $ (4.01 )   $ 1.67  
                         
Shares used in computing:
                       
      Basic
    15,800,913       15,691,579       15,714,884  
      Diluted
    16,005,662       15,691,579       15,924,172  
                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 
55

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Capital
Stock
   
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   
 
Retained
Earnings
   
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
   
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Balance at December 30, 2007
  $ 16,415     $ 37,636     $ 296,828     $ 13,102     $ 363,981  
                                         
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
 Net income
    -       -       26,515       -       26,515  
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
        Foreign currency translation
    -       -       -       (2,438 )     (2,438 )
        Pension and OPEB, net of tax
    -       -       -       (29,235 )     (29,235 )
        Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax
                            (4,092 )     (4,092 )
        Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax
                            546       546  
    Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                    (8,704 )
Stock options exercised
    99       3,241       -       -       3,340  
Stock issued to directors
    3       77       -       -       80  
Shares issued
    44       1,206       -       -       1,250  
Share buyback
    (907 )     (29,093 )                     (30,000 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    -       5,644       -       -       5,644  
Tax benefit on stock options exercised
    -       553       -       -       553  
Balance at December 31, 2008
    15,654       19,264       323,343       (22,117 )     336,144  
                                         
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
 Net income (loss)
    -       -       (62,870 )     -       (62,870 )
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
       Foreign currency translation
    -       -       -       1,732       1,732  
       Pension and OPEB, net of tax
    -       -       -       11,225       11,225  
       Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
    -       -       -       1,422       1,422  
       Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax
                            (688 )     (688 )
    Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                    (49,179 )
Stock options exercised
    37       1,017       -       -       1,054  
Stock issued to directors
    10       77       -       -       87  
Shares issued
    42       123       -       -       165  
Stock-based compensation expense
    -       4,679       -       -       4,679  
Balance at December 31, 2009
    15,743       25,160       260,473       (8,426 )     292,950  
                                         
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
 Net income (loss)
    -       -       34,571       -       34,571  
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
      Foreign currency translation, net of tax
    -       -       -       (4,589 )     (4,589 )
      Pension and OPEB, net of tax
    -       -       -       (2,286 )     (2,286 )
      Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
    -       -       -       1,612       1,612  
      Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax
    -       -       -       142       142  
    Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                    29,450  
Stock options exercised
    26       764       -       -       790  
Stock issued to directors
    38       (10 )     -       -       28  
Shares issued
    34       652       -       -       686  
Stock-based compensation expense
    -       6,628       -       -       6,628  
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 15,841     $ 33,194     $ 295,044     $ (13,547 )   $ 330,532  
                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 
56

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Operating Activities
                 
  Net income
  $ 34,571     $ (62,870 )   $ 26,515  
  Income from discontinued operations
            -       (1,676 )
   Gain on sale of discontinued operations
            -       (3,222 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
                       
        Depreciation and amortization
    16,111       17,961       18,397  
        Stock-based compensation expense
    6,628       4,679       5,644  
        Deferred income taxes
    (8,381 )     43,424       (5,138 )
        Excess tax benefit related to stock award plans
    -       -       (553 )
        Equity in undistributed income of unconsolidated joint ventures, net
    (8,658 )     (5,462 )     (6,236 )
        Dividends received from unconsolidated joint ventures
    10,329       2,669       8,996  
        Pension and postretirement benefits
    5,838       6,452       3,556  
        Impairment charges
    -       17,983       -  
        Gain on acquisition/disposal
    (3,173 )     (2,908 )     -  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities excluding effects of
    acquisition and disposition of businesses:
                       
        Accounts receivable
    (15,700 )     (4,335 )     29,512  
        Accounts receivable from joint ventures
    (537 )     531       183  
        Inventories
    (10,765 )     9,999       7,394  
        Other current assets
    (1,716 )     323       1,554  
        Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
    21,466       (17,980 )     (6,981 )
        Pension and postretirement contribution
    (6,409 )     (9,128 )     (10,465 )
        Other, net
    6,163       1,275       4,582  
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
    45,767       2,614       72,062  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations
    -       -       (2,781 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    45,767       2,614       69,281  
                         
Investing Activities
                       
  Capital expenditures
    (12,607 )     (12,087 )     (21,004 )
  Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash received
    -       -       10,519  
  Acquisition of business
    (25,908 )     (7,400 )     -  
  Proceeds from disposition of an unconsolidated joint venture
    9,272       -       -  
  Investment activity, other
    -       (5,000 )     -  
  Purchases of short-term investments
    -       -       (132,690 )
  Maturities of short-term investments
    -       -       135,990  
  Redemptions of long-term investments
    5,800       6,600       -  
  Return of investment in unconsolidated joint ventures, net
    919       -       -  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (22,524 )     (17,887 )     (7,185 )
                         
Financing Activities
                       
  Proceeds from sale of capital stock, net
    790       688       1,214  
  Excess tax benefit related to stock award plans
    -       -       553  
  Proceeds from issuance of shares to employee stock purchase plan
    686       672       1,618  
  Purchase of stock from shareholders
    -       -       (30,000 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,476       1,360       (26,615 )
                         
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash
    (2,322 )     1,481       (1,639 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    22,397       (12,432 )     33,842  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    57,738       70,170       36,328  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 80,135     $ 57,738     $ 70,170  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
                       
Deferred purchase price for acquisition of business
  $ 2,910     $ -     $ -  

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 
57

 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

Rogers Corporation manufactures specialty materials, which are sold to targeted markets around the world. As discussed in our quarterly reports, in the second quarter of 2010, we realigned how we manage our business and therefore our segment reporting structure.  Our previous reporting structure was comprised of four reportable segments – High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, Custom Electrical Components and Other Polymer Products.  Our new reporting structure is comprised of three major categories of businesses – Core Strategic, Development Stage, and Other.  The Core Strategic category includes our three major operating segments – High Performance Foams, Printed Circuit Materials, and Power Distribution Systems.  The Development Stage category contains two operating segments – Printed and Electronic Solutions (formerly our Durel operating segment that was reported in the Custom Electrical Components reportable segment) and Thermal Management Solutions (formerly reported in the Other Polymer Products reportable segment).  This category represents our start up and new business development initiatives.  Lastly, the Other segment is an aggregate of our remaining operating segments – elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and composite materials.  We believe this structure reflects how our management team currently views and manages our business and it clearly presents our business operations to our investors.

Core Strategic

High Performance Foams:   This operating segment consists of polyurethane and silicone foam products, which includes two joint ventures that manufacture products consisting primarily of high-performance urethane and silicone foams.  These foams are designed to perform to predetermined specifications where combinations of properties are needed to satisfy rigorous mechanical and environmental requirements.  These materials are sold primarily though fabricators and OEM’s on a worldwide basis.

Printed Circuit Materials:   This operating segment includes printed circuit board laminate products for high frequency, high performance applications.  These products tend to be proprietary materials that provide highly specialized electrical and mechanical properties to meet the demands imposed by increasing speed, complexity, and power in analog, digital, and microwave equipment.  These materials are fabricated, coated and/or customized as necessary to meet customer demands and are sold worldwide.

Power Distribution Systems: This operating segment is comprised of power distribution system components which are primarily in the ground transportation markets and renewable energy applications on a worldwide basis.

Development Stage

Printed and Electronic Solutions: This operating segment includes electroluminescent lamps and inverters.  These products are custom designed electronic components tailored to the specific need of each of a wide range of applications and sold primarily to electronic subsystem assemblers.

Thermal Management Solutions: This operating segment consists of our thermal management business which was formed in the fourth quarter of 2007 and is targeted at serving markets where thermal heat management is a priority, such as heat dissipation in electronic devices.
 
Other

Our Other reportable segment includes elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and nonwoven composite materials.  Elastomer component products include floats for fill level sensing in fuel tanks, motors and storage tanks and elastomer rollers and belts for document handling in copiers, computer printers, mail sorting machines, and automated teller machines; nonwoven composite materials are manufactured for medical padding, industrial prefiltration applications, and consumable supplies in the lithographic printing industry and thermal management products.

 
58

 
 
All prior periods have been recast accordingly for the new presentation.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

Beginning at year end 2008, our fiscal years end on December 31 of each year.  Beginning in fiscal 2009, all interim periods end on the last calendar day of that particular month.  Historically, we had used a 52- or 53-week fiscal calendar ending on the Sunday closest to the last day in December of each year.

For all periods and amounts presented, reclassifications have been made for discontinued operations.  On October 31, 2008, we completed the sale of our Induflex operating segment, which had been aggregated in our Other reportable segment.  See “Note 17 – Discontinued Operations” for further discussion.

Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. These investments are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate such designation as of each balance sheet date.  Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when we have the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.  Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with interest on such securities included in “Interest income” on our consolidated statements of income.  If the market values of individual securities are determined to be “other than temporarily” impaired, the carrying amount of such investments are written down to market value through “Net impairment loss” in our consolidated statements of income.  Except for amounts recorded related to the auction rate securities, we have not recorded any such write down in the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  See “Note 2 – Fair value Measurements” for further discussion on the auction rate securities.

Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

We account for our investments in and advances to unconsolidated joint ventures, all of which are 50% owned, using the equity method.

Foreign Currency

All balance sheet accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated or remeasured at rates of exchange in effect at each year-end, and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. Resulting translation adjustments for those entities that operate under the local currency are made directly to a separate component of shareholders' equity, while remeasurement adjustments for those entities that operate under the parent’s functional currency are made to the income statement as a component of “Other income, net”.  Currency transaction adjustments are reported as income or expense and resulted in a gain of $1.3 million during 2010, a loss of $0.5 million during 2009, and a gain of $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended 2008.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on a variety of factors that affect the potential collectability of the related receivables, including the length of time receivables are past due, customer credit ratings, financial stability of customers, specific one-time events and past customer history.  In addition, in circumstances where we are made aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is established.  The majority of accounts are individually evaluated on a regular basis and appropriate reserves are established as deemed appropriate based on the criteria previously mentioned. The remainder of the reserve is based on management’s estimates and takes into consideration historical trends, market conditions and the composition of our customer base.

 
59

 
 
Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Certain inventories, amounting to $13.0 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are valued by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  These inventories accounted for 31% of total gross inventory for 2010 and 32% of total gross inventory for 2009.  The cost of the remaining portion of the inventories was determined principally on the basis of actual first-in, first-out (FIFO) costs.

If the inventories valued using the LIFO method had been valued at FIFO costs, they would have been approximately $5.2 million and $4.7 million higher at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Inventories consist of the following:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
 
             
Raw materials
  $ 14,979     $ 8,992  
Work-in-process
    6,422       3,842  
Finished goods
    26,173       20,992  
    $ 47,574     $ 33,826  

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost.  For financial reporting purposes, provisions for depreciation are calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 
Years
Buildings and improvements
10-25
Machinery and equipment
5-15
Office equipment
3-10

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are classified into three categories:  (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization; (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization; and (3) goodwill.  We review goodwill, which has an indefinite life, for impairment annually and/or if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may have been impaired.  We review intangible assets with definite lives for impairment whenever conditions exist that indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable, such as economic downturn in a market or a change in the assessment of future operations.

Goodwill and intangible assets are assessed for impairment by comparing the net book value of a reporting unit to its estimated fair value.  Fair values are typically established using a discounted cash flow methodology.  The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the business’ strategic plans and long-range operating forecasts.  The revenue growth rates included in the plans are management’s best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected by each segment based on the current cost structure and anticipated cost changes.

Purchased patents, covenants-not-to-compete and licensed technology are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives.

Environmental and Product Liabilities

We accrue for our environmental investigation, remediation, operating and maintenance costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  For environmental matters, the most likely cost to be incurred is accrued based on an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site, including existing technology, current laws and regulations and prior remediation experience.  For sites with multiple potential responsible parties (PRPs), we consider our likely proportionate share of the anticipated remediation costs and the ability of the other parties to fulfill their obligations in establishing a provision for those costs.  Where no amount within a range of estimates is more likely to occur than another, the minimum is accrued.  When future liabilities are determined to be reimbursable by insurance coverage, an accrual is recorded for the potential liability and a receivable is recorded for the estimated insurance reimbursement amount.  We are exposed to the uncertain nature inherent in such remediation and the possibility that initial estimates will not reflect the final outcome of a matter.

 
60

 
 
In late 2004, we determined that it was reasonably prudent, based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time, to perform a formal analysis to determine our potential future liability and related insurance coverage for asbestos-related matters.  The determination to perform this study was made based on several factors, including the growing number of asbestos-related claims and recent settlement history.  Projecting future asbestos costs is subject to numerous variables that are extremely difficult to predict, including the number of claims that might be received, the type and severity of the disease alleged by each claimant, the long latency period associated with asbestos exposure, dismissal rates, costs of medical treatment, the financial resources of other companies that are co-defendants in claims, uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, and the impact of potential changes in legislative or judicial standards, including potential tort reform.  Furthermore, any predictions with respect to these variables are subject to even greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens.  In light of these inherent uncertainties, our limited claims history and consultations with National Economic Research Associates, Inc. (NERA), we believe that five years is the most reasonable period for recognizing a reserve for future costs, and that costs that might be incurred after that period are not reasonably estimable at this time.  As a result, we also believe that our ultimate net asbestos-related contingent liability (i.e., its indemnity or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty.

The models developed for determining the potential exposure and related insurance coverage were developed by outside consultants deemed to be experts in their respective fields.  The models required us to make numerous assumptions that significantly impacted the results generated by the models.  We believe the assumptions made are reasonable at the present time, but are subject to uncertainty based on the actual future outcome of our asbestos litigation.  We believe, based on the limited amount of settlement and claims history currently known to us, that a reasonable future time frame to quantify our liability is five years.

Given the inherent uncertainty in making future projections, we plan to have the projections of current and future asbestos claims periodically re-examined, and we will update them if needed based on our experience, changes in the underlying assumptions that formed the basis for NERA’s and Marsh Risk Consulting’s (Marsh) models, and other relevant factors, such as changes in the tort system.  There can be no assurance that our accrued asbestos liabilities will approximate our actual asbestos-related settlement and defense costs, or that our accrued insurance recoveries will be realized. We believe that it is reasonably possible that we will incur additional charges for our asbestos liabilities and defense costs in the future, which could exceed existing reserves, but cannot estimate such excess amounts at this time.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Management believes that the carrying values of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term marketable securities, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value based on the maturities of these instruments.

Concentration of Credit and Investment Risk

We extend credit on an uncollateralized basis to almost all customers.  Concentration of credit and geographic risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number and general dispersion of accounts that constitute our customer base.  We periodically perform credit evaluations on our customers.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009 there was not one customer who accounted for more than ten percent of the total accounts receivable.  We did not experience significant credit losses on customers’ accounts in 2010, 2009, or 2008.

We invest our excess cash principally in investment grade government and corporate debt securities.  We have established guidelines relative to diversification and maturities that maintain safety and liquidity.  These guidelines are periodically reviewed and modified to reflect changes in market conditions.

 
61

 
 
Income Taxes

The objective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the entity’s financial statements.  We are subject to income taxes in the United States and in numerous foreign jurisdictions.  No provision is made for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries because substantially all such earnings are indefinitely reinvested in those companies.  Provision for the tax consequences of distributions, if any, from consolidated foreign subsidiaries is recorded in the year the distribution is declared.

We have provided for potential liabilities due in various jurisdictions.  In the ordinary course of global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain.  Some of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of cost reimbursement arrangements among related entities.  Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different than that which is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals.  Such differences could have a material impact on our income tax provision and operating results in the period in which such determination is made.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales to customers is recognized when title passes, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

Shipping and Handling Charges

Costs that we incur for shipping and handling charges are charged to “Cost of sales” and payments received from our customers for shipping and handling charges are included in “Net sales” on our consolidated statements of income.

Pension and Retiree Healthcare and Life Insurance Benefits

We provide various defined benefit pension plans for our U.S. employees and we sponsor multiple fully insured or self funded medical plans and a fully insured life insurance plan for retirees.   The costs and obligations associated with these plans are dependent upon various actuarial assumptions used in calculating such amounts.  These assumptions include discount rates, salary growth, long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors.  The assumptions used by us are determined as follows: (i) the discount rate used is based on comparisons to the Citigroup index and, to a lesser extent, the Moody’s AA bond index; (ii) the salary growth is based on our historical and projected level of salary increases; (iii) the long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results, market results and our expectations of future returns, as well as current market assumptions related to long-term return rates; and (iv) the mortality rate is based on a mortality projection that estimates current longevity rates and their impact on the long-term plan obligations.  We review these assumptions periodically throughout the year.

Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Numerator:
                 
  Net income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 34,571     $ (62,870 )   $ 21,617  
                         
Denominator:
                       
  Denominator for basic earnings per share –
    weighted averages shares
    15,800,913       15,691,579       15,714,884  
  Effect of stock options
    204,749       -       209,288  
  Denominator for diluted earnings per share –
    adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed
    conversions
      16,005,662         15,691,579         15,924,172  
                         
Basic net income (loss) from continuing operations per share
  $ 2.19     $ (4.01 )   $ 1.38  
Diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per share
    2.16       (4.01 )     1.36  

 
62

 
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Hedging Activity

We use derivative instruments to manage certain foreign currency exposures.  Derivative instruments are viewed as risk management tools and are not used for trading or speculative purposes.  Derivatives used for hedging purposes must be designated and effective as a hedge of the identified risk exposure at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in fair value of the derivative contract must be highly correlated with changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.

Derivatives used to hedge forecasted cash flows associated with foreign currency commitments or forecasted commodity purchases are accounted for as cash flow hedges.  Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in a manner that matches the timing of the earnings impact of the hedged transactions.  The ineffective portion of all hedges, if any, is recognized currently in earnings.

On December 31, 2010 we had outstanding option contracts intended to minimize foreign currency exposures on our consolidated statements of financial position, none of which were designated as hedges. The effects of the contracts in place at the end of 2010 are recorded directly to our statement of income.  As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had outstanding option contracts used to hedge foreign currency cash flow and balance sheets.  Some of our contracts from 2009 and 2008 were designated as hedges, while others were not.  For those that are not designated as hedges, the effects of these contracts are recorded directly to our statement of income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising is expensed as incurred and amounted to $1.4 million for 2010, $1.4 million for 2009 and $1.6 million for 2008.

Variable-Interest Entities

We had an investment in a variable interest entity (VIE) through the first quarter of 2010, at which time the entity was dissolved.  We had determined that we were not the primary beneficiary and, as such, did not consolidate the entity as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.  The VIE identified was Polyimide Laminate Systems, LLC (PLS), a 50% owned joint venture with Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.  The joint venture sold adhesiveless laminates for trace suspension assemblies and was established in October 1999.  Sales of PLS were approximately $15.9 million and $23.2 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with PLS was limited to our equity investment, which was approximately $40,000 at December 31, 2009, and to its outstanding receivables if those amounts were to become uncollectible for various financial reasons, such as insolvency, which amounted to $1.3 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is comprised of stock options and restricted stock.  Stock options are measured at the grant date, based on the grant-date fair value of the awards ultimately expected to vest and in most cases, is recognized as an expense, on a straight-line basis, over the vesting period, which is four years.  A provision in our stock option agreements requires us to accelerate the expense for retirement eligible employees.  We develop estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options to determine the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded. We calculate the grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The use of this valuation model requires estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield and forfeiture rates.  Restricted stock compensation expense is based on achievement of certain performance and service conditions.  The fair value of the awards is determined based on the market value of the underlying stock price at the grant date.

 
63

 
 
NOTE 2 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.
 
·
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
·
Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
·
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, categorized by the level of inputs used in the valuation, include:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Carrying amount as of
December 31, 2010
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Auction rate securities
  $ 33,778     $ -     $ -     $ 33,778  
Foreign currency option contracts
    1,306       -       1,306       -  
Pension assets
    125,261       70,097       44,857       10,307  

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Carrying amount as of
December 31, 2009
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Auction rate securities
  $ 38,307     $ -     $ -     $ 38,307  
Foreign currency option contracts
    1,398       -       1,398       -  
Pension assets
    114,595       26,468       77,399       10,728  

Additional guidance issued in April 2009 indicated that an other-than-temporary impairment must be recognized in earnings for a security in an unrealized loss position when an entity either (a) has the intent to sell the security or (b) more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery.  Prior to the adoption of this guidance, we were required to record an other-than-temporary impairment for a security in an unrealized loss position unless we could assert that we had both the intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery of its cost basis.
 
When an other-than-temporary impairment of a security has occurred, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its cost basis, the other-than-temporary loss should be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors.  The amount representing the credit loss is recognized in earnings, and as long as the factors above are not met, the remaining amount is recorded in other comprehensive income.
 
The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.  We do not believe there have been changes in the values of these assets as of December 31, 2010.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Carrying amount as of
December 31, 2009
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 17,983     $ -     $ 17,983     $ -  
 
 
64

 
 
Auction Rate Securities

As of December 31, 2010, we held approximately $37.6 million of auction rate securities at par which was comprised 97% of student loan-backed auction rate securities and 3% of municipality-backed auction rate securities.  As of December 31, 2009, we held approximately $43.4 million of auction rate securities at par.  At the end of 2007, these securities were classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value based on market valuations at that time (Level 1 input in accordance with accounting guidance).  However, in the first quarter of 2008, the markets in which these securities traded became illiquid, causing us to reclassify these securities from a Level 1 input to a Level 3 input, as an active market no longer existed for these securities, and therefore we had to base our valuations on unobservable inputs.  Accordingly, our asset value was determined considering several factors, including an estimated time horizon for redeeming such securities, a discount factor to determine the present value of such securities, as well as the quality of the underlying securities, most of which were backed by investment grade student loans or municipalities.  Our initial valuations utilized a discount period of approximately two years, which represented our best estimates of the time period over which these securities would be redeemed.  However, as 2008 progressed, we determined, based on the market conditions at the time, that the estimated time horizon for redemption of such securities would be greater than two years and, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we adjusted our assumptions for this consideration.

During 2010, approximately $5.8 million of auction rate securities were redeemed at par value, compared to $6.6 million in 2009.  We performed a fair value assessment of these securities based on a discounted cash flow model, utilizing various assumptions that included estimated interest rates, probabilities of successful auctions, the timing of cash flows, and the quality and level of collateral of the securities.  These inputs were chosen based on our current understanding of the expectations of the market and are consistent with the assumptions utilized during our assessment of these securities at year-end 2010.  This analysis resulted in an insignificant change in the fair value of our auction rate securities and total impairment of $3.8 million on our current portfolio.

We have concluded that the impairment on the auction rate securities is other-than-temporary and should be separated into two amounts, one amount representing a credit loss for $0.9 million and one amount representing an impairment due to all other factors for $2.9 million.  The credit loss is primarily based on the underlying ratings of the securities.  As described above, we have determined that the amount representing the credit loss on our auction rate securities should be recorded in earnings, while the remaining impairment amount should be recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) in the equity section of our consolidated statements of financial position, as we do not have the intent to sell the impaired investments, nor do we believe that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell these investments before the recovery of their cost basis.

Additionally, due to our belief that it may take over twelve months for the auction rate securities market to recover, we have classified the auction rate securities as long-term assets, with the exception of securities maturing within 12 months, which we classify as short-term investments.  As of December 31, 2010, this amount is $0.2 million.  The securities that we hold have maturities ranging from 21 to 37 years.

The reconciliation of our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Auction Rate
Securities
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 38,307  
Redeemed at par
    (5,800 )
Reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss
    1,824  
Reported in earnings
    (553 )
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 33,778  
         
A rollforward of credit losses recognized in earnings is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Credit Losses
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 364  
Credit losses recorded
    633  
Reduction in credit losses due to redemptions
    (80 )
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 917  

 
65

 
 
These securities currently earn interest at rates ranging from 1% to 2%.  Upon the failure of these securities at auction, a penalty interest rate is triggered.  Since the securities we hold are investment-grade securities, the penalty rates are market-based, and therefore the aggregate interest rate that we earned has declined to 1% to 2% from a historical rate of 3% to 7% due to reductions in the referenced interest rates by the Federal government.

Foreign Currency Option Derivatives

As further explained below in Note 3 “Hedging Transactions and Derivative Financial Instruments”, we are exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations, and the primary risk managed using derivative instruments is foreign currency exchange rate risk.  The fair value of these foreign currency option derivatives is based upon valuation models applied to current market information such as strike price, spot rate, maturity date and volatility, and by reference to market values resulting from an over-the-counter market or obtaining market data for similar instruments with similar characteristics.

NOTE 3 – HEDGING TRANSACTIONS AND DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The guidance for the accounting and disclosure of derivatives and hedging transactions requires companies to recognize all of their derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further on the type of hedging relationship.  For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

We are exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations.  The primary risk managed by using derivative instruments is foreign currency exchange rate risk.  Option contracts on various foreign currencies are entered into to manage the foreign currency exchange rate risk on forecasted revenue denominated in foreign currencies.

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculation purposes.

We designate certain foreign currency option contracts as cash flow hedges of forecasted revenues.
 
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction and in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.   The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of the future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, are recognized in the statement of operations during the current period.  The ineffective portion of a derivative instrument’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in income.  Due to the mid-month timing of our contracts, certain immaterial ineffectiveness was experienced.

 
66

 
 
As of year end 2010, we have entered into four hedge programs.  These programs, which do not qualify as cash flow hedges, are intended to minimize foreign currency exposures on our consolidated statements of financial position.
 
Notional Values of Derivative Instruments
 
Currency (000s)
 
Euro
€     4,800
U.S. Dollar
$     16,000

 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the
Financial Statements for the year ended
December 31, 2010
   
Fair Values of
Derivative
 Instruments as
  of December 31, 2010
 
Foreign Exchange Option Contracts
Location of loss
 
Amount of loss
   
Other Assets
 
Contracts not designated as hedging instruments
Other income, net
  $ (35)     $ 1,306  

Concentration of Credit Risk

By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk.  If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract, our credit risk will equal the fair value of the derivative instrument. Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, thus creating a receivable risk for the Company. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into derivative transactions with major financial institutions of investment grade credit rating.
 
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITION OF BUSINESS

SK Utis Co., Ltd.

On March 23, 2010, we entered into an acquisition agreement with SK Utis Co., Ltd. (Utis) and its parent, SK Chemical Co., Ltd. (SK Chemical), both Korean companies, to purchase the common stock of Utis and certain intellectual property owned by SK Chemical related to the Utis business, for an aggregate purchase price of $29.1 million.  The agreement called for an initial payment of $26.0 million, which was made on March 31, 2010, when the transaction closed, which gave us a 90% interest in the outstanding stock of Utis and full ownership of the intellectual property.  SK Chemical will retain a 10% interest in Utis for a two year period, at which point we will purchase the remaining 10% share for a fixed price of $3.1 million.

Utis, established in 2005, is a high-quality supplier of polyurethane foam material solutions for portable communications, entertainment, and industrial applications to leading Korean-based original equipment manufacturers (OEMs).  We believe that this acquisition will expand our presence as a polyurethane foam material solutions provider in several key markets that we have targeted for continued growth, including mobile internet devices, high definition television, and other markets requiring high reliability, high performance materials.  We also believe this acquisition will strengthen our relationships with some of the fastest growing makers of these products and extend our worldwide presence into the Korean marketplace.  We have integrated this business into our High Performance Foams operating segment.

 
67

 
 
The acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with applicable purchase accounting guidance.  The following table represents the fair market value assigned to the acquired assets and liabilities in the transaction.  The total fair value of net assets acquired is net of a $0.4 million working capital adjustment that was finalized in the third quarter of 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we increased goodwill by $1.5 million for a tax related adjustment.

(Dollars in thousands)
     
       
Assets:
     
     Accounts receivable
  $ 2,725  
     Inventory
    1,890  
     Other current assets
    685  
     Property, plant & equipment
    1,978  
     Intangible assets
    9,250  
     Goodwill
    15,574  
     Total assets
    32,102  
         
Liabilities
       
     Accounts payable
    1,328  
     Other current liabilities
    492  
     Other long-term liability
      1,517  
     Total liabilities
    3,337  
         
Fair value of net assets acquired
  $ 28,765  

Total costs incurred related to the acquisition were approximately $0.9 million and are included in Selling and administrative expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

As of the date of the acquisition, we acquired 90% of the equity of Utis and SK Chemical retained a 10% interest.  However, SK Chemical, as part of the acquisition agreement, effectively waived all future economic rights to the activities of the business (i.e. dividends, share of profits and losses).  SK Chemical only has the right to the $3.1 million deferred purchase price that will be paid by us to acquire the remaining 10% of Utis in two years.  Therefore, we have consolidated 100% of the activities of Utis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.  Operational results were included beginning in the second quarter of 2010.  The deferred purchase price at the date of purchase was recorded at its present value (approximately $2.9 million) and is classified as a long-term liability on our consolidated statement of financial position.

MTI Global Inc.

On April 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Global Inc.’s (MTI Global) silicones business for $7.4 million.  These assets included product lines, technology and manufacturing equipment of MTI Global’s Bremen, Germany and Richmond, Virginia plant locations.

MTI Global Inc. had established a solid presence as a solutions provider in several key markets that we are targeting for future growth, including mass transit and other markets requiring high reliability, high performance materials.  We believe that the addition of the product lines from MTI Global Inc. will expand the opportunities for both our existing products, as well as the acquired products, through exposure to new markets and applications.  We also plan to leverage the acquired technologies to create even more innovative materials solutions.

 
68

 
 
The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $7.4 million in cash.  The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
April 30, 2009
 
Net accounts receivable
  $ 343  
Inventory
    2,039  
Intangibles
    720  
Property, plant and equipment
    7,206  
    $ 10,308  

The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the consideration transferred.  As a result, we recognized a gain of $2.9 million in the second quarter of 2009, which was recorded in our consolidated statements of operations.


NOTE 5 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
 
             
Land
  $ 16,122     $ 14,238  
Buildings and improvements
    110,041       113,714  
Machinery and equipment
    126,657       124,229  
Office equipment
    25,465       23,313  
Equipment in process
    24,237       20,679  
      302,522       296,173  
Accumulated depreciation
    (182,435 )     (173,033 )
Total property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 120,087     $ 123,140  

Depreciation expense was $15.0 million in 2010, $17.9 million in 2009, and $18.4 million in 2008.

 
69

 
 
NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible Assets

(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Gross Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net
Carrying Amount
   
Gross
Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net
Carrying Amount
 
Trademarks and patents
  $ 2,041     $ 1,091     $ 950     $ 1,322     $ 1,025     $ 297  
Technology
    6,423       1,448       4,975       1,207       798       409  
Covenant not-to-compete
    1,604       668       936       625       625       -  
Customer relationships
    4,324       387       3,937       -       -       -  
Total other intangible assets
  $ 14,392     $ 3,594     $ 10,798     $ 3,154     $ 2,448     $ 706  

Gross carrying amounts may be different from prior periods due to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

Amortization expense for 2010 was approximately $1.1 million and was minimal for the same period in 2009.  The anticipated future amortization expense is $1.8 million, $1.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The weighted average amortization period as of December 31, 2010, by intangible asset class, is presented in the table below:

Intangible Asset Class
Weighted Average Amortization Period
Trademarks and patents
8.2
Technology
4.7
Covenant not-to-compete
3.2
Customer relationships
3.5
Total other intangible assets
4.9

On November 2, 2010, we entered into a technology license agreement with Polyworks, Inc.  Included in this agreement was $2.0 million of intangible assets.  These assets are amortized on a straight line basis over 10 years.

On March 31, 2010, we acquired the assets of Utis, which included $9.3 million of intangible assets and $15.6 million of goodwill.  The intangibles assets are comprised of trademarks, technology, covenants not-to-compete and customer relationships.  These intangibles are amortized using an accelerated method of amortization that is expected to reflect the estimated pattern of economic use.

On April 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Global Inc.’s silicones business.  Included in this acquisition was $0.7 million of intangible assets comprised of trademarks, patents and technology.  These assets are amortized on a straight line basis over 20 years.

 
70

 
 
Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the period ending December 31, 2010, by segment, are as follows:

 
(Dollars
 in thousands)
 
High Performance Foams
   
Printed
Circuit Materials
   
Power Distribution Systems
   
Printed and Electronic Solutions
   
Thermal Management Solutions
   
 
 
Other
   
 
 
Total
 
December 31, 2009
  $ 7,410     $ -     $ - -     $ -     $ -     $ 2,224     $ 9,634  
Utis acquisition
    15,574       -       -       -       -       -       15,574  
Foreign currency
translation adjustment
    (22 )      -        -        -        -        -       (22 )
December 31, 2010
  $ 22,962     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 2,224     $ 25,186  

NOTE 7 - SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

As of December 31, 2010, we had two joint ventures, each 50% owned, that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

Joint Venture
Location
Reportable Segment
Fiscal Year-End
       
Rogers INOAC Corporation
Japan
High Performance Foams
October 31
Rogers INOAC Suzhou Corporation
China
High Performance Foams
December 31

On March 31, 2010, Rogers and Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., the 50% owners of the Polyimide Laminate Systems, LLC (PLS) joint venture, entered into an agreement to dissolve the joint venture and to have Rogers assume on that date any outstanding assets and liabilities of PLS, which resulted in a $0.1 million charge recorded as of March 31, 2010.  The parties also agreed that, going forward, all the distribution activity that PLS had previously engaged in would be conducted through Rogers.  Therefore, beginning in the second quarter of 2010, these activities are reported on a gross basis as part of our consolidated results.  PLS also became an operating segment and is reported in the Other reportable segment.

In October 2010, we sold our ownership interest in the 50/50 joint venture, Rogers Chang Chun Technology Co., Ltd. (RCCT) to our joint venture partner, Chang Chun Plastics Co., Ltd., for $9.3 million, which resulted in a $3.2 million gain recorded during 2010.

Equity income related to our share of the underlying net income of the joint ventures amounted to $8.7 million $5.5 million, and $6.2 million, for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  We had commission income from PLS of $0.6 million $1.8 million, and $2.6 million, for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, which is included in “Other income, net” on our consolidated statements of income.

 
71

 
 
Summarized Information for Joint Ventures:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
 
             
Current assets
  $ 41,429     $ 58,278  
Noncurrent assets
    19,842       26,558  
Current liabilities
    10,367       16,900  
Shareholders’ equity
    50,904       67,936  

   
For the years ended:
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
   
December 31,
2008
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 104,570     $ 95,321     $ 114,436  
Gross profit
    21,302       16,078       15,842  
Net income
    17,316       10,924       12,472  

The effect of sales made between the unconsolidated joint ventures and us were appropriately accounted for on a consolidated basis.  Receivables from joint ventures arise during the normal course of business from transactions between us and the joint ventures, typically from the joint venture purchasing raw materials from us to produce end products, which are sold to third parties.

NOTE 8 - INVESTMENT

In the third quarter of 2009, we made a strategic investment of $5.0 million in Solicore, Inc., headquartered in Lakeland, Florida.  Solicore is the world leader for embedded power solutions, offering its patented Flexicon advanced ultra-thin, flexible, lithium polymer batteries for smart cards, controlled access cards, RFID tags, and medical devices.  Our investment, part of a total of $13.3 million raised by Solicore in that financing round, provides us with a minority equity stake in Solicore and representation on Solicore’s Board of Directors.  We account for this investment under the cost method as we cannot exert significant influence.  We also entered into a joint development agreement with Solicore to develop the next generation of power solution products.  As part of the agreement, we will have the exclusive right to have the option to manufacture a significant portion of the products that result from this collaboration, if we so choose.

 
72

 
 
NOTE 9 - PENSION BENEFITS AND RETIREMENT HEALTH AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS

We have two qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plans.  One plan covers our U.S. unionized hourly employees and the other plan covers all other U.S. employees hired through December 30, 2007.  We also have established a nonqualified unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plan to restore certain retirement benefits that might otherwise be lost due to limitations imposed by federal law on qualified pension plans, as well as to provide supplemental retirement benefits for certain senior executives of the Company.

In addition, we sponsor multiple fully insured or self funded medical plans and a fully insured life insurance plan for retirees.  The measurement date for all plans for 2010 and 2009 is December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

We are required, as an employer, to: (a) recognize in our statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status; (b) measure a plan’s assets and our obligations that determine our funded status as of the end of the fiscal year; and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur and report these changes in accumulated other comprehensive income.  In addition, actuarial gains and losses that are not immediately recognized as net periodic pension cost are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and amortized into net periodic pension cost in future periods.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan and Retiree Medical Plan Amendments

On July 16, 2007, we announced to our employees and retirees that the defined benefit pension plan for non-union employees and the retiree medical plans would be amended effective January 1, 2008.  As of January 1, 2008, newly hired and rehired employees are no longer eligible for the defined benefit pension plan.  However, the amendment to the defined benefit pension plan did not impact the benefits to existing plan participants as of December 30, 2007.  The amendment to the retiree medical plan did not impact the benefits for employees who were age 50 or older as of December 30, 2007, as long as they met certain eligibility requirements.  However, employees who were less than age 50 as of December 30, 2007 were no longer eligible for retiree medical benefits.  This plan amendment resulted in a reduction to the accumulated benefit obligation, which is accounted for as a reduction to prior service cost based on a plan amendment and amortized over the expected remaining service period of the ongoing active plan participants until they became fully eligible, beginning in the third quarter of 2007.

 
73

 
 
Obligations and Funded Status
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pension Benefits
   
Retirement Health and Life
Insurance Benefits
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
Change in benefit obligation:
                     
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 145,052     $ 136,603     $ 9,055     $ 8,735  
Service cost
    3,563       3,137       661       571  
Interest cost
    8,345       8,377       398       541  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    8,824       2,163       (34 )     181  
Benefit payments
    (8,444 )     (6,288 )     (931 )     (973 )
Plan amendments
    -       1,060       -       -  
Benefit obligation at end of year
    157,340       145,052       9,149       9,055  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    114,595       91,925       -       -  
Actual return on plan assets
    13,632       20,803       -       -  
Employer contributions
    5,478       8,155       931       973  
Benefit payments
    (8,444 )     (6,288 )     (931 )     (973 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    125,261       114,595       -       -  
                                 
Funded status
  $ (32,079 )   $ (30,457 )   $ (9,149 )   $ (9,055 )
 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pension Benefits
   
Retirement Health and Life
Insurance Benefits
 
      2010       2009       2010       2009  
                                 
Non-current assets
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Current liabilities
    (99 )     (1,816 )     (1,005 )     (1,002 )
Non-current liabilities
    (31,980 )     (28,641 )     (8,144 )     (8,053 )
Net amount recognized at end of year
  $ (32,079 )   $ (30,457 )   $ (9,149 )   $ (9,055 )

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of:
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pension Benefits
   
Retirement Health and Life
Insurance Benefits
   
   
2010
   
2010
           
Net Actuarial Loss
  $ 41,183     $ 3,198  
Prior Service Cost
    2,721       (1,307 )
Net amount recognized at end of year
  $ 43,904     $ 1,891  

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were $157.3 million, $141.3 million and $125.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $145.1 million, $129.9 million and $114.6 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.

 
74

 
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
                     
Postretirement Health and
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Life Insurance Benefits
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                                     
Service cost
  $ 3,563     $ 3,137     $ 4,632     $ 661     $ 571     $ 598  
Interest cost
    8,345       8,377       7,940       398       541       465  
Expected return of plan assets
    (9,628 )     (8,364 )     (10,405 )     -       -       -  
Amortization of prior service cost
    600       518       513       (626 )     (656 )     (697 )
Amortization of net loss
    1,824       2,174       242       329       298       268  
Curtailment charge/(credit)
    372       114       -       -       (258 )     -  
Settlement gain
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 5,076     $ 5,956     $ 2,922     $ 762     $ 496     $ 634  
                                                 
The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $2.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.  The estimated net loss (gain) and prior service cost for the defined benefit postretirement plans that will be amortized from other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $0.3 million and ($0.6 million).

Assumptions
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at year-end:
       
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Retirement Health and Life
Insurance Benefits
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
                         
Discount rate
    5.50 %     6.00 %     4.50 %     4.75 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     -       -  
 
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost for years ended:
       
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Retirement Health and Life
Insurance Benefits
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
                         
Discount rate
    5.50 %     6.00 %     4.50 %     4.75 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.50 %     -       -  
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     -       -  
                                 
To determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, we review portfolio performance, the historical long-term rate of return, and how any change in the allocation of the assets could affect the anticipated returns. Adjustments are made to the historical rate of return if it is deemed necessary to obtain the desired long-term rate of return with the current allocation of assets.

 
75

 
 
For measurement purposes as of December 31, 2010, we assumed annual healthcare cost trend rates of 7% and 8.5% for covered healthcare benefits for retirees pre-age 65 and post-age 65, respectively.  The rates were assumed to decrease gradually to 5% and 5.5%, respectively, in 2014 and remain at those levels thereafter.  For measurement purposes as of December 31, 2009, we assumed annual healthcare cost trend rates of 8% and 9.5% for covered healthcare benefits for retirees pre-age 65 and post-age 65, respectively.  Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans.  A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

   
One Percentage Point
 
   
Increase
   
Decrease
 
             
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $ 91,240     $ (83,087 )
Effect on other postretirement benefit obligations
    557,196       (515,293 )

Plan Assets

Our defined benefit pension assets are invested with the objective of achieving a total rate of return over the long-term that is sufficient to fund future pension obligations.  Overall investment risk is mitigated by maintaining a diversified portfolio of assets .

Asset allocation target ranges were established to meet our investment objectives.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on several factors, including the plans’ asset allocation targets, the historical and projected performance on those asset classes, and on the plans’ current asset composition.  The target allocations for plan assets were approximately 57% equity securities and 43% debt securities for 2010, and these are the target allocations for 2011.

Investments are stated at fair value.  Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price).

Securities traded on a national securities exchange are valued at the last reported sales price on the last business day of the plan year.  The fair value of the guaranteed deposit account is determined through discounting expected future investment cash flow from both investment income and repayment of principal for each investment purchased.

The estimated fair values of the participation units owned by the Plan in pooled separate accounts are based on quoted redemption values and adjusted for management fees and asset charges, as determined by the record keeper, on the last business day of the Plan year. Pooled separate accounts are accounts established solely for the purpose of investing the assets of one or more plans. Funds in a separate account are not commingled with other assets of the Company for investment purposes.

The following table presents the fair value of the net assets, by asset category, at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
 Pooled separate accounts
  $ 44,857     $ 77,399  
 Mutual funds
    39,111       -  
 Common stock
    30,802       26,289  
 Guaranteed deposit account
    10,307       10,728  
 Interest bearing cash
    184       179  
Total investments, at fair value
  $ 125,261     $ 114,595  

 
76

 
 
The following tables sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the assets   carried at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

   
Assets at Fair Value
as of December 31, 2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
                         
Pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $ 44,857     $ -     $ 44,857  
Mutual funds
    39,111       -       -       39,111  
Common stock
    30,802       -       -       30,802  
Guaranteed deposit account
    -       -       10,307       10,307  
Interest bearing cash
    184       -       -       184  
Total assets at fair value
  $ 70,097     $ 44,857     $ 10,307     $ 125,261  

   
Assets at Fair Value
as of December 31, 2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
                         
Pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $ 77,399     $ -     $ 77,399  
Common stock
    26,289       -       -       26,289  
Guaranteed deposit account
    -       -       10,728       10,728  
Interest bearing cash
    179       -       -       179  
Total assets at fair value
  $ 26,468     $ 77,399     $ 10,728     $ 114,595  

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Guaranteed deposit account’s Level 3 assets   for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Guaranteed
Deposit Account
 
       
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 10,728  
Realized gains (losses)
    -  
Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at the reporting date
    701  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (net)
    (1,122 )
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    -  
Balance at end of year
  $ 10,307  

Cash Flows

Contributions

At the current time, we have met the minimum funding requirements for our qualified defined benefit pension plans and are therefore not required to make a contribution to the plans in 2011 for any past years.  In 2010 and 2009, we made annual contributions to the pension plans of approximately $5.5 million and $8.2 million, respectively.  As there is no funding requirement for the nonqualified defined benefit pension plans and the Retiree Health and Life Insurance benefit plans, we will contribute the amount of benefit payments made during the year consistent with past practices.

 
77

 
 
Estimated Future Payments

The following pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future employee service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid through the utilization of plan assets for the funded plans and from operating cash flows for the unfunded plans.  The Retiree Health and Life Insurance benefits, for which no funding has been made, are expected to be paid from operating cash flows.  The benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure our benefit obligation at the end of fiscal 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)
   
Pension
Benefits
   
Retiree Health and
Life Insurance
Benefits
 
             
2011
  $ 6,754     $ 1,005  
2012
    7,373       935  
2013
    7,554       871  
2014
    7,718       833  
2015
    7,943       870  
2016-2020     46,800       5,302  

NOTE 10 - EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

We sponsor the Rogers Employee Savings and Investment Plan (RESIP), a 401(k) plan for domestic employees.  Employees can defer an amount they choose, up to the yearly IRS limit, which is $16,500 in 2010 and 2009. Certain eligible participants are also allowed to contribute the maximum catch-up contribution per IRS regulations.  Beginning in 2008, our matching contribution changed from a 50% match on the first 5% of an eligible employee’s annual pre-tax contribution to 6% of an eligible employee’s annual pre-tax contribution at a rate of 100% for the first 1% and 50% for the next 5% for a total match of 3.5%.  Also, beginning in 2008, our matching contribution is no longer invested in Rogers’ stock. Unless otherwise indicated by the participant, the matching dollars are invested in the same funds as the participant’s contributions. RESIP related expense amounted to $1.5 million in 2010, $1.5 million in 2009 and $1.6 million in 2008, which related solely to our matching contributions.
 
NOTE 11 - DEBT

Long-Term Debt

On November 23, 2010, we terminated our existing $50 million Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, a successor in interest to Citizens Bank of Connecticut, and concurrently entered into a $165 million, secured revolving credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with (i) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent; (ii) HSBC Bank USA, National Association; (iii) RBS Citizens, National Association; (iv) Fifth Third Bank; and (v) Citibank, N.A.  JPMorgan Securities LLC and HSBC Bank USA, National Association acted as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers; HSBC Bank USA, National Association and RBS Citizens, National Association acted as co-syndication agents; and Fifth Third Bank and Citibank, N.A. acted as co-documentation agents.

The Credit Agreement provides for the extension of credit in the form of revolving loans, in multiple currencies, at any time and from time to time until the maturity of the Credit Agreement, which is November 23, 2014.  Borrowings under the Credit Agreement will bear interest based on one of two options.  Alternate base rate loans will bear interest that includes a base reference rate plus a spread of 1.00-1.75%, depending on leverage ratio.  The base reference rate will be the greater of (a) the prime rate, (b) federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, and (c) adjusted 1-month London interbank offered (“LIBO”) rate plus 1.00%.  Eurocurrency loans will bear interest based on the adjusted LIBO rate plus a spread of 2.00-2.75%, depending on leverage ratio.  Associated with the Credit Agreement, we capitalized $1.4 million of debt issuance costs which will be amortized over the life of the agreement, which is four years.

 
78

 
 
Among other restrictions, we are restricted in our ability to pay dividends, incur additional debt, sell certain assets, and make capital expenditures, with certain exceptions.  The key financial covenants include a requirement for us to maintain, at the end of each fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31, 2010, a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 3.0 to 1.0 and a leverage ratio of no more than 2.50 to 1.0.   If an event of default occurs, the lenders may, among other things, terminate their commitments and declare all outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable together with accrued interest and fees.

There were no borrowings pursuant to the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2010, nor any borrowings under the previous facility as of December 31, 2009.  We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  In the first quarter of 2011, we made an initial draw on the line of credit of $145.0 million to fund the acquisition of Curamik Electronics GmbH.  For further information, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

At December 31, 2010 we had certain standby letters of credit (LOC) and guarantees that were backed by the Credit Facility:
 
·
$1.0 million irrevocable standby LOC - to guarantee Rogers’ self insured workers compensation plan
 
·
$0.2 million letter guarantee – to guarantee a payable obligation for a Chinese subsidiary (Rogers Shanghai)

No amounts were owed on the LOCs as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Interest

We paid an unused commitment fee of approximately $0.2 million in 2010 and $19,000 in 2009, and there were no interest charges in either year.  In 2008 we paid $18,000 to renew the facility.

Restriction on Payment of Dividends

Pursuant to the multi-currency revolving credit loan agreement, we cannot make a cash dividend payment if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing or shall result from the cash dividend payment.

 
79

 
 
NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

Consolidated income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consists of:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Domestic
  $ 2,259     $ (32,465 )   $ 4,924  
International
    37,927       12,316       20,182  
    Total
  $ 40,186     $ (20,149 )   $ 25,106  

The income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of income consists of:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Current
   
Deferred
   
Total
 
2010
                 
    Domestic
  $ 7,890     $ (9,528 )   $ (1,638 )
    International
    6,106       1,147       7,253  
        Total
  $ 13,996     $ (8,381 )   $ 5,615  
                         
2009
                       
    Domestic
  $ (4,042 )   $ 43,902     $ 39,860  
    International
    3,328       (5,698 )     (2,370 )
    State
    11       5,220       5,231  
        Total
  $ (703 )   $ 43,424     $ 42,721  
                         
2008
                       
    Domestic
  $ 697     $ (3,174 )   $ (2,477 )
    International
    7,891       (1,537 )     6,354  
    State
    39       (427 )     (388 )
        Total
  $ 8,627     $ (5,138 )   $ 3,489  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, are comprised of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
 
Deferred tax assets
           
    Accrued employee benefits and compensation
  $ 10,770     $ 8,732  
    Postretirement benefit obligations
    14,409       14,636  
    Tax credit carryforwards
    14,666       8,649  
    Reserves and accruals
    3,912       5,740  
    Depreciation and amortization
    17,586       20,018  
    Other
    2,356       3,079  
Total deferred tax assets
    63,699       60,854  
Less deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    (45,087 )     (52,143 )
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
    18,612       8,711  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
    Investment in joint ventures, net
    676       267  
    Depreciation and amortization
    7,647       5,139  
    Other
    422       -  
Total deferred tax liabilities
    8,745       5,406  
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 9,867     $ 3,305  

We currently have approximately $10.7 million of foreign tax credits that begin to expire in 2018, $3.4 million of research and development credits that begin to expire in 2026, and $0.6 million of minimum tax credits that can be carried forward indefinitely.

 
80

 
 
Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the United States federal statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes.  The reasons for this difference are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Tax expense at Federal statutory income tax rate
  $ 14,065     $ (7,052 )   $ 8,787  
International tax rate differential
    (4,625 )     (6,085 )     (3,185 )
Foreign source income, net of tax credits
    3,487       (817 )     (241 )
General business credits
    (775 )     (485 )     (517 )
Tax exempt interest
    (65 )     (132 )     (834 )
Valuation allowance change
    (7,599 )     57,258       -  
Acquisition related expenses
    974       -       -  
Provision to return adjustment
    -       -       (1,072 )
Other
    153       34       551  
Income tax expense
  $ 5,615     $ 42,721     $ 3,489  

We are eligible for a tax holiday on the earnings of our subsidiaries in China.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers Technologies (Suzhou) Company (RSZ), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, the first two years of cumulatively profitable operations were taxed at a zero percent tax rate followed by a reduced tax rate in subsequent years that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2010, RSZ reported pretax income of $18.1 million, which was subject to a tax rate of 22%.  In 2009, RSZ reported pretax income of $4.6 million which was subject to a tax rate of 10%.  The tax rate in effect in 2011 will be 24%, and will increase to the full rate of 25% in 2012.  Under the business license agreement granted to Rogers (Shanghai) International Trading Company Ltd. (RSH), also a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, RSH was subject to a reduced rate of tax that gradually increases to the 25% full rate of tax in 2012.  In 2010, RSH reported pretax income of $4.8 million which was subject to a tax rate of 22%.  In 2009, RSH reported pretax income of $1.9 million which was subject to a tax rate of 20%.  The tax rate in effect in 2011 will be 24%, and will increase to the full rate of 25% in 2012.

We had a valuation allowance of $45.1 million and $52.1 million, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, against certain of our U.S. deferred tax assets.  The decrease in the valuation allowance is primarily due to utilization of deferred tax assets as a result of having taxable income and development of a tax planning strategy.  A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded to the extent we cannot determine that the ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is more likely than not.  In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we are required to consider available tax planning strategies.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we developed a tax planning strategy that would allow us to recognize certain deferred tax assets, resulting in a reduction of our valuation allowance.  We believe that this strategy is reasonable, prudent, and feasible, and we will implement this strategy, if need be, to ensure that this portion of our deferred tax asset does not expire.  In both 2010 and 2009, we were in a cumulative three-year loss position in the U.S.. As the realization of deferred taxes is principally dependent upon the achievement of future taxable income, the estimation of which requires significant management judgment, we concluded that given the weight of both positive and negative evidence, a valuation allowance should be placed against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets, for which there is neither a tax planning strategy nor other source of taxable income against which it would offset.

Through December 31, 2010, we have not paid U.S. income taxes on approximately $108.3 million of unremitted foreign earnings because substantially all such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely outside the U.S.

There were no tax benefits from the exercise of stock options in 2010 or 2009.  There was $0.6 million of benefits in 2008.  These tax benefits have been allocated to additional paid-in-capital in stockholder’s equity when realized.

Income taxes paid, net of refunds, were $4.6 million, $1.1 million, and $8.7 million, in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 
81

 
 
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding potential interest and penalties, for the years ending December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, is as follows:

  (Dollars in thousands)
 
 
2010
   
2009
 
   Beginning balance
  $ 7,585     $ 8,679  
   Gross increases - tax positions in prior period
    7,024       1,305  
   Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period
    (407 )     -  
   Gross increases - current period tax positions
    1,427       971  
   Settlements
    -       (2,954 )
   Lapse of statute of limitations
    (1,298 )     (416 )
   Ending balance
  $ 14,331     $ 7,585  

If the December 31, 2010 balance of $14.3 million is recognized, approximately $6.3 million would decrease the effective tax rate in the period in which each of the benefits is recognized.  The remaining amount would be offset by the reversal of related deferred tax assets.  Excluded from the balance above is $0.7 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which were presented in the balance sheet as a direct offset of the corresponding deferred tax asset.  At December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, we had accrued potential interest and penalties of approximately $1.0 million, and $0.7 million, respectively.  The potential interest and penalties are included as a component of income tax expense.  It is reasonably possible that a reduction of unrecognized tax benefits between $0.5 million and $1.0 million, of which only a minimal amount would impact our effective tax rate, may occur within 12 months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes or the expiration of the statute of limitations.

We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions.  Our tax years from 2007 through 2010 are subject to examination by the tax authorities.  With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2007.

NOTE 13 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated balances related to each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
 
             
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
  $ 12,507     $ 17,096  
Funded status of pension plans and other post retirement benefits, net of tax
    (24,996 )     (22,710 )
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax
    (1,058 )     (2,670 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, net of tax
    -       (142 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (13,547 )   $ (8,426 )

Capital Stock and Equity Compensation Awards

Under the Rogers Corporation 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan we may grant stock options to officers, directors, and other key employees at exercise prices that are at least equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. Under our older plans, stock options to officers, directors, and other key employees could be granted at exercise prices that were as low as 50% of the fair market value of our stock as of the date of grant.  However, in terms of these older plans, virtually all such options were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our stock as of the date of grant. With shareholder approval of the Rogers Corporation 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan, no new equity awards will be granted from our older plans. Except for grants made in 2004 and 2005, regular options granted to employees in the United States become exercisable over a four-year period from the grant date and expire ten years after the date of grant.  Stock option grants were also made to non-management directors, on a semi-annual basis, with the last of such grants being made in June of 2008. Beginning in December of 2008, each non-management director was awarded deferred stock units instead of stock options.  Such deferred stock units permit non-management directors to receive, at a later date, one share of Rogers stock for each deferred stock unit with no payment of any consideration by the director at the time the shares are received.  For director stock options, the exercise price was equal to the fair market value of our stock as of the grant date and they are immediately exercisable and expire ten years after the date of grant. Our 2005 Equity Compensation Plan and our 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan also permit the granting of restricted stock and certain other forms of equity awards to officers and other key employees, although as mentioned above, no new equity awards are being made pursuant to the 2005 plan.  Stock grants in lieu of cash compensation are also made to non-management directors and the Stock Acquisition Program, approved in 2009, is now being used for such grants if a non-management director chooses to receive Rogers stock in lieu of cash compensation.
 
 
82

 
 
Shares of capital stock reserved for possible future issuance are as follows:

   
December 31,
 2010
   
December 31,
 2009
 
             
Stock acquisition program
    120,883       121,680  
Stock options and restricted stock
    2,898,871       3,038,118  
Rogers Employee Savings and Investment Plan
    193,126       184,553  
Rogers Corporation Global Stock Ownership Plan for Employees
    254,490       288,224  
Stock to be issued in lieu of deferred compensation
    57,445       67,843  
Total
    3,524,815       3,700,418  

Each outstanding share of Rogers capital (common) stock has attached to it a stock purchase right.  One stock purchase right entitles the holder to buy one share of Rogers capital (common) stock at an exercise price of $240.00 per share.  The rights become exercisable only under certain circumstances related to a person or group acquiring or offering to acquire a substantial block of Rogers capital (common) stock.  In certain circumstances, holders may acquire Rogers stock, or in some cases the stock of an acquiring entity, with a value equal to twice the exercise price.  The rights expire on March 30, 2017 but may be exchanged or redeemed earlier.  If such rights are redeemed, the redemption price would be $0.01 per right.

Stock Options

We currently grant stock options under various equity compensation plans.  While we may grant options to employees that become exercisable at different times or within different periods, we have generally granted to employees options that vest and become exercisable in one-third increments on the 2nd, 3rd and 4th anniversaries of the grant dates.  The maximum contractual term for all options is ten years.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an option.  The fair value of options granted in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:

   
December 31,
2010
   
December 31,
2009
   
December 30,
2008
 
Options granted
    340,150       356,375       322,922  
Weighted average exercise price
  $ 24.26     $ 23.59     $ 31.91  
Weighted-average grant date fair value
  $ 11.40     $ 9.62     $ 15.01  
Assumptions:
                       
    Expected volatility
    45.41 %     47.37 %     39.84 %
    Expected term (in years)
    5.9       5.9       7.0  
    Risk-free interest rate
    3.12 %     2.79 %     3.28 %
    Expected dividend yield
    --       -       -  

 
83

 

Expected volatility – In determining expected volatility, we have considered a number of factors, including historical volatility and implied volatility.

Expected term – We use historical employee exercise data to estimate the expected term assumption for the Black-Scholes valuation.

Risk-free interest rate – We use the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period commensurate with the expected term assumption as its risk-free interest rate.

Expected dividend yield – We currently do not pay dividends on our common stock; therefore, a dividend yield of 0% was used in the Black-Scholes model.

In most cases, we recognize expense using the straight-line attribution method.  The amount of stock-based compensation recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest.  Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.  The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” or “expirations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option.  We currently expect, based on an analysis of our historical forfeitures, a forfeiture rate of approximately 3%. This assumption will be reviewed periodically and the rate will be adjusted as necessary based on these reviews.  Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those shares that vest.

Our employee stock option agreements contain a retirement provision, which results in the vesting of any unvested options immediately upon retirement.  This provision affects the timing of option expense recognition for optionees meeting the criteria for retirement.   We are recognizing compensation expense over the period from the date of grant to the date retirement eligibility is met if it is shorter than the required service period or upon grant if the employee is eligible for retirement.

A summary of the activity under our stock option plans as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:
 
   
 
 
Options
Outstanding
   
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
   
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
   
 
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009
    2,401,318     $ 38.40              
    Options granted
    340,150       24.26              
    Options exercised
    (30,675 )     31.33              
    Options cancelled
    (84,422 )     38.92              
Options outstanding at December 31, 2010
    2,626,371       36.63       5.5     $ 15,858,497  
Options exercisable at December 31, 2010
    1,674,979       41.98       4.0       4,540,857  
Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010 *
    2,597,829       36.74       5.5       15,518,967  
                                 
*
In addition to the vested options, we expect a portion of the unvested options to vest at some point in the future. Options expected to vest are calculated by applying an estimated forfeiture rate to the unvested options.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total intrinsic value of options exercised (i.e. the difference between the market price at time of exercise and the price paid by the individual to exercise the options) was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.  The total amount of cash received from the exercise of these options was $0.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of stock options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $4.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $3.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

We recognized $4.0 million and $3.4 million of compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 
84

 
 
A summary of activity under the stock options plans for the fiscal years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
 
 
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   
 
 
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   
 
 
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                                     
Stock Options
                                   
Outstanding at beginning of year
    2,401,318     $ 38.40       2,184,878     $ 40.11       1,989,646     $ 40.39  
Granted
    340,150       24.26       356,375       23.59       322,922       31.91  
Exercised
    (30,675 )     31.33       (61,620 )     17.51       (98,524 )     17.05  
Cancelled
    (84,422 )     38.92       (78,315 )     35.29       (29,166 )     45.89  
Outstanding at year-end
    2,626,371     $ 36.63       2,401,318     $ 38.40       2,184,878     $ 40.11  
Options exercisable at end of year
    1,674,979               1,586,720               1,602,016          

Restricted Stock

In 2006, we began granting restricted stock to certain key executives.  This restricted stock program is a performance based plan that awards shares of common stock of the Company at the end of a three-year measurement period.  Awards associated with this program granted in 2008 cliff vested at the end of the three-year period and eligible participants were eligible to be awarded shares ranging from 0% to 200% of the original award amount, based on defined performance measures associated with earnings per share.  The 2008 grant did not meet performance measures and there was no payout.  The 2009 and 2010 grants cliff vest at the end of the three-year period, except for those receipients who are retirement eligible, and therefore have awards that are subject to accelerated vesting.   Eligible participants can be awarded shares ranging from 0% to 200% of the original award amount, based on defined performance measures associated with a combined measure using earnings per share, net sales and free cash flow.

We recognize compensation expense on these awards ratably over the vesting period, or on an accelerated basis, depending on the retirement eligibility of the recipient.  The fair value of the award will be determined based on the market value of the underlying stock price at the grant date.  The amount of compensation expense recognized over the vesting period will be based on our projections of the performance measure over the requisite service period and, ultimately, how that performance compares to the defined performance measure.  If, at any point during the vesting period, we conclude that the ultimate result of this measure will change from that originally projected, we will adjust the compensation expense accordingly and recognize the difference ratably over the remaining vesting period.

A summary of activity under the restricted stock plans for the fiscal years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below:

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Non-vested shares outstanding at beginning of year
    100,900       78,950       44,800  
Awards granted
    37,350       46,250       34,150  
Awards issued
    -       (24,300 )     -  
Awards expired
    (20,500 )     -       -  
Non-vested shares outstanding at year-end
    117,750       100,900       78,950  

As of the first quarter of 2010, the restricted stock granted in 2007 was forfeited, due to the performance target not being reached that was required for vesting of this grant.

We recognized $1.4 million and $0.2 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The 2010 expense represents no projected payout for the 2008 grants, and a projected payout of 67% and 200% for the awards granted in 2009 and 2010, respectively.  The 2009 expense represented no projected payout for the 2007 and 2008 grants, and a projected payout of 17% for the awards granted in 2009.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $1.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

 
85

 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) that allows eligible employees to purchase, through payroll deductions, shares of our common stock at 85% of the fair market value.  The ESPP has two six-month offering periods per year, the first beginning in January and ending in June and the second beginning in July and ending in December. The ESPP contains a look-back feature that allows the employee to acquire stock at a 15% discount from the underlying market price at the beginning or end of the respective period, whichever is lower.  We recognize compensation expense on this plan ratably over the offering period based on the fair value of the anticipated number of shares that will be issued at the end of each respective period.  Compensation expense is adjusted at the end of each offering period for the actual number of shares issued.  Fair value is determined based on two factors: (i) the 15% discount amount on the underlying stock’s market value on the first day of the respective plan period, and (ii) the fair value of the look-back feature determined by using the Black-Scholes model.  We recognized approximately $0.5 million of compensation expense associated with the plan in each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Common Stock Repurchase Plan

On February 15, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a buyback program, under which we were authorized to repurchase up to an aggregate of $30 million in market value of common stock over a twelve-month period.  Through the three months ended March 30, 2008 we repurchased 906,834 shares of common stock for $30.0 million, which completed this buyback program.  There has been no stock buyback program in place since March 30, 2008.

NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

Our principal noncancellable operating lease obligations are for building space and vehicles.  The leases generally provide that we pay maintenance costs. The lease periods typically range from one to five years and include purchase or renewal provisions.  We also have leases that are cancellable with minimal notice.  Lease expense was $3.1 million in 2010, $2.2 million in 2009, and $1.5 million in 2008.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases at December 31, 2010, in the aggregate, are $6.3 million.  Of this amount, annual minimum payments are $2.4 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million for years 2011 through 2015, respectively.

Environmental Activities and General Litigation

We are currently engaged in the following environmental and legal proceedings:

Superfund Sites

We are currently involved as a potentially responsible party (PRP) in one active case involving a waste disposal site.  Currently, this proceeding is at a stage where it is not possible to estimate the ultimate cost of remediation, the timing and extent of remedial action that may be required by governmental authorities, or the amount of our liability, if any, alone or in relation to that of any other PRPs.  The costs incurred since inception for this claim have been immaterial and have been primarily covered by insurance policies, for both legal and remediation costs.  We have been assessed a cost sharing percentage of approximately 2% in relation to the range for estimated total cleanup costs of $17 million to $24 million.  We believe we have sufficient insurance coverage to fully cover this liability and have recorded a liability and related insurance receivable of approximately $0.3 million as of December 31, 2010, which approximates our share of the low end of the range.  We believe we are a de minimis participant and have been allocated an insignificant percentage of the total PRP cost sharing responsibility.  Based on facts presently known to us, we believe that the potential for the final results of this case having a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows is remote.  This case has been ongoing for many years and we believe that it will continue on for the indefinite future.  No time frame for completion can be estimated at the present time.

 
86

 
 
PCB Contamination

We have been working with the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CT DEP) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region I in connection with certain polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) contamination in the soil beneath a section of cement flooring at our Woodstock, Connecticut facility.  We completed clean-up efforts in 2000 in accordance with a previously agreed upon remediation plan.  To address the small amount of residual soil contamination at the site, we had proposed a plan of Monitored Natural Attenuation, which was subsequently rejected by the CT DEP.  The CT DEP has additionally rejected two revised plans that were submitted.  During the second quarter of 2009, the CT DEP required us to install additional wells on site to better determine the amount and location of the residual contamination.  During the third quarter of 2009, one of the additional wells tested positive for PCBs, and we were therefore required to install additional wells to continue to try and determine the extent of the contamination.  During 2010, the additional wells tested positive for contamination and therefore a pump and treat system was installed to alleviate further contamination of the ground water.  Since inception, we have spent approximately $2.5 million in remediation and monitoring costs related to the PCB soil contamination at this site.

In addition, during the first quarter of 2010, we discovered PCB contamination of the building at our Woodstock, Connecticut facility, due to it having contained the equipment that was the source of the original PCB soil contamination.  During the second quarter of 2010, it was concluded that remediation of the contamination within the facility will cost between $0.5 million and $1.5 million; therefore we recorded a liability of $0.5 million related to the building contamination, which represents the low end of the estimated range.

We believe that these situations will continue for several more years and no time frame for completion can be estimated at the present time.

Asbestos Litigation

A significant number of asbestos-related product liability claims have been brought against numerous United States industrial companies where the third-party plaintiffs allege personal injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products. We have been named, along with hundreds of other companies, as a defendant in some of these claims. In virtually all of these claims filed against us, the plaintiffs are seeking unspecified damages, or, if an amount is specified, such amount merely represents jurisdictional amounts.  Even in those situations where specific damages are alleged, the claims frequently seek the same amount of damages, irrespective of the disease or injury.  Plaintiffs’ lawyers often sue dozens or even hundreds of defendants in individual lawsuits on behalf of hundreds or even thousands of claimants.  As a result, even when specific damages are alleged with respect to a specific disease or injury, those damages are not expressly identified as to us.

We did not mine, mill, manufacture or market asbestos; rather we made a limited number of products which contained encapsulated asbestos.  Such products were provided to industrial users.  We stopped manufacturing these products in the late 1980s.

·
Claims

We have been named in asbestos litigation primarily in Illinois, Pennsylvania and Mississippi.  As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 194 pending claims compared to approximately 167 pending claims at December 31, 2009.  The number of open claims during a particular time can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on how successful we have been in getting these cases dismissed or settled.  Some jurisdictions prohibit specifying alleged damages in personal injury tort cases such as these, other than a minimum jurisdictional amount which may be required for such reasons as allowing the case to be litigated in a jury trial (which the plaintiffs believe will be more favorable to them than if heard only before a judge) or allowing the case to be litigated in federal court.  This is in contrast to commercial litigation, in which specific alleged damage claims are often permitted.  The prohibition on specifying alleged damage sometimes applies not only to the suit when filed but also during the trial – in some jurisdictions the plaintiff is not actually permitted to specify to the jury during the course of the trial the amount of alleged damages the plaintiff is claiming.  Further, in those jurisdictions in which plaintiffs are permitted to claim specific alleged damages, many plaintiffs nonetheless still choose not to do so. In those cases in which plaintiffs are permitted to and do choose to assert specific dollar amounts in their complaints, we believe the amounts claimed are typically not meaningful as an indicator of a company’s potential liability. This is because (1) the amounts claimed may bear no relation to the level of the plaintiff’s injury and are often used as part of the plaintiff’s litigation strategy, (2) the complaints typically assert claims against numerous defendants, and often the alleged damages are not allocated against specific defendants, but rather the broad claim is made against all of the defendants as a group, making it impossible for a particular defendant to quantify the alleged damages that are being specifically claimed against it and therefore its potential liability, and (3) many cases are brought on behalf of plaintiffs who have not suffered any medical injury, and ultimately are resolved without any payment or payment of a small fraction of the damages initially claimed.  Of the approximately 194 claims pending as of December 31, 2010, 59 claims do not specify the amount of damages sought, 132 claims cite jurisdictional amounts, and only three (3) claims (less than 2.0% of the total pending claims) specify the amount of damages sought not based on jurisdictional requirements.  Of these three (3) claims, one (1) claim alleges compensatory and punitive damages of $20,000,000 each; one (1) claim alleges compensatory damages of $65,000,000 and punitive damages of $60,000,000 and one (1) claim alleges compensatory and punitive damages of $1,000,000 each.  These three (3) claims name between ten (10) and 109 defendants.  However, for the reasons cited above, we do not believe that this data allows for an accurate assessment of the relation that the amount of alleged damages claimed might bear to the ultimate disposition of these cases.

 
87

 
 
The rate at which plaintiffs filed asbestos-related suits against us increased in 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 because of increased activity on the part of plaintiffs to identify those companies that sold asbestos containing products, but which did not directly mine, mill or market asbestos.  A significant increase in the volume of asbestos-related bodily injury cases arose in Mississippi in 2002.  This increase in the volume of claims in Mississippi was apparently due to the passage of tort reform legislation (applicable to asbestos-related injuries), which became effective on September 1, 2003 and which resulted in a higher than average number of claims being filed in Mississippi by plaintiffs seeking to ensure their claims would be governed by the law in effect prior to the passage of tort reform.  The number of asbestos related suits filed against us decreased in 2005 and 2006, but increased slightly in 2007, declined in 2008 and increased again in 2009 and 2010.

·
Defenses

In many cases, plaintiffs are unable to demonstrate that they have suffered any compensable loss as a result of exposure to our asbestos-containing products.  We continue to believe that a majority of the claimants in pending cases will not be able to demonstrate exposure or loss.  This belief is based in large part on two factors: the limited number of asbestos-related products manufactured and sold by us and the fact that the asbestos was encapsulated in such products.  In addition, even at sites where the presence of an alleged injured party can be verified during the same period those products were used, our liability cannot be presumed because even if an individual contracted an asbestos-related disease, not everyone who was employed at a site was exposed to the asbestos-containing products that we manufactured.  Based on these and other factors, we have and will continue to vigorously defend ourselves in asbestos-related matters.

·
Dismissals and Settlements

Cases involving us typically name 50-300 defendants, although some cases have had as few as one and as many as 833 defendants.  We have obtained dismissals of many of these claims.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we were able to have 163 claims dismissed and settled 20 claims.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, 96 claims were dismissed and 22 were settled.  The majority of costs have been paid by our insurance carriers, including the costs associated with the small number of cases that have been settled.  Such settlements totaled approximately $5.5 million for 2010, compared to $7.6 million for the full year 2009.  Although these figures provide some insight into our experience with asbestos litigation, no guarantee can be made as to the dismissal and settlement rate that we will experience in the future.

Settlements are made without any admission of liability.  Settlement amounts may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the jurisdiction where the action was brought, the nature and extent of the disease alleged and the associated medical evidence, the age and occupation of the claimant, the existence or absence of other possible causes of the alleged illness of the alleged injured party and the availability of legal defenses, as well as whether the action is brought alone or as part of a group of claimants.  To date, we have been successful in obtaining dismissals for many of the claims and have settled only a limited number.  The majority of settled claims were settled for immaterial amounts, and the majority of such costs have been paid by our insurance carriers.  In addition, to date, we have not been required to pay any punitive damage awards.

 
88

 
 
·
Potential Liability

National Economic Research Associates, Inc. (NERA), a consulting firm with expertise in the field of evaluating mass tort litigation asbestos bodily-injury claims, has historically been engaged to assist us in projecting our future asbestos-related liabilities and defense costs with regard to pending claims and future unasserted claims.  Projecting future asbestos costs is subject to numerous variables that are extremely difficult to predict, including the number of claims that might be received, the type and severity of the disease alleged by each claimant, the long latency period associated with asbestos exposure, dismissal rates, costs of medical treatment, the financial resources of other companies that are co-defendants in claims, uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case and the impact of potential changes in legislative or judicial standards, including potential tort reform.  Furthermore, any predictions with respect to these variables are subject to even greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens.  In light of these inherent uncertainties, the limited amount and variability of our claims history and consultations with NERA, we believe that five years is the most reasonable period for recognizing a reserve for future costs, and that costs that might be incurred after that period are not reasonably estimable at this time.  As a result, we also believe that our ultimate asbestos-related contingent liability (i.e., our indemnity or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty.

·
Insurance Coverage

Our applicable insurance policies generally provide coverage for asbestos liability costs, including coverage for both resolution and defense costs.  Following the initiation of asbestos litigation, an effort was made to identify all of our primary and excess level insurance carriers that provided applicable coverage beginning in the 1950s through the mid-1980s.  Where appropriate, carriers were put on notice of the litigation.  Marsh Risk Consulting (Marsh), a consulting firm with expertise in the field of evaluating insurance coverage and the likelihood of recovery for asbestos-related claims, has historically been engaged to work with us to project our insurance coverage for asbestos-related claims. Marsh’s conclusions are based primarily on a review of our coverage history, application of reasonable assumptions on the allocation of coverage consistent with industry standards, an assessment of the creditworthiness of the insurance carriers, analysis of applicable deductibles, retentions and policy limits, the experience of NERA and a review of NERA’s reports.

·
Cost Sharing Agreement

To date, our insurance carriers have paid for substantially all of the settlement and defense costs associated with our asbestos-related claims.  There is a new cost sharing agreement between us and such insurance carriers which is primarily designed to facilitate the ongoing administration and payment of such claims by the carriers until the applicable insurance coverage is exhausted.  This new four year agreement expires on January 25, 2015 and replaces on older agreement that had expired.

·
Impact on Financial Statements

Given the inherent uncertainty in making future projections, we have had the projections of current and future asbestos claims periodically re-examined, and we will have them updated if needed based on our experience, changes in the underlying assumptions that formed the basis for NERA’s and Marsh’s models, and other relevant factors, such as changes in the tort system and our success in resolving claims.  Based on the assumptions employed by and the report prepared by NERA and other variables, NERA and Marsh updated their respective analyses for year end  2010 and the estimated liability and estimated insurance recovery, for the five-year period through 2015, is $29.7 million and $29.3 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2009, the estimated liability and estimated insurance recovery, for the five-year period through 2014, was $27.5 million and $27.4 million respectively.
 
The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related liability and the related insurance receivables described above were based on facts known at the time and a number of assumptions.  However, projecting future events, such as the number of new claims to be filed each year, the average cost of disposing of such claims, coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies, as well as the numerous uncertainties surrounding asbestos litigation in the United States could cause the actual liability and insurance recoveries for us to be higher or lower than those projected or recorded.

 
89

 
 
There can be no assurance that our accrued asbestos liabilities will approximate our actual asbestos-related settlement and defense costs, or that our accrued insurance recoveries will be realized.  We believe that it is reasonably possible that we will incur additional charges for our asbestos liabilities and defense costs in the future, which could exceed existing reserves, but such excess amount cannot be estimated at this time.  We will continue to vigorously defend ourselves and believe we have substantial unutilized insurance coverage to mitigate future costs related to this matter.

Other Environmental and General Litigation

·
In 2005, we began to market our manufacturing facility in Windham, Connecticut to find potential interested buyers.  This facility was formerly the location of the manufacturing operations of our elastomer component and float businesses prior to the relocation of these businesses to Suzhou, China in the fall of 2004.  As part of our due diligence in preparing the site for sale, we determined that there were several environmental issues at the site and, although under no legal obligation to voluntarily remediate the site, we believed that remediation procedures would have to be performed in order to successfully sell the property.  We determined that the potential remediation cost range would be approximately $0.4 million to $1.0 million and would most likely approximate the mid-point of this range.   We therefore recorded a $0.7 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2005.  During the third quarter of 2008, the remediation for this site was completed.  Due to the remediation not being as extensive as originally estimated, we reduced the accrual by approximately $0.5 million and paid approximately $0.2 million in costs associated with the remediation work.  During 2009, we entered into the post-remediation monitoring period, which was required to continue for a minimum of four quarters up to a maximum of eight quarters.  Monitoring has now been completed and the CT DEP has concluded that no further remediation work is required.

·
On May 16, 2007, CalAmp Corp. (CalAmp) filed a lawsuit against us for unspecified damages.  During the second quarter of 2008, CalAmp responded to discovery requests in the litigation and stated that its then current estimated total damages were $82.9 million. In the lawsuit, which was filed in the United States District Court, Central District of California, CalAmp alleged performance issues with certain printed circuit board laminate materials we had provided for use in certain of its products.  In the first quarter of 2009 this lawsuit was settled for $9.0 million. The settlement was reached through mediation mandated by the United States District Court for the Central District of California.  Both parties acknowledged that Rogers admitted no wrongdoing or liability for any claim made by CalAmp. We agreed to settle this litigation solely to avoid the time, expense and inconvenience of continued litigation.  Under the settlement reached through mediation mandated by the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, we paid CalAmp the $9.0 million settlement amount in January 2009.  We had accrued $0.9 million related to this lawsuit in 2007 and recorded an additional $8.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008.  Legal and other costs related to this lawsuit were approximately $1.8 million in 2008.  In February 2009, subsequent to the settlement with CalAmp, we reached an agreement with our primary level insurance carrier to recover costs associated with a portion of the settlement ($1.0 million) as well as certain legal fees and other defense costs associated with the lawsuit (approximately $1.0 million).  Payment for these amounts was received in the first quarter of 2009.  On February 6, 2009, we filed suit in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company, our excess level insurance carrier, seeking to collect the remaining $8.0 million of the settlement amount.  In December 2010, we settled the suit filed against Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company and received a payment of $2.5 million.  This is recorded in operating income and as an operating activity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  These funds will be used in the normal business operations.

·
In the second quarter of 2010, the CT DEP identified us as a potentially responsible party at a disposal site in Killingly, Connecticut.  We have initiated internal due diligence work related to the site to better understand the issue and our alleged involvement.  Based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the present time, we are unable to estimate the probability or amount of any potential costs associated with this matter.  As such, no reserve has been established at this time.

In addition to the above issues, the nature and scope of our business brings us in regular contact with the general public and a variety of businesses and government agencies.  Such activities inherently subject us to the possibility of litigation, including environmental and product liability matters that are defended and handled in the ordinary course of business.  We have established accruals for matters for which management considers a loss to be probable and reasonably estimable. It is the opinion of management that facts known at the present time do not indicate that such litigation, after taking into account insurance coverage and the aforementioned accruals, will have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 
90

 
 
NOTE 15 - BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

In the second quarter of 2010, we concluded our annual long-term strategic planning process and, as a result of these efforts, as well as the continuing evolution of the business environment in which we operate, determined that a realignment of our segment structure was appropriate for the management our business operations.  Our previous reporting structure was comprised of four reporting segments – Printed Circuit Materials, High Performance Foams, Custom Electrical Components and Other Polymer Products.

Our new segment structure is comprised of three major categories of businesses – Core Strategic, Development Stage, and Other.  Core Strategic is comprised of our three primary operating segments – High Performance Foams (HPF), Printed Circuit Materials (PCM), and Power Distribution Systems (PDS); Development Stage represents our new business development initiatives and contains two operating segments – Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES; formerly our Durel operating segment which was reported within the Custom Electrical Components reporting segment) and Thermal Management Solutions (TMS; formerly reported in the Other Polymer Products reporting segment); and Other contains our remaining operating segments - elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and composite materials - which are aggregated for reporting purposes.  We believe this structure more clearly presents our business operations to our shareholders, while aligning our external reporting presentation with how we currently manage and view our business internally.

Core Strategic

High Performance Foams:   This operating segment consists of polyurethane and silicone foam products, which includes two joint ventures that manufacture products consisting primarily of high-performance urethane and silicone foams.  These foams are designed to perform to predetermined specifications where combinations of properties are needed to satisfy rigorous mechanical and environmental requirements.  These materials are sold primarily though fabricators and OEM’s on a worldwide basis.

Printed Circuit Materials:   This operating segment includes printed circuit board laminate products for high frequency, high performance applications.  These products tend to be proprietary materials that provide highly specialized electrical and mechanical properties to meet the demands imposed by increasing speed, complexity, and power in analog, digital, and microwave equipment.  These materials are fabricated, coated and/or customized as necessary to meet customer demands and are sold worldwide.

Power Distribution Systems: This operating segment is comprised of power distribution system components which are primarily in the ground transportation markets and renewable energy applications on a worldwide basis.

Development Stage

Printed and Electronic Solutions: This operating segment includes electroluminescent lamps and inverters.  These products are custom designed electronic components tailored to the specific need of each of a wide range of applications and sold primarily to electronic subsystem assemblers.

Thermal Management Solutions: This operating segment consists of our thermal management business, which was formed in the fourth quarter of 2007 and is targeted at serving markets where thermal heat management is a priority, such as heat dissipation in electronic devices.
 
Other

Our Other reportable segment includes elastomer components, polyimide laminate systems and nonwoven composite materials.  Elastomer component products include floats for fill level sensing in fuel tanks, motors and storage tanks and elastomer rollers and belts for document handling in copiers, computer printers, mail sorting machines, and automated teller machines; nonwoven composite materials are manufactured for medical padding, industrial prefiltration applications, and consumable supplies in the lithographic printing industry and thermal management products.

 
91

 
 
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  We evaluate performance based on many factors including sales, sales trends, margins and operating performance.

Inter-company transactions, which are generally priced with reference to costs or prevailing market prices, have been eliminated from the data reported in the following tables.

Reportable Segment Information
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
High Performance Foams
   
Printed
Circuit Materials
   
Power Distribution Systems
   
Printed and Electronic Solutions
   
Thermal Management Solutions
   
 
 
Other
   
 
 
Total
 
                                           
2010
                                         
 Net sales
  $ 149,671     $ 141,055     $ 42,059     $ 9,576     $ 986     $ 35,841     $ 379,188  
 Operating income (loss)
    17,378       10,951       2,873       (2,012 )     (3,864 )     2,032       27,358  
 Total assets
    226,738       117,077       91,410       13,877       1,954       33,818       484,874  
 Capital expenditures
    3,679       5,825       1,605       54       420       1,024       12,607  
 Depreciation & amortization
    6,705       2,793       5,301       359       417       536       16,111  
 Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures
    25,452       -       -       -       -       -       25,452  
 Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures
    7,746       -       -       -       -       912       8,658  
                                                         
2009
                                                       
  Net sales
  $ 104,824     $ 112,917     $ 40,293     $ 10,473     $ 224     $ 23,090     $ 291,821  
  Operating income (loss)
    5,054       250       3,172       (24,395 )     (3,746 )     (9,907 )     (29,572 )
  Total assets
    164,378       97,990       99,588       13,166       1,125       31,231       407,478  
  Capital expenditures
    3,093       7,214       1,332       166       137       145       12,087  
  Depreciation & amortization
    6,660       2,663       5,659       172       1,837       970       17,961  
  Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures
    26,052       40       -       -       -       7,876       33,968  
  Equity income (loss) in unconsolidated joint ventures*
    5,756       -       -       -       -       (294 )     5,462  
                                                         
2008
                                                       
  Net sales
  $ 119,462     $ 123,215     $ 43,670     $ 48,904     $ 116     $ 29,995     $ 365,362  
  Operating income (loss)
    20,553       (2,990 )     4,489       (4,626 )     (3,616 )     (3,947 )     9,863  
  Total assets
    182,383       99,743       100,603       52,806       1,847       46,057       483,439  
  Capital expenditures
    3,897       12,161       2,542       1,211       478       715       21,004  
  Depreciation & amortization
    6,610       3,073       4,781       580       1,797       1,556       18,397  
Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures
    22,915       8,136       -       -       -       -       31,051  
  Equity income in unconsolidated joint ventures
    6,079       157       -       -       -       -        6,236  
* Results of RCCT are included in the Other reportable segment as of 2009.

Information relating to our operations by geographic area is as follows:

   
Net Sales (1)
   
Long-lived Assets (2)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2010
   
2009
 
                               
United States
  $ 111,498     $ 80,191     $ 102,649     $ 64,608     $ 63,038  
Asia
    180,962       136,563       174,903       66,349       40,328  
Europe
    72,507       62,920       73,501       25,114       30,114  
Other
    14,221       12,147       14,309       -       -  
Total
  $ 379,188     $ 291,821     $ 365,362     $ 156,071     $ 133,480  
                                         
(1)
Net sales are attributed to countries based on the location of the customer.
(2)
Long-lived assets are based on the location of the asset and include goodwill and other intangibles and property, plant and equipment.

 
92

 
 
NOTE 16 - RESTRUCTURING / IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

The following table summarizes the restructuring and impairment charges (recoveries) recorded in income from continuing operations for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)
                 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Inventory charges (1)
                 
Printed Circuit Materials
  $ --     $ 380     $ --  
Printed and Electronic Solutions
    --       430       --  
 
    --       810       --  
                         
Inventory recoveries (2)
                       
Printed Circuit Materials
    --       --       (1,015 )
Printed and Electronic Solutions
    --       --       (2,742 )
 
    --       --       (3,757 )
                         
Property, plant and equipment charges (4)
                       
High Performance Foams
    --       559       --  
Printed Circuit Materials
    --       800       77  
Printed and Electronic Solutions
    --       8,643       100  
    Thermal Management Solutions
            242          
    Other
    --       7,739       --  
 
    --       17,983       177  
                         
Prepaid license charges (3)
                       
Printed and Electronic Solutions
    --       --       335  
 
    --       --       335  
                         
Severance (5)
    --       4,920       --  
                         
Total charges (benefit)
  $ --     $ 23,713     $ (3,245 )

(1)
These amounts were included in cost of sales on our consolidated statements of income.
(2)
These amounts were included in cost of sales on our consolidated statements of income.  These amounts were related to the sale of previously reserved inventory, for which restructuring and impairment charges were recorded for in 2007.
(3)
These amounts were included in selling and administrative expenses on our consolidated statements of income. These amounts related to restructuring and impairment activities which occurred in 2007.
(4)
These amounts were included in restructuring and impairment charges on our consolidated statements of income in 2009.  Amounts relating to 2008 were included in cost of sales in our consolidated statements of income.
(5)
These amounts have been included in restructuring and impairment on our consolidated statements of income.

 
93

 
 
2009

During 2009, we recorded approximately $23.7 million in restructuring and impairment charges, of which $0.8 million is recorded in “Cost of Sales” on our consolidated statements of operations.  The restructuring and impairment charges were comprised of the following:

 
·
$18.0 million in charges related to the impairment of certain long-lived assets in our Flexible Circuit Materials ($7.7 million), Printed and Electronic Solutions ($8.6 million), Printed Circuit Materials ($0.8 million), Thermal Management Systems ($0.3 million)  and High Performance Foams ($0.6 million);
 
·
$4.9 million in severance related to a workforce reduction; and
 
·
$0.8 million in charges related to additional inventory reserves at Printed and Electronic Solutions and Thermal Management Solutions, which is recorded in “Cost of sales” on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges are discussed in greater detail below.

·
Flexible Circuit Materials

In the second quarter of 2009, as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would exit the flexible circuit materials market and effectively discontinue any new product development or research in this area.  Over the previous several years, the flexible circuit materials market had experienced increased commoditization of its products, which resulted in increased competition and extreme pricing pressures.  In 2008, we took certain initial actions to streamline our flexible circuit materials business, including shifting production of certain products to our joint venture in Taiwan, and retaining only certain, higher margin products.  However, in 2009 we determined that the future markets for these products were very limited and did not fit with the strategic direction of the Company.  Therefore, we determined that we would immediately stop production of certain remaining flexible circuit materials products and continue to support only select customers for a limited time period going forward, ultimately resulting in the abandonment of our wholly-owned flexible circuit materials business.

As a result of these management decisions, we determined it appropriate to evaluate the assets related to this business for valuation issues.  This analysis resulted in an impairment charge related to specific equipment located in our Belgian facility.  This equipment was to be used primarily for the development of certain flexible circuit materials-related products; however, based on the decision to abandon the business, this equipment was no longer of use to us.  We recognized an impairment charge in 2009 of approximately $6.0 million related to this equipment and wrote it down to an estimated salvage value of approximately $2.0 million.  This charge was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

We also recorded an impairment charge on a building located in Suzhou, China that was built to support our flexible circuit materials business in the Asian marketplace.  We are currently marketing this building for sale and recorded an impairment charge in 2009 of approximately $1.6 million to reflect the current fair market value of the building less costs to sell.  The remaining asset value of $4.0 million is classified as an “asset held for sale” in the “current asset” section of our condensed consolidated statements of financial position.  The impairment charge is reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

Further, as part of the decision to exit the flexible circuit materials business, we recorded additional reserves on certain inventory that will no longer be sold of approximately $0.4 million.  This charge was reported as part of cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Lastly, we recorded an impairment charge in 2009 on certain residual assets pertaining to the flexible circuit materials business in Asia of approximately $0.1 million, which was reported in the “Restructuring and impairment charges” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Other reportable segment.

·
High Performance Foams

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million on our manufacturing facility located in Richmond, Virginia which was acquired as part of the acquisition of certain assets of MTI Inc.  The building was classified as an “asset held for sale” when acquired in the second quarter of 2009.  Market conditions at the time resulted in the fourth quarter impairment charge.

 
94

 
 
This charge was in our High Performance Foams operating segment.

·
Printed and Electronic Solutions

Over the past few years, our Printed and Electronic Solutions (PES) electroluminescent (EL) lamp business has steadily declined as new technologies have emerged to replace these lamps in cell phone and other related applications.  In the second quarter of 2007, we took certain initial steps to restructure the PES business for this decline, as we shifted the majority of our manufacturing to our China facility and recorded impairment charges on certain U.S. based assets.  Since that time, we have continued to produce EL lamps out of our China facility at gradually declining volumes and our management team has initiated efforts to develop new product applications using our screen printing technology.  Our initial forecasts indicated the potential for new applications to go to market in the second half of 2009; however, we had not successfully developed any new applications that would generate material cash flows in the future.  We concluded that this situation, plus the fact that our EL lamp production was primarily limited to automotive applications as there were no longer material sales into the handheld market as of the second quarter of 2009, was an indicator of impairment.   The resulting analysis concluded that these assets should be treated as “abandoned”, as they were not in use and we did not anticipate the assets being placed in use in the near future.  As such, these assets were written down to their current fair value, which in this case approximates salvage value as there is not a readily available market for these assets since the technology is becoming obsolete.  Therefore, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $4.6 million related to these assets, resulting in a remaining book value of approximately $0.7 million.  This charge was reported in 2009 in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

Further, as a result of reaching end of life on certain handheld applications, we recorded additional inventory reserves of approximately $0.4 million, as this inventory no longer had any value or future use.  This charge was reported in 2009 as part of “Cost of sales” in our consolidated statements of operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, as a result of the continued decline in the Printed and Electronic Solutions business, as described above, we made the decision to market for sale the facility located in Chandler, Arizona.  As a result of this decision, the fair value of the building was appraised at approximately $7.1 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $4.0 million.  This charge is reported in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item in our consolidated statement of operations.  Technically, the building does not meet the definition of an asset-held-for-sale, per the relevant accounting guidance, and therefore it will continue to be classified as “Property, plant and equipment” on our consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2010.

These charges were reported in our Printed and Electronic Solutions operating segment.
 
·
Printed Circuit Materials

Early in 2008, management determined based on forecasts at that time that we would need additional capacity for our high frequency products later that year.  Management had already undertaken initiatives to build additional capacity through a new facility on our China campus, but needed a solution to fill interim capacity needs.  Therefore, we initiated efforts to move idle equipment from our Belgian facility to our Arizona facility and incurred costs of approximately $0.8 million due to these efforts.  At the end of 2008, our overall business began to decline due in part to the global recession, and management determined that we would not need this equipment at that time, but that we would still need certain capacity later in 2009 prior to the China capacity coming on line.  However, in 2009, business did not recover as quickly as anticipated and we believed that we would not need this equipment as we had sufficient capacity to meet our current needs and the China facility would be available in time to satisfy any increase in demand.  Therefore, we determined that the costs incurred related to the relocation of this equipment should be impaired and equipment purchased or refurbished as part of the relocation should be written down to an estimated salvage value, resulting in a charge in 2009 of approximately $0.8 million which was reflected in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Printed Circuit Materials operating segment.
.
 
95

 
 
·
Thermal Management Solutions

In the second quarter of 2009 as part of our strategic planning process, our management team determined that we would abandon the development of certain products related to our thermal management solutions start up business, specifically products related to our thermal interface material (TIM).  We had not been successful in developing this product and were not confident in its future market potential; therefore, we chose to abandon its development to focus solely on the development of aluminum silicon carbide products, which we believe have a stronger market potential.  This decision resulted in a charge of approximately $0.3 million from the impairment of certain assets related to TIM production.  This charge was reflected in 2009 in the “Restructuring and impairment” line item on our consolidated statements of operations.

These charges were reported in our Thermal Management Solutions operating segment.
.
·
Severance

In the first half of 2009, we announced certain cost reduction initiatives that included a workforce reduction and a significant reduction in our operating and overhead expenses in an effort to better align our cost structure with the lower sales volumes experienced at the end of 2008 and in 2009.  As a result, we recognized approximately $4.9 million in severance charges in 2009, and paid out approximately $3.8 million in severance during 2009, with the remaining $1.1 million being paid out during 2010.

A summary of the activity in the accrual for severance is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
     
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1,088  
Provisions
    -  
Payments
    (1,088 )
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ -  

We did not record any restructuring or impairment charges during 2010.
 
NOTE 17 - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On October 31, 2008, we closed on an agreement to sell the shares of our Induflex subsidiary to BV Capital Partners.  Under the terms of the agreement, Rogers received approximately €10.7 million (US$13.6 million at the October 31, 2008 spot price), which represented the purchase price of approximately 8.9 million euros plus other amounts due under the agreement.  In addition to this purchase price, there is an opportunity for Rogers to receive additional earnout amounts for three years from the date of the sale based on the future performance of the divested business.  As of December 31, 2010, no such earnout has been earned, and we do not anticipate there to be any earnout earned upon completion of the three year period.

This subsidiary had been aggregated in our Other reportable segment.  Net income of $1.7 million had been reflected as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The net gain reflected as discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a $3.2 million gain related to the sale of Induflex.  Net sales associated with the discontinued operations were $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The tax related to the discontinued operations was $0.2 million of tax expense for December 31, 2008.  There was no effect on operating results in 2010 and 2009, as a result of this discontinued operation.

 
96

 
 
NOTE 18 - QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for fiscal 2010 and 2009.

   
2010
 
   
First
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Third
 Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
March 31,
2010
   
June 30,
2010
   
September 30,
2010
   
December 31,
2010
 
                         
Net sales
  $ 83,936     $ 96,608     $ 101,331     $ 97,313  
Gross Margin
    30,259       37,335       36,835       32,272  
                                 
Net income
    6,854       8,313       8,856       10,548  
                                 
Net income per share:
                               
   Basic
  $ 0.43     $ 0.53     $ 0.56     $ 0.67  
   Diluted
  $ 0.43     $ 0.52     $ 0.55     $ 0.65  

   
2009
 
   
First
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Third
 Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
March 31,
2009
   
June 30,
2009
   
September 30,
2009
   
December 31,
2009
 
                         
Net sales
  $ 65,475     $ 67,368     $ 81,019     $ 77,959  
Gross Margin
    13,929       17,043       24,597       23,706  
                                 
Net income (loss)
    (8,718 )     (67,533 )     6,331       7,050  
                                 
Net income (loss) per share:
                               
   Basic
  $ (0.56 )   $ (4.31 )   $ 0.40     $ 0.45  
   Diluted
  $ (0.56 )   $ (4.31 )   $ 0.40     $ 0.45  

NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 4, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the stock of Curamik Electronics GmbH (Curamik), for €116 million (US$147.3 million), subject to post closing adjustments.  Curamik is based in Eschenbach, Germany and is a developer and manufacturer of power electronics substrate materials.  As part of the acquisition, in addition to acquiring the stock of Curamik, we acquired 100% of the stock of two wholly owned subsidiaries, Curamik Electronics K.K. of Tokyo, Japan and Curamik Electronics Inc. of Dallas, Texas.  We also acquired certain assets of Electro-Thermal-Technologies & Components Limited, a subsidiary of Curamik incorporated and located in Hong Kong.

We used cash on hand and an existing credit facility to fund the purchase price.  The credit facility was used for $145 million, which was drawn on January 3, 2011.  The borrowing will bear interest at an initial rate of 4.75% per annum between January 3, 2011 and January 6, 2011, which is based on the Prime Rate plus a spread of 150 basis points.  From January 7, 2011 onwards, the interest rate will be the sum of the one month LIBO rate plus a spread of between 200-275 basis points, with the actual spread determined by our leverage ratio.  All borrowings under this credit agreement are due and mature on November 23, 2014, but we may prepay at any time .

 
97

 
 
SCHEDULE II

ROGERS CORPORATION AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
   
Charged to
(Reduction of)
Costs and
Expenses
   
Taken
Against
Allowance
   
Other
(Deductions) Recoveries
   
Balance
at End of
Period
 
                               
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                             
                               
December 31, 2010
  $ 4,867     $ (66 )   $ (3,355 )   $ 184     $ 1,630  
December 31, 2009
    1,171       3,704       (158 )     150       4,867  
December 31, 2008
    1,376       (57 )     (173 )     25       1,171  
                                         

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 
98

 
 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ‘Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2010.  The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by it in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2010 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by it in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).  The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management, Board of Directors and shareholders regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the Company’s published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

As discussed in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on March 31, 2010, the Company acquired SK Utis Co., Ltd (Utis).  For purposes of evaluating internal controls over financial reporting, we determined that the internal controls of Utis would be excluded from the internal control assessment as of December 31, 2010, due to the timing of the closing of the acquisition.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, Utis contributed less than 3 percent of total revenue of the Company.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.  In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework .  Based on the results of this assessment, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has also issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which report appears below.

 
99

 
 
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Rogers Corporation

We have audited Rogers Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Rogers Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying management’s report on internal control over financial reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of SK Utis Co., Ltd, which is included in the 2010 consolidated financial statements of Rogers Corporation and constituted $29.6 million and $26.5 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $9.1 million and ($0.3) million of revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Rogers Corporation also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of SK Utis Co., Ltd.

In our opinion, Rogers Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on   the COSO criteria .

 
100

 
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of Rogers Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 of Rogers Corporation and our report dated February 18, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Providence, Rhode Island
February 18, 2011


Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

 
101

 
 
PART III


Pursuant to General Instruction G to Form 10-K, there is hereby incorporated by this reference the information with respect to the Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance set forth under the captions “Nominees for Director”, Director Qualifications and Experience’, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Board of Directors - Meetings of Certain Committees” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.  Information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this report and is hereby incorporated into the Item 10 by reference.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of Rogers.  The code of business conduct and ethics is posted on our website at http://www.rogerscorp.com.  We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements regarding any amendment to, or waiver of, a provision of the code of business conduct and ethics for the Chief Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer (or others performing similar functions) by posting such information on our website.  Our website is not incorporated into or a part of this Form 10-K.


Pursuant to General Instruction G to Form 10-K, there is hereby incorporated by this reference the information with respect to Executive Compensation set forth under the captions “Board of Directors - Directors’ Compensation”, “Board of Directors - Meetings of Certain Committees”, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Compensation and Organization Committee Report” and "Executive Compensation" in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 
102

 
 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
 
The table and footnotes below describe those equity compensation plans approved and not approved by security holders of Rogers Corporation as of December 31, 2010, the end of the Company’s fiscal year.
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
   
(a)
   
(b)
   
(c)
 
Plan Category
 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (4)
   
Weighted
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights (4)
   
Number of securities remaining available
for future issuance
under each equity compensation plan excluding securities referenced in column
(a) (5)
 
                   
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by   Security Holders
                 
Rogers Corporation 1988 Stock Option Plan
    48,108     $ 48.76       -  
Rogers Corporation 1994 Stock Compensation Plan
    30,601     $ 39.74       -  
Rogers Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
    334,901     $ 36.98       -  
Rogers Corporation 2005 Equity Compensation Plan
    885,499     $ 41.04       -  
Rogers Corporation 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan
    636,600     $ 23.92       5,600  
Rogers Corporation Global Stock Ownership Plan For Employees (1)
    -       -       254,490  
                         
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by   Security Holders
                       
Rogers Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan (2)
    690,662     $ 41.14       -  
Rogers Corporation Stock Acquisition Program (3)
    -       -       120,883  
                         
Total (4)
    2,626,371     $ 36.53       380,973  

(1)
This is an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 432(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(2)
The Rogers Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan was adopted in 1990 to award officers and key employees of Rogers with stock option grants. Under this plan, options generally have an exercise price equal to at least the fair market value of Rogers’ stock as of the date of grant. Regular options generally have a ten-year life and generally vest in one-third increments on the second, third and fourth anniversary dates of the grant, except for the grants made to most employees in 2004 and 2005. Such 2004 and 2005 stock options were immediately vested upon grant, but any shares acquired upon option exercise during the first four years after the grant date could not be sold during the four year period if the individual was still actively employed at Rogers. Termination of employment because of retirement, or for certain other reasons, may shorten the vesting schedule, the expiration date or eliminate the aforementioned sales restriction.

 
103

 
 
(3)
The purpose of the Stock Acquisition Program is to enable non-management directors and executive officers to acquire shares of Rogers’ common stock in lieu of cash compensation at the then current fair market value of such common stock.

(4)
Does not include deferred stock units, restricted stock or phantom stock units.  As of 12/31/2010, 28,600 shares were reserved for deferred stock unit awards, 266,900 shares were reserved for restricted stock awards and 28,845 shares were reserved for phantom stock units related to the deferral of compensation ultimately to be paid in Rogers stock.

(5)
On May 7, 2009, shareholders approved the Rogers Corporation 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan and as of that date no further equity awards will be made pursuant to the provisions of the Rogers Corporation (i)1988 Stock Option Plan, (ii) 1994 Stock Compensation Plan, (iii) 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, (iv) 2005 Equity Compensation Plan and (v) 1990 Stock Option Plan.  For this reason a zero appears in the applicable rows of this column.  The number for the 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan has been reduced by shares reserved for restricted stock awards and deferred stock units.

Pursuant to General Instruction G to Form 10-K, there is hereby incorporated by this reference the information with respect to Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters set forth under the captions “Stock Ownership of Management” and “Beneficial Ownership of More Than Five Percent of Rogers Stock” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.


Pursuant to General Instruction G to Form 10-K, there is hereby incorporated by this reference the information with respect to Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence as set forth under the captions “Related Person Transactions” and “Director Independence” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.


Pursuant to General Instruction G to Form 10-K, there is hereby incorporated by this reference the information with respect to Accountant Fees set forth under the caption “Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 
104

 
 
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

(1)   and (2) Financial Statements and Schedules – See Item 8.

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K:

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
  Consolidated Statements of Income
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)   Financial Statement Schedules .

Schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or are not required, or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

(3)   Exhibits .

The following list of exhibits includes exhibits submitted with this Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those incorporated by reference to other filings.

2.1
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2009, by and among the Registrant, MTI Global Inc., MTI Specialty Silicones Inc., and MTI Leewood Germany GmbH, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on May 5, 2009*+.
   
2.1.1
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, MTI Global Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, MTI Specialty Silicones Inc., and MTI Leewood Germany GmbH, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2009*+.
   
2.2
Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2010, by and among the Registrant, SK Chemicals Co., Ltd. and SK Utis Co., Ltd., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2010*.
   
2.3
Share Purchase and Transfer Agreement, dated December 31, 2010, among Rogers, Electrovac Curamik GmbH, Curamik Electronics GmbH, and DZ Equity Partner GmbH, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2011*.
   
3.1
Restated Articles of Organization of Rogers Corporation, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3a to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rogers Corporation, effective October 2, 2008, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 7, 2008*.
   
4.1
Certain Long-Term Debt Instruments, each representing indebtedness in an amount equal to less than 10 percent of the Registrant’s total consolidated assets, have not been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish these instruments with the Commission upon request.
   
4.2
Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2007, between the Registrant and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Rights Agent, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 8-A filed on February 23, 2007*.
 
 
105

 
 
10.1
Rogers Corporation 2004 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10c to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*. Amendment to Rogers Corporation Annual Incentive Compensation Plan**, filed as Exhibit II to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed on March 20, 2009. Second Amendment to Rogers Corporation Annual Incentive Compensation Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2010*.
   
10.2
Rogers Corporation 1988 Stock Option Plan (the 1988 Plan)** (as amended December 17, 1988, September 14, 1989, October 23, 1996, April 18, 2000, June 21, 2001, August 22, 2002, December 5, 2002 and October 27, 2006).  The 1988 plan, the 1988 amendment, and the 1989 amendment were filed as Exhibit 10d to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1995 (the 1994 Form 10-K)*.  The 1996 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10d to the 1996 Form 10-K*.  The April 18, 2000 amendment, June 21, 2001 amendment, August 22, 2002 amendment and December 5, 2002 were filed as Exhibit 10d to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*.  The October 27, 2006 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10aab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
   
10.3
The Amended  and Restated Rogers Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan (the 1990 Plan)** (amended on October 18, 1996, December 21, 1999, April 18, 2000, June 21, 2001, August 22, 2002, October 7, 2002, December 5, 2002 and October 27, 2006) was filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-14419 on Form S-8 dated October 18, 1996*.  The December 21, 1999 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10e to the 1999 Form 10-K*.  The October 7, 2002 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10e to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002*.  The April 18, 2000 amendment, June 21, 2001 amendment, August 22, 2002 amendment and December 5, 2002 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10e to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*.  The October 27, 2006 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10aab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
   
10.4
The Amended and Restated Rogers Corporation 1994 Stock Compensation Plan** (amended on October 17, 1996, December 18, 1997, April 18, 2000, June 21, 2001, August 22, 2002, December 5, 2002 and October 27, 2006) was filed as Exhibit 10h to the 1996 Form 10-K*.  The December 18, 1997 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10h to the 1997 Form 10-K*.  The April 18, 2000 amendment, June 21, 2001 amendment, August 22, 2002 amendment, and December 5, 2002 amendment were filed as Exhibit 10h to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*.  The October 27, 2006 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10aab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
   
10.5
The Amended and Restated Rogers Corporation Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Management Directors** (amended and restated effective as of October 24, 2007) was filed as Exhibit 10i to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007*.  The July 30, 2009 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.  The December 7, 2010 amendment is filed herewith.
   
10.6
The Amended and Restated Rogers Corporation Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees** (amended and restated effective as of October 24, 2007) was filed as Exhibit 10j to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007*. The May 20, 2008 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10j to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 7, 2008*.  The July 30, 2009 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.  The February 10, 2010 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2010*.  The December 7, 2010 amendment is filed herewith.
 
 
10.7
Rogers Corporation Long-Term Enhancement Plan for Senior Executives of Rogers Corporation** (December 18, 1997, as amended April 4, 2000, October 7, 2002, and December 5, 2002).  The April 4, 2000 amendment was file as Exhibit 10k to the 2000 Form 10-K*.   The October 7, 2002 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10k to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002*.  The December 5, 2002 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10k to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*.
 
 
106

 
 
   
10.8
Rogers Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan** (1998, as amended September 9, 1999, December 21, 1999, April 18, 2000, June 21, 2001, October 10, 2001, August 22, 2002, November 7, 2002, December 5, 2002, February 19, 2004, and October 27, 2006). The 1998 Plan was filed as Registration Statement No. 333-50901 on April 24, 1998*.  The September 9, 1999 and December 21, 1999 amendments were filed as Exhibit 10l to the 1999 Form 10-K*.  The October 10, 2001 and November 7, 2002 amendments were filed as Exhibit 10l to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 *.  The April 18, 2000 amendment, June 21, 2001 amendment, August 22, 2002 amendment, December 5, 2002 amendment and February 19, 2004 amendment were filed as Exhibit 10l to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003*.  The April 28, 2005 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2005*.  The October 27, 2006 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10aab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
   
10.9
Rogers Corporation Executive Supplemental Agreement** (as amended April 29, 2004) for the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, dated December 5, 2002, was filed as Exhibit 10n to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002*.  The April 29, 2004 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10n to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.10
Rogers Corporation Amended and Restated Pension Restoration Plan** was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 17, 2008*.  The September 30, 2009 amendment was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.  The December 7, 2010 amendment is filed herewith.
   
10.11
Form of 1991 Special Severance Agreement**, filed as Exhibit 10s to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.12
Schedule of 1991 Special Severance Agreements**, filed as Exhibit 10t to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.13
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers**, filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K on December 14, 2004*.
   
10.14
Schedule of Indemnification Agreements for Officers**, filed as Exhibit 10r to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009*..
   
10.15
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors**, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K on December 14, 2004*.
   
10.16
Schedule of Indemnification Agreements for Directors**, filed herewith.
   
10.17
Change in Control Severance Agreement**, dated March 3, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Robert C. Daigle, filed as Exhibit 10y to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.18
Change in Control Severance Agreement**, dated October 2, 1991, by and between the Registrant and Robert D. Wachob, filed as Exhibit 10z to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.19
Change in Control Severance Agreement**, dated October 2, 1991, by and between the Registrant and Robert M. Soffer, filed as Exhibit 10aa to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.20
Change in Control Severance Agreement**, dated March 3, 1996, by and between the Registrant and John A. Richie, filed as Exhibit 10ab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
 
 
107

 
 
   
10.21
Change in Control Severance Agreement**, dated March 3, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Paul B. Middleton, filed as Exhibit 10ac to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005*.
   
10.22
Officer Special Severance Agreement**, dated February 1, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Dennis M. Loughran, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2006*.
   
10.23
Revised Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2006*.
   
10.24
Revised Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10ag-1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.25
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (For Officers and Employees, with vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 dated April 28, 2005, and filed on April 29, 2005)*.
   
10.26
Revised Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, with vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2006*.
   
10.27
Revised Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, with vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10ah-2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.28
Revised Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2006*
   
10.29
Rogers Corporation 2005 Equity Compensation Plan** (the 2005 Plan), filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed on April 29, 2005*.  First Amendment to the 2005 Plan, filed as Exhibit 10aj-1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 10, 2006*.  Second Amendment to the 2005 Plan, filed as Exhibit 10aj-2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 10, 2006*. Third Amendment to the 2005 Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2008*.  Fourth Amendment to the 2005 Plan filed as Exhibit 10aj-9 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2008*.
   
10.30
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed on April 29, 2005*.
   
10.31
Form on Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, without vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed on April 20, 2005*.
   
10.32
Amended Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, without vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10al-1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2006*.
   
10.33
Amended Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, without vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10al-2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.34
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Non-Employee Directors) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed on April 29, 2005*.
   
10.35
Revised Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Non-Employee Directors) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10am-1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
 
 
108

 
 
   
10.36
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed April 29, 2005*.
   
10.37
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed April 29, 2005*.
   
10.38
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2006 and as amended on Form 8-K/A filed on May 10, 2006*.
   
10.39
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (without vesting) under the 1988 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10aq to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.40
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (with vesting) under the 1988 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10ar to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.41
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (with vesting) under the 1988 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10as to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.42
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers, Employees, and Other Key Persons, with vesting) under the 1988 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10at to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.43
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers, Employees, and Other Key Persons, without vesting) under the 1988 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10au to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.44
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (without vesting) under the 1990 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10av to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.45
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Employees, with vesting) under the 1994 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10aw to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.46
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Employees, without vesting) under the 1994 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10ax to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.47
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Officers and Employees, with vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10ay to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.48
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (with vesting) under the 2005 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10az to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2006*.
   
10.49
Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with Citizens Bank of Connecticut dated November 13, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10aaa to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*+.
   
10.49.1
Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 10, 2007 to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with Citizens Bank of Connecticut, filed as Exhibit 10aaa-1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2008*.
   
10.49.2
Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 17, 2008 to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, successor in interest to Citizens Bank of Connecticut, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2008*.
 
 
109

 
 
   
10.49.3
Amendment No. 3 dated as of October 31, 2008 to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10-aaa-3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008*+.
   
10.49.4
Amendment No. 4 dated as of November 11, 2008 to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10-aaa-4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008*+.
   
10.49.5
Amendment No. 5 dated November 1, 2009 to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement with RBS Citizens, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2009*.
   
10.50
Summary of October 27, 2006 Board of Directors Approved Amendments to (i) Rogers Corporation 1988 Stock Option Plan, as amended**, (ii) Rogers Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan, as restated and amended**, (iii) Rogers Corporation 1994 Stock Compensation Plan, as restated and amended** and (iv) Rogers Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and to Certain Other Employee Benefit or Compensation Plans**, filed as Exhibit 10aab to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006*.
   
10.51
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (for Key Employees, with vesting) under the Rogers Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated**, filed as Exhibit 10aac to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2007*.
   
10.52
Guaranty to Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement by Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated November 10, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10aad to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2008*.
   
10.53
Guaranty Confirmation Agreement by Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated November 10, 2007, filed as Exhibit 10aad-1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2008*.
   
10.54
Guaranty Confirmation Agreement by Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated as of June 17, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2008*.
   
10.55
Guaranty Confirmation Agreement by Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated as of October 31, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10-aad-3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008*.
   
10.56
Guaranty Confirmation Agreement by Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated as of November 11, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10-aaa-4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008*.
   
10.57
Guaranty Confirmation Agreement by Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation, Rogers KF, Inc., Rogers Japan Inc., Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc., Rogers Taiwan, Inc., Rogers Korea, Inc., Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc., and Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated, dated November 16, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2009*.
   
10.58
Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of June 17, 2008 with RBS Citizens, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2008*.
 
 
110

 
 
   
10.59
Amended and Restated Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of October 31, 2008 in favor of RBS Citizens, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10-aae-1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008*.
   
10.60
Amended and Restated Officer Special Severance Agreement with Robert D. Wachob**, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008*.
   
10.61
Amended and Restated Officer Special Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and Robert D. Wachob **, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2010*.
   
10.62
Amended and Restated Officer Special Severance Agreement with Dennis M. Loughran**, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008*.
   
10.63
Officer Special Severance Agreement with Frank J. Gillern**, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008*.
   
10.64
Officer Special Severance Agreement with Michael L. Cooper**, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008*.
   
10.65
Settlement Agreement, dated January 6, 2009, between CalAmp Corp. and the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on February 11,2009*.
   
10.66
Rogers Corporation 2009 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan (the 2009 Plan), filed as Exhibit I to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed on March 20, 2009*.
   
10.67
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2009 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2009*.
   
10.68
Rogers Compensation Recovery Policy**, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 19, 2009*.
   
10.69
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (For Officers and Employees) under the 2009 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2009*.
   
10.70
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (For Officers and Employees) under the 2009 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.
   
10.71
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2009 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.
   
10.72
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2009 Plan**, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2009*.
   
10.73
Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 23, 2010, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent; HSBC Bank USA, National Association; (iii) RBS Citizens, National Association; (iv) Fifth Third Bank; and (v) Citibank, N.A., filed herewith.
   
10.74
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, by and among the Registrant and World Properties, Inc., filed herewith.
   
10.75
Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, by and among World Properties, Inc. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed herewith,
   
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.
   
23.1
Consent of Marsh U.S.A., Inc., filed herewith.
 
 
111

 
 
   
23.2
Consent of National Economic Research Associates, Inc., filed herewith.
   
23.3
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith.
 
 
31.1
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
   
31.2
Certification of Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
   
32
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
   
*
In accordance with Rule 12b-23 and Rule 12b-32 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reference is made to the documents previously filed with the SEC, which documents are hereby incorporated by reference.
**
Management Contract.
+
Confidential Treatment granted for the deleted portion of this Exhibit.

 
112

 
 
Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ROGERS CORPORATION
(Registrant)
   
 
/s/ Robert D. Wachob
   
Robert D. Wachob
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
Principal Executive Officer
   

Dated:  February 18, 2011

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 18, 2011, by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
 
/s/ Robert D. Wachob
 
 
 
/s/ J. Carl Hsu
Robert D. Wachob
President and Chief Executive Officer
Director
Principal Executive Officer
 
J. Carl Hsu
Director
 
 
/s/ Dennis M. Loughran
 
 
 
/s/ Carol R. Jensen
Dennis M. Loughran
Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Financial Officer
 
Carol R. Jensen
Director
 
 
/s/ Ronald J. Pelletier
 
 
 
/s/ Eileen S. Kraus
Ronald J. Pelletier
Corporate Controller and
Principal Accounting Officer
 
Eileen S. Kraus
Director
 
 
/s/ Michael F. Barry
 
 
 
/s/ William E. Mitchell
Michael F. Barry
Director
 
William E. Mitchell
Director
 
 
/s/ Charles M. Brennan, III
 
 
 
/s/ Robert G. Paul
Charles M. Brennan, III
Director
 
Robert G. Paul
Director
 
 
/s/ Gregory B. Howey
 
 
 
/s/ Peter C. Wallace
Gregory B. Howey
Director
 
Peter C. Wallace
Director

 
 
113
Exhibit 10.5
 
ROGERS CORPORATION
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS
 
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of October 24, 2007)
 
SECOND AMENDMENT
 
Pursuant to the powers and procedures for amendment of the Rogers Corporation Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan For Non-Management Directors, as amended and restated effective as of October 24, 2007, and as further amended effective as of July 30, 2009 (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Organization Committee of the Board of Directors of Rogers Corporation (the “ Committee ”) hereby amends the Plan as follows effective as of January 1, 2009:
 
1.
Section 5(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by inserting the following as an additional sentence at the end of that section:
 
“For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any changes to the characterization of any amounts credited to each sub-account within the Director’s Deferred Compensation Account (i.e., from Stock to cash or vice versa) affect the Director’s form of payment specified in the Director’s Deferral Election(s) pursuant to Section 5(c) below.”
 
2.
The second sentence of Section 6 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:
 
“All such amounts shall be paid in a single lump sum in shares of Stock and/or cash in accordance with Section 5(b) within sixty (60) days following such Director’s death.”
 
3.
Except as expressly amended by this Second Amendment, the Plan in all other respects remains in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Rogers Corporation has caused this Second Amendment to the Plan to be duly executed on this 7th day of December, 2010.
 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Robert M. Soffer
Its:  Vice President and Secretary
Exhibit 10.6
 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES
 
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of October 24, 2007)
 
FOURTH AMENDMENT
 
Pursuant to the powers and procedures for amendment of the Rogers Corporation Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees, as amended and restated effective as of October 24, 2007, as further amended effective on May 20, 2008, as further amended effective on July 30, 2009, and as further amended on February 12, 2010 (the “ Plan ”), the Compensation and Organization Committee of the Board of Directors of Rogers Corporation (the “ Committee ”) hereby amends the Plan as follows effective as of January 1, 2009:
 
1.
Section 6(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by inserting the following as an additional sentence at the end of that section:
 
“For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any changes to the characterization of any amounts credited to each sub-account within the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account (i.e., from Stock to cash or vice versa) affect the Participant’s form of payment specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election(s) pursuant to Section 6(c) below.”
 
2.
The fourth sentence of Section 7 is hereby amended to read as follows:
 
“Any amounts which remain credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account at the time of his or her death which are not payable to a designated beneficiary shall be paid to the estate of such Participant in a single lump sum in accordance with Section 6(c) within sixty (60) days after the death of such Participant.”
 
3.
Except as expressly amended by this Fourth Amendment, the Plan in all other respects remains in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Rogers Corporation has caused this Fourth Amendment to the Plan to be duly executed on this 7th day of December, 2010.
 

ROGERS CORPORATION
 
 

 
By:   /s/ Robert M. Soffer
Its:  Vice President and Secretary
Exhibit 10.10
 
 
SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE ROGERS CORPORATION
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED PENSION RESTORATION PLAN
 
 
WHEREAS , Rogers Corporation (the “ Company ”) established the Rogers Corporation Amended and Restated Pension Restoration Plan, effective as of January 1, 2005, which was amended and restated in its entirety on December 12, 2008 and further amended on September 30, 2009 (the “ Plan ”); and
 
WHEREAS , pursuant to Article VI of the Plan, the Compensation and Organization Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Company’s Board of Directors is authorized to amend the Plan, and the Committee has determined that amending the Plan is now appropriate and desirable to clarify its intended operation upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Plan).
 
NOW THEREFORE , that pursuant to the power reserved to the Committee under Article VI of the Plan, and by virtue of the authority delegated to the undersigned officer by votes of the Committee, the Plan as previously amended is hereby amended as follows effective January 1, 2009:
 
1.             The following Section 4.8(d) shall be added to the Plan
 
 
“(d)
For avoidance of doubt, payments under this Section 4.8 upon a Change of Control shall be in complete discharge of the Company’s obligations to Participants under the Plan.”
 
2.             The following provision shall be added at the end of the second sentence of Article VI of the Plan:
 
“and the lump sum distribution on account of a Change of Control under Section 4.8 shall result in the immediate termination of the Plan.”
 
EXCEPT AS AMENDED HEREIN , the terms of the Plan are confirmed and remain unchanged.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer this 7th day of December, 2010.
 

 
ROGERS CORPORATION
 

 
By:   /s/ Robert M. Soffer
Its: Vice President and Secretary
 

Exhibit 10.16

SCHEDULE OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS FOR DIRECTORS

 
In accordance with the Instructions to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant has omitted filing the Indemnification Agreements for Directors by and between Rogers Corporation and the following Directors as exhibits to this Form 10-K because they are identical to the Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors (the “Form Agreement”) by and between Rogers Corporation and certain Directors, which was filed on Form 8-K on December 14, 2004.
 

1.
Michael F. Barry
2.
Peter C. Wallace
3.
Gregory B. Howey
4.
Eileen S. Kraus
5.
William E. Mitchell
6.
Robert G. Paul
7.
Charles M. Brennan, III
8.
Carol R. Jensen
9.
Dr. J. Carl Hsu
EXHIBIT 10.73
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
J.P.MORGAN LOGO
 
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
 
dated as of
 
 
November 23, 2010
 
 
among
 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION
 
 
The Lenders Party Hereto
 
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent
 
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
RBS CITIZENS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Syndication Agents
 
and
 
FIFTH THIRD BANK
and
CITIBANK, N.A.
as Co-Documentation Agents
 
_________________________________
 
     
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC and HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
        Page
 
 
ARTICLE I
Definitions
    1  
        1  
SECTION 1.01.
Defined Terms
    23  
SECTION 1.02.
Classification of Loans and Borrowings
    23  
SECTION 1.03.
Terms Generally
    24  
SECTION 1.04.
Accounting Terms; GAAP
    24  
SECTION 1.05.
Status of Obligations
    24  
           
ARTICLE II
The Credits
    24  
           
SECTION 2.01.
Commitments
    24  
SECTION 2.02.
Loans and Borrowings
    24  
SECTION 2.03
Requests for Revolving Borrowings
    25  
SECTION 2.04.
Determination of Dollar Amounts
    26  
SECTION 2.05.
Swingline Loans
    26  
SECTION 2.06.
Letters of Credit
    27  
SECTION 2.07.
Funding of Borrowings
    31  
SECTION 2.08.
Interest Elections
    32  
SECTION 2.09.
Termination and Reduction of Commitments
    33  
SECTION 2.10.
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
    33  
SECTION 2.11.
Prepayment of Loans
    34  
SECTION 2.12.
Fees
    35  
SECTION 2.13.
Interest
    36  
SECTION 2.14.
Alternate Rate of Interest
    36  
SECTION 2.15.
Increased Costs
    37  
SECTION 2.16.
Break Funding Payments
    38  
SECTION 2.17.
Taxes
    38  
SECTION 2.18.
Payments Generally; Allocations of Proceeds; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs
    41  
SECTION 2.19.
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
    43  
SECTION 2.20.
Judgment Currency
    44  
SECTION 2.21.
Defaulting Lenders
    44  
           
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
    46  
           
SECTION 3.01.
Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries
    46  
SECTION 3.02.
Authorization; Enforceability
    47  
SECTION 3.03.
Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
    47  
SECTION 3.04.
Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change
    47  
SECTION 3.05.
Properties
    47  
SECTION 3.06.
Litigation, Environmental and Labor Matters
    47  
SECTION 3.07.
Compliance with Laws and Agreements
    48  
SECTION 3.08.
Investment Company Status
    48  
SECTION 3.09.
Taxes
    48  
SECTION 3.10.
ERISA
    48  
SECTION 3.11.
Disclosure
    48  
 
 
 
i

 
 
Table of Contents
(continued)
        Page
 
 
SECTION 3.12.
Federal Reserve Regulations
    49  
SECTION 3.13.
Liens
    49  
SECTION 3.14.
No Default
    49  
SECTION 3.15.
No Burdensome Restrictions
    49  
SECTION 3.16.
Solvency
    49  
SECTION 3.17.
Insurance
    49  
SECTION 3.18.
Security Interest in Collateral
    49  
           
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
    49  
           
SECTION 4.01.
Effective Date
    49  
SECTION 4.02.
Each Credit Event
    51  
           
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
    51  
           
SECTION 5.01.
Financial Statements and Other Information
    51  
SECTION 5.02.
Notices of Material Events
    53  
SECTION 5.03.
Existence; Conduct of Business
    53  
SECTION 5.04.
Payment of Obligations
    53  
SECTION 5.05.
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
    53  
SECTION 5.06.
Books and Records; Inspection Rights
    54  
SECTION 5.07.
Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations
    54  
SECTION 5.08.
Use of Proceeds
    54  
SECTION 5.09.
Subsidiary Guarantors; Pledges; Additional Collateral; Further Assurances
    55  
           
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
    56  
           
SECTION 6.01.
Indebtedness
    56  
SECTION 6.02.
Liens
    57  
SECTION 6.03.
Fundamental Changes and Asset Sales
    58  
SECTION 6.04.
Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions
    58  
SECTION 6.05.
Swap Agreements
    59  
SECTION 6.06.
Transactions with Affiliates
    60  
SECTION 6.07.
Restricted Payments
    60  
SECTION 6.08.
Restrictive Agreements
    60  
SECTION 6.09.
Subordinated Indebtedness and Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness Documents
    60  
SECTION 6.10.
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    61  
SECTION 6.11.
Capital Expenditures
    61  
SECTION 6.12.
Financial Covenants
    61  
 
 
 
ii

 

 
Table of Contents
(continued)

        Page
 
 
ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
    62  
           
ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent
    64  
           
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
    68  
           
SECTION 9.01.
Notices
    68  
SECTION 9.02.
Waivers; Amendments
    69  
SECTION 9.03.
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
    70  
SECTION 9.04.
Successors and Assigns
    72  
SECTION 9.05.
Survival
    74  
SECTION 9.06.
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
    75  
SECTION 9.07.
Severability
    75  
SECTION 9.08.
Right of Setoff
    75  
SECTION 9.09.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    75  
SECTION 9.10.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    76  
SECTION 9.11.
Headings
    76  
SECTION 9.12.
Confidentiality
    76  
SECTION 9.13.
USA PATRIOT Act
    77  
SECTION 9.14.
Releases of Subsidiary Guarantors
    77  
SECTION 9.15.
Appointment for Perfection
    77  
 
 
 
iii

 
 
 
Table of Contents
(continued)

Page       
SCHEDULES :
 
Schedule 2.01 – Commitments
Schedule 2.02 – Mandatory Cost
Schedule 3.01 – Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.06 – Disclosed Matters
Schedule 6.01 – Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 – Existing Liens
 
EXHIBITS :
Exhibit A – Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1 – Form of Opinion of Loan Parties’ Internal Counsel
Exhibit B-2 – Form of Opinion of Loan Parties’ Outside Counsel
Exhibit C – List of Closing Documents
Exhibit D-1 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)
Exhibit D-2 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships)
Exhibit D-3 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships)
Exhibit D-4 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships)
 
 
 
 
iv

 
 
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 23, 2010 among ROGERS CORPORATION, the LENDERS from time to time party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and RBS CITIZENS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Co-Syndication Agents and FIFTH THIRD BANK and CITIBANK, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents.
 
The parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
Definitions
 
SECTION 1.01.   Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
 
ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
 
Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the sum of (i) (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate plus , without duplication (ii) in the case of Loans by a Lender from its office or branch in the United Kingdom, the Mandatory Cost.
 
Adjusted Permitted Acquisition Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, (i) the sum of $75,000,000 plus the amount of unencumbered and unrestricted cash held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reflected in the most recently delivered Financials pursuant to Section 5.01 minus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding under this Agreement as of such date.
 
Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
 
Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
 
Aggregate Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all of the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof.  As of the Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitment is $165,000,000.
 
Agreed Currencies ” means (i) Dollars, (ii) euro, (iii) Japanese Yen and (iv) any other Foreign Currency agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders.
 
Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.
 
 
 

 
 
Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that, in the case of Section 2.21 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment.  If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
 
Applicable Pledge Percentage ” means 100%, but 65% in the case of a pledge by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of its Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
 
Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or any ABR Revolving Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurocurrency Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio applicable on such date:
 
 
Leverage Ratio:
 
Eurocurrency
Spread
 
ABR
Spread
 
Commitment
Fee Rate
Category 1:
 
< 0.75 to 1.00
2.00%
1.00%
0.25%
Category 2:
> 0.75 to 1.00 but
< 1.50 to 1.00
2.25%
1.25%
0.30%
Category 3:
> 1.50 to 1.00 but
< 2.25 to 1.00
2.50%
1.50%
0.35%
Category 4:
 
> 2.25 to 1.00
2.75%
1.75%
0.40%

For purposes of the foregoing,
 
(i) if at any time the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials on or before the date the Financials are due pursuant to Section 5.01, Category 4 shall be deemed applicable for the period commencing three (3) Business Days after the required date of delivery and ending on the date which is three (3) Business Days after the Financials are actually delivered, after which the Category shall be determined in accordance with the table above as applicable;
 
(ii) adjustments, if any, to the Category then in effect shall be effective three (3) Business Days after the Administrative Agent has received the applicable Financials (it being understood and agreed that each change in Category shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change); and
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, Category 2 shall be deemed to be applicable until the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the applicable Financials for the Borrower’s first full fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date (unless such Financials demonstrate that Category 3 or 4 should have been applicable during such period, in which case such other Category shall be deemed to be applicable during such period) and adjustments to the Category then in effect shall thereafter be effected in accordance with the preceding paragraphs.
 
Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
 
Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
 
Available Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time with respect to any Lender, the Commitment of such Lender then in effect minus the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time; it being understood and agreed that any Lender’s Swingline Exposure shall not be deemed to be a component of the Revolving Credit Exposure for purposes of calculating the commitment fee under Section 2.12(a).
 
Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.
 
Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).
 
Banking Services Agreement ” means any agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with Banking Services.
 
Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
 
Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
 
Borrower ” means Rogers Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation.
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swingline Loan.
 
Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.
 
Burdensome Restrictions ” means any consensual encumbrance or restriction of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.08.
 
Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market or the principal financial center of such Agreed Currency (and, if the Borrowings or LC Disbursements which are the subject of a borrowing, drawing, payment, reimbursement or rate selection are denominated in euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in euro).
 
Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group; or (d) the occurrence of a change in control, or other similar provision, as defined in any agreement or instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness (triggering a default or mandatory prepayment, which default or mandatory prepayment has not been waived in writing).
 
Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,  the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
 
Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
 
Co-Documentation Agent ” means each of Fifth Third Bank and Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as co-documentation agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.
 
Collateral ” means any and all property owned, leased or operated by a Person covered by the Collateral Documents and any and all other property of any Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a security interest or Lien in favor of Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties, to secure the Secured Obligations, other than the Excluded Assets.
 
Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages and all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection with this Agreement that are intended to create, perfect or evidence Liens to secure the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation, all other security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan agreements, notes, guarantees, subordination agreements, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, fee letters, notices, leases, financing statements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now, or hereafter executed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and delivered to the Administrative Agent.
 
Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.  The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption or other documentation contemplated hereby pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.
 
Computation Date ” is defined in Section 2.04.
 
Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, without duplication, any expenditures for any purchase or other acquisition of any asset other than a Permitted Acquisition which would be classified as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated EBITDA ” means Consolidated Net Income plus , to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) expense for income taxes paid or accrued, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization, (v) (A) extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses or losses and (B) extraordinary or non-recurring cash expenses or losses to the extent corresponding to extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash income or gains deducted from Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (4) below, (vi) non-cash expenses related to stock based compensation, (vii) non-cash charges related to restructuring costs or asset impairment, (viii) fees, costs and expenses paid in connection with the financing transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, minus , to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (1) interest income, (2) income tax credits and refunds (to the extent not netted from tax expense), (3) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clauses (v), (vi) or (vii) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were incurred and (4) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains realized other than in the ordinary course of business, all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis.  For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference
 
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
Period ”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.  As used in this definition, “ Material Acquisition ” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other Equity Interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $35,000,000; and “ Material Disposition ” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other Equity Interests of a Person, and (b) yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $35,000,000.
 
Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with reference to any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash, plus (ii) scheduled principal payments on Indebtedness, plus (iii) expenses for income taxes paid in cash, plus (iv) dividends and distributions paid in cash by (i) the Borrower and (ii) any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to any Person other than a Loan Party, plus (v) payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, plus (vi) Consolidated Rental Expense, all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.
 
Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with reference to any period, the interest expense (including without limitation interest expense under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP.  In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have completed a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition since the beginning of the relevant period, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined for such period on a Pro Forma Basis as if such acquisition or disposition, and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, had occurred at the beginning of such period.
 
Consolidated Net Income ” means, with reference to any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis (without duplication) for such period; provided that there shall be excluded any income (or loss) of any Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary, but any such income so excluded may be included in such period or any later period to the extent of any cash dividends or distributions actually paid in the relevant period to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.
 
Consolidated Rental Expense ” means, with reference to any period, the aggregate fixed amounts payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any operating leases, calculated on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means at any time the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time in accordance with GAAP, (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries relating to the maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding and bankers acceptances and (c) Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (a) or (b) hereof of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
 
Co-Syndication Agent ” means each of HSBC Bank USA, National Association and RBS Citizens, National Association in its capacity as co-syndication agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.
 
Credit Event ” means a Borrowing, the issuance of a Letter of Credit, an LC Disbursement or any of the foregoing.
 
Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.
 
Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
 
Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.  Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by Borrower of any of its rights or remedies (whether in equity or law) against any Lender which fails to fund any of its Loans hereunder at the time or in the amount required to be funded under the terms of this Agreement.
 
Disclosed Matters ” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06 .
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
Dollar Amount ” of any currency at any date shall mean (i) the amount of such currency if such currency is Dollars or (ii) the equivalent in such currency of Dollars if such currency is a Foreign Currency, calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate for such currency, on or as of the most recent Computation Date provided for in Section 2.04.
 
Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
 
Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America.
 
Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
 
Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, protection of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters (but excluding occupational and safety matters, to the extent regulated by the Occupational and Safety Health Act).
 
Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
 
Equivalent Amount ” of any currency with respect to any amount of Dollars at any date shall mean the equivalent in such currency of such amount of Dollars, calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate for such other currency at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date on or as of which such amount is to be determined.
 
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
 
ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition upon the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
 
EU ” means the European Union.
 
euro ” and/or “ EUR ” means the single currency of the participating member states of the EU.
 
Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to a currency means an Agreed Currency and when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, means that such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
 
Eurocurrency Payment Office ” shall mean, for each Foreign Currency, the office, branch, affiliate or correspondent bank of the Administrative Agent for such currency as specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and each Lender.
 
Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
 
Exchange Rate ” means, on any day, with respect to any Foreign Currency, the rate at which such Foreign Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date on the Reuters World Currency Page for such Foreign Currency.   In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate with respect to such Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the event no such service is selected, such Exchange Rate shall instead be calculated on the basis of the arithmetical mean of the buy and sell spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent for such Foreign Currency on the London market at 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars with such Foreign Currency, for delivery two Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Borrower, may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate in good faith to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
 
Excluded Assets ” means the collective reference to (a) all Equity Interests in excess of the Applicable Pledge Percentage in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Pledge Subsidiary, (b) any Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary which is not a Pledge Subsidiary, (c) all real property, fixtures and equipment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary located in Carol Stream, Illinois, (d) to the extent sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any Subsidiary by no later than twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, (i) all real property located in Willimantic, Connecticut and (ii) real property located in Richmond, Virginia, (e) rights in any property to the extent that and only for as long as the grant of a security interest in such property (i) is prohibited by any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority applicable to or binding upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or (ii) constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of, or requires any consent not obtained under, any lease, license or agreement (other than to the extent that the provisions of any such lease, license or agreement are ineffective under applicable law or would be
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction to prevent the attachment of the security interest granted under the Collateral Documents), (f) property and assets owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in which a Lien may not be granted without governmental approval or consent (but only for so long as the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor has not obtained such approval or consents), (g) any United States Trademark, Copyright or Patent applications filed on the basis of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s intent-to-use such mark, but only if and to the extent that the granting of a security interest in such application would result in the invalidation of such application, provided that, upon the submission of evidence of use of such trademark, copyright or patent in interstate commerce is submitted to the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office, such trademark, patent or copyright application shall automatically be included in the Collateral, and (h) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
 
Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient:
 
(a) Other Connection Taxes;
 
(b) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f); and
 
(c) U.S. Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect (which shall be deemed to include FATCA) on the date on which (i) such Recipient acquires its applicable ownership interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than a Recipient acquiring its applicable ownership interest pursuant to Section 2.19(b)) or (ii) such Recipient changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Recipient’s assignor immediately before such Recipient became a Recipient with respect to its applicable ownership interest in the Loan or Commitment or to such Recipient immediately before it changed its lending office).
 
Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Multicurrency Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2006, by and among the Borrower, certain Affiliates of the Borrower and RBS Citizens, National Association (successor in interest to Citizens Bank of Connecticut), together with all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates now or hereafter executed and delivered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated prior to the date hereof.
 
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.
 
Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
 
Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of the Borrower.
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
Financials ” means the annual or quarterly financial statements, and accompanying certificates and other documents, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b).
 
First Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means each Foreign Subsidiary with respect to which any one or more of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries directly owns or Controls more than 50% of such Foreign Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding Equity Interests.
 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).
 
Foreign Currencies ” means Agreed Currencies other than Dollars.
 
Foreign Currency LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of all outstanding Foreign Currency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Foreign Currency Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time.
 
Foreign Currency Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency.
 
Foreign Currency Sublimit ” means $50,000,000.
 
Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
 
Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
 
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
 
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
 
Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
 
Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable, accrued salaries, vacation and other employee benefits, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed; provided that if such Indebtedness has not been assumed, the amount thereof shall be deemed to be the lesser of (1) the actual amount of such Indebtedness and (2) the book value of such Person’s Property securing such Indebtedness, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person under Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
 
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) Other Taxes.
 
Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September 2010 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.
 
Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.
 
Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Maturity Date and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid and the Maturity Date.
 
Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
 
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.06(i).  The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
 
LC Collateral Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(j).
 
LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
 
LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn Dollar Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.
 
Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.
 
Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(a).
 
LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on, in the case of Dollars, Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page and, in the case of any Foreign Currency, the appropriate page of such service which displays British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in such Foreign Currency (or, in each case, on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ LIBO Rate ” with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in an Equivalent Amount in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Borrowing and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period.
 
 
 
 
13

 
 
 
Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
 
Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any promissory notes issued pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit applications, the Collateral Documents, the Subsidiary Guaranty, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in Section 4.01 executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or any employee of any Loan Party, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.
 
Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
 
Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Local Time ” means (i) New York City time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in Dollars and (ii) local time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in a Foreign Currency (it being understood that such local time shall mean London, England time unless the Borrower is otherwise notified by the Administrative Agent).
 
Mandatory Cost ” is described in Schedule 2.02 .
 
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.
 
Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means each Domestic Subsidiary (i) which, as of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, for which Financials have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, contributed greater than five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA for such period or (ii) which contributed greater than five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets as of such date; provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of the EBITDA or consolidated total assets of all Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Material Domestic Subsidiaries exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA for any such period or ten percent (10%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of any such fiscal quarter, the Borrower (or, in the event the Borrower has failed to do so within ten (10) Business Days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to eliminate such excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute Material Domestic Subsidiaries.
 
 
 
 
14

 
 
 
Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means each Foreign Subsidiary (i) which, as of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, for which Financials have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, contributed greater than five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA for such period or (ii) which contributed greater than five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets as of such date; provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of the EBITDA or consolidated total assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries exceeds five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA for any such period or five percent (5%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of any such fiscal quarter, the Borrower (or, in the event the Borrower has failed to do so within ten (10) Business Days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Foreign Subsidiaries as “Material Foreign Subsidiaries” to eliminate such excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute Material Foreign Subsidiaries.
 
Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.
 
Material Subsidiaries ” means, collectively, Material Domestic Subsidiaries and Material Foreign Subsidiaries.
 
Maturity Date ” means November 23, 2014.
 
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
 
Mortgage ” means each mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement which conveys or evidences a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, on real property of a Loan Party, including any amendment, restatement, modification or supplement thereto.
 
Mortgage Instruments ” means such title reports, ALTA title insurance policies (with endorsements), evidence of zoning compliance, property insurance, flood certifications and flood insurance, opinions of counsel, ALTA surveys, appraisals, flood certifications (and, if applicable FEMA form acknowledgements of insurance), environmental assessments and reports, mortgage tax affidavits and declarations and other similar information and related certifications as are requested by, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to, the Administrative Agent from time to time.
 
Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
 
Non-U.S. Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.
 
Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any indemnified party, individually or collectively,
 
 
 
 
15

 
 
 
existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.
 
Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, any Loan Document).
 
Other Taxes ” means any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment or participation.
 
Overnight Foreign Currency Rate ” means, for any amount payable in a Foreign Currency, the rate of interest per annum as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent at which overnight or weekend deposits in the relevant currency (or if such amount due remains unpaid for more than three (3) Business Days, then for such other period of time as the Administrative Agent may reasonably elect) for delivery in immediately available and freely transferable funds would be offered by the Administrative Agent to major banks in the interbank market upon request of such major banks for the relevant currency as determined above and in an amount comparable to the unpaid principal amount of the related Credit Event, plus any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed upon, or charged to, the Administrative Agent by any relevant correspondent bank in respect of such amount in such relevant currency.
 
Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
 
Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
 
Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).
 
PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
 
Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or series of related acquisitions by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of (i) all or substantially all the assets of or (ii) all or substantially all the Equity Interests in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person, if, at the time of and immediately after giving effect thereto, (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect thereto, (b) such Person or division or line of business is engaged in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or business reasonably related thereto, (c) all actions required to be taken with respect to such acquired or newly formed Subsidiary (if any) under Section 5.09 shall have been taken, (d) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such acquisition (but without giving effect to any synergies or cost savings unless permitted in accordance with Regulation S-X), with the covenants contained in Section 6.12 recomputed as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements are available, as if such acquisition (and any
 
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, with any new Indebtedness being deemed to be amortized over the applicable testing period in accordance with its terms) had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance and, if the aggregate consideration paid in respect of such acquisition exceeds $35,000,000, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to such effect, together with all relevant financial information, statements and projections reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (e) in the case of an acquisition occurring by merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary, the Borrower or such Subsidiary is the surviving entity of such merger and/or consolidation and (f) the aggregate consideration paid in respect of such acquisition, when taken together with the aggregate consideration paid in respect of all other acquisitions, does not exceed $75,000,000 during any fiscal year of the Borrower unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders; provided that such Dollar limitation shall not be applicable if at the time of the consummation of such acquisition and immediately after giving effect (on a Pro Forma Basis) thereto, (i) the Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 1.25 to 1.00 and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in respect of such acquisition, when taken together with the aggregate consideration paid in respect of all other acquisitions, does not exceed the Adjusted Permitted Acquisition Amount during any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided further that, in the event the Permitted Project Vulcan Acquisition has occurred, the aggregate consideration paid in respect of any other single acquisition for the twelve month period following the consummation of the Permitted Project Vulcan Acquisition shall not exceed $25,000,000.
 
Permitted Encumbrances ” means:
 
(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
 
(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than forty-five (45) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
 
(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pension and other social security laws or regulations;
 
(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
 
(e) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;
 
(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
 
(g) unrecorded minor Liens, leases, easements or other encumbrances on the real property or other assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which do not interfere materially with the use of the property or assets affected in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money;
 
 
 
 
17

 
 
 
(h) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensee or licensor under any lease (other than a Capital Lease) or license agreement not prohibited by this Agreement, including any Lien filed to prevent the impairment of any such interest; and
 
(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
 
provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.
 
Permitted Investments ” means:
 
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
 
(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;
 
(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
 
(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than one year for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;
 
(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $1,000,000,000;
 
(f) investments made in accordance with the Investment Policy adopted by the Borrower’s Board of Directors as in effect on the date hereof, a copy of which has been furnished to the Administrative Agent and as amended, supplemented or modified after the date hereof with the consent of the Administrative Agent; and
 
(g) auction rate securities held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the Effective Date.
 
Permitted Project Vulcan Acquisition ” means the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of (i) all or substantially all the assets of or (ii) all or substantially all the Equity Interests in, the Person disclosed to the initial Lenders prior to the Effective Date as “Vulcan”, if, at the time of and immediately after giving effect thereto, (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect thereto, (b) all actions required to be taken with respect to such acquired or newly formed Subsidiary (if any) under Section 5.09 shall have been taken, (c) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such acquisition (but without giving effect to any synergies or cost savings unless permitted in accordance with Regulation S-X), with the covenants contained in Section 6.12 recomputed as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements
 
 
 
 
18

 
 
 
are available, as if such acquisition (and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, with any new Indebtedness being deemed to be amortized over the applicable testing period in accordance with its terms) had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to such effect, together with all relevant financial information, statements and projections reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (d) in the case of an acquisition occurring by merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary, the Borrower or such Subsidiary is the surviving entity of such merger and/or consolidation, (e) such acquisition is consummated by no later than 90 days after the Effective Date and (f) the aggregate consideration, excluding related fees and expenses, paid in respect of such acquisition does not exceed $165,000,000.
 
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
 
Pledge Subsidiary ” means (i) each Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) each First Tier Foreign Subsidiary which is a Material Foreign Subsidiary.
 
Pounds Sterling ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
 
Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
 
Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to any event, that the Borrower is in compliance on a pro forma basis with the applicable covenant, calculation or requirement herein recomputed as if the event with respect to which compliance on a Pro Forma Basis is being tested had occurred on the first day of the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.
 
Recipient ” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender (and, in the case of a Lender that is classified as a partnership for U.S. Federal tax purposes, a Person treated as the beneficial owner thereof for U.S. Federal tax purposes) and (c) the Issuing Bank.
 
Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.
 
Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
 
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
 
Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.
 
 
 
 
19

 
 
 
Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
 
Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.
 
Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01.
 
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.
 
Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any sale or other transfer of any property or asset owned by any Person with the intent to lease such property or asset as lessee.
 
SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933.
 
Secured Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services with respect to which, at or prior to the Effective Date or the time that the Banking Services Agreement is entered into (other than any Banking Services Agreement relating to Secured Banking Services Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof), the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) and the Lender (or Affiliate thereof) providing such Banking Services (except in the case of the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates) shall have delivered written notice to the Administrative Agent that such transaction has been entered into and that it constitutes a Secured Banking Services Obligation entitled to the benefits of the Collateral Documents.
 
Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations, together with all Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Banking Services Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates.
 
Secured Parties ” means the holders of the Secured Obligations from time to time and shall include (i) each Lender and the Issuing Bank in respect of its Loans and LC Exposure respectively, (ii) the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in respect of all other present and future obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of every type and description arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) each Lender and affiliate of such Lender in respect of Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Banking Services Obligations, (iv) each indemnified party under Section 9.03 in respect of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to such Person hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (v) their respective successors and (in the case of a Lender, permitted) transferees and assigns.
 
Secured Swap Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, and (b)
 
 
 
 
20

 
 
 
any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Swap Agreement transaction in each case with respect to which, at or prior to the Effective Date or the time that the Swap Agreement is entered into (other than any Swap Agreement relating to Secured Swap Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof), the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) and the Lender (or Affiliate thereof) party to such Swap Agreement (except in the case of the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates) shall have delivered written notice to the Administrative Agent that such transaction has been entered into and that it constitutes a Secured Swap Obligation entitled to the benefits of the Collateral Documents.
 
Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement (including any and all supplements thereto), dated as of the date hereof, between the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and any other pledge or security agreement entered into, after the date of this Agreement by any other Loan Party (as required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document), or any other Person, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Solvent ” means, in reference to the Borrower, (i) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower, will exceed its debts and liabilities, whether subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Borrower will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, whether subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) the Borrower will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) the Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted after the Effective Date.
 
Statutory Reserve Rate ” means, with respect to any currency, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves or other requirements) established by any central bank, monetary authority, the Board, the Financial Services Authority, the European Central Bank or other Governmental Authority for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in such currency, expressed in the case of each such requirement as a decimal.  Such reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements shall, in the case of Dollar denominated Loans, include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board.  Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset, fee or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulation D of the Board.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve, liquid asset or similar requirement.
 
Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the Secured Obligations.
 
Subordinated Indebtedness Documents ” means any document, agreement or instrument evidencing any Subordinated Indebtedness or entered into in connection with any Subordinated Indebtedness.
 
subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other
 
 
 
 
21

 
 
 
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
 
Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.
 
Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Material Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Subsidiary Guaranty.  The Subsidiary Guarantors on the Effective Date are identified as such in Schedule 3.01 hereto.
 
Subsidiary Guaranty ” means that certain Guaranty dated as of the Effective Date (including any and all supplements thereto) and executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.
 
Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total  Swingline Exposure at such time.
 
Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
 
Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.05.
 
TARGET ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) for the settlement of payments in euro.
 
Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
 
Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans and other credit extensions hereunder, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
 
Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
 
 
 
 
22

 
 
 
UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.
 
Unliquidated Obligations ” means, at any time, any Secured Obligations (or portion thereof) that are contingent in nature or unliquidated at such time, including any Secured Obligation that is: (i) an obligation to reimburse a bank for drawings not yet made under a letter of credit issued by it; (ii) any other obligation (including any guarantee) that is contingent in nature at such time; or (iii) an obligation to provide collateral to secure any of the foregoing types of obligations.
 
U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
 
U.S. Tax Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(D)(2).
 
Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
 
Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
 
SECTION 1.02.   Classification of Loans and Borrowings .  For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Revolving Loan”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing”).
 
SECTION 1.03.   Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities.  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
 
 
 
 
23

 
 
 
SECTION 1.04.   Accounting Terms; GAAP .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision  amended in accordance herewith.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.
 
SECTION 1.05.   Status of Obligations .  In the event that the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall take or cause such other Loan Party to take all such actions as shall be necessary to cause the Secured Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as “senior indebtedness” and as “designated senior indebtedness” and words of similar import under and in respect of any indenture or other agreement or instrument under which such Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such Subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness.
 
 
ARTICLE II
 
The Credits
 
SECTION 2.01.   Commitments .   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Agreed Currencies from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment, (b) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the sum of the Dollar Amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Aggregate Commitment or (c) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the total outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, in each case denominated in Foreign Currencies, exceeding the Foreign Currency Sublimit.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
 
SECTION 2.02.   Loans and Borrowings .  (a)  Each Revolving Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided
 
 
 
 
24

 
 
 
that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.  Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05.
 
(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that each ABR Loan shall only be made in Dollars.  Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan.  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 (or, if such Borrowing is denominated in (i) Japanese Yen, JPY 10,000,000 or (ii) a Foreign Currency other than Japanese Yen, 1,000,000 units of such currency) and not less than $2,500,000 (or, if such Borrowing is denominated in (i) Japanese Yen, JPY 250,000,000 or (ii) a Foreign Currency other than Japanese Yen, 2,500,000 units of such currency).  At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Aggregate Commitment or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e).  Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $50,000 and not less than $250,000.  Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of eight (8) Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowings outstanding.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
 
SECTION 2.03.   Requests for Revolving Borrowings .  To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request (a) by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower, promptly followed by telephonic confirmation of such request) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars) or by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower) not later than four (4) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency), in each case before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) by telephone in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.  Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
 
(i)  the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
 
 
 
25

 
 
 
(ii)  the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
 
(iii)  whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;
 
(iv)  in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Agreed Currency and initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and
 
(v)  the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07.
 
If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then, in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
 
SECTION 2.04.   Determination of Dollar Amounts .  The Administrative Agent will determine the Dollar Amount of:
 
(a) each Eurocurrency Borrowing as of the date two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing or, if applicable, the date of conversion/continuation of any Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing,
 
(b) the LC Exposure as of the date of each request for the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, and
 
(c) all outstanding Credit Events on and as of the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and, during the continuation of an Event of Default, on any other Business Day elected by the Administrative Agent in its discretion or upon instruction by the Required Lenders.
 
Each day upon or as of which the Administrative Agent determines Dollar Amounts as described in the preceding clauses (a), (b) and (c) is herein described as a “Computation Date” with respect to each Credit Event for which a Dollar Amount is determined on or as of such day.

SECTION 2.05.   Swingline Loans .  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $15,000,000 or (ii) the Dollar Amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Aggregate Commitment; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.
 
(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan.  The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower.  The
 
 
 
 
26

 
 
 
Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
 
(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each  Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
 
SECTION 2.06.   Letters of Credit .  (a) General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in Agreed Currencies for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
 
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions .  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply
 
 
 
 
27

 
 
 
with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the Agreed Currency applicable thereto, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure shall not exceed $50,000,000, (ii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the sum of the Dollar Amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitment and (iii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the total outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, in each case denominated in Foreign Currencies, shall not exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit.
 
(c) Expiration Date .  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, a period not to exceed one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
 
(d) Participations .  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Dollar Amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
 
(e) Reimbursement .  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent in Dollars the Dollar Amount equal to such LC Disbursement, calculated as of the date the Issuing Bank made such LC Disbursement (or if the Issuing Bank shall so elect in its sole discretion by notice to the Borrower, in such other Agreed Currency which was paid by the Issuing Bank pursuant to such LC Disbursement in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement) not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than the Dollar Amount of $500,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.05 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent Dollar Amount of such LC Disbursement and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan.  If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the
 
 
 
 
28

 
 
 
payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.  Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.  If the Borrower’s reimbursement of, or obligation to reimburse, any amounts in any Foreign Currency would subject the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender to any stamp duty, ad valorem charge or similar tax that would not be payable if such reimbursement were made or required to be made in Dollars, the Borrower shall, at its option, either (x) pay the amount of any such tax requested by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender or (y) reimburse each LC Disbursement made in such Foreign Currency in Dollars, in an amount equal to the Equivalent Amount, calculated using the applicable exchange rates, on the date such LC Disbursement is made, of such LC Disbursement.
 
(f) Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.  Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
 
 
 
 
29

 
 
 
(g) Disbursement Procedures .  The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
 
(h) Interim Interest .  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made and notice thereof is provided to the Borrower in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans (or in the case such LC Disbursement is denominated in a Foreign Currency, at the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate for such Agreed Currency plus the then effective Applicable Rate with respect to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans); provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
 
(i) Replacement of Issuing Bank .  The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b).  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.  After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit then outstanding and issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
 
(j) Cash Collateralization .  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders (the “ LC Collateral Account ”), an amount in cash equal to 105% of the Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that (i) the portions of such amount attributable to undrawn Foreign Currency Letters of Credit or LC Disbursements in a Foreign Currency that the Borrower is not late in reimbursing shall be deposited in the applicable Foreign Currencies in the actual amounts of such undrawn Letters of Credit and LC Disbursements and (ii) the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other
 
 
 
 
30

 
 
 
notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Foreign Currency LC Exposure shall be calculated using the applicable Exchange Rate on the date notice demanding cash collateralization is delivered to the Borrower.  The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b).  Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account and the Borrower hereby grants the Administrative Agent a security interest in the LC Collateral Account.  Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure  representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
 
SECTION 2.07.   Funding of Borrowings .  (a)  Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds (i) in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders and (ii) in the case of each Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency, by 1:00 p.m., Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency and at such Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.05.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to (x) an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars and (y) an account of the Borrower in the relevant jurisdiction and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.
 
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (including without limitation the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency) or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
 
 
 
 
31

 
 
 
SECTION 2.08.   Interest Elections .  (a)  Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.  This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
 
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election (by telephone or irrevocable written notice in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars or by irrevocable written notice (via an Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency) by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit the Borrower to (i) change the currency of any Borrowing, (ii) elect an Interest Period for Eurocurrency Loans that does not comply with Section 2.02(d) or (iii) convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a Type not available under such Borrowing.
 
(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
 
(i)  the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
 
(ii)  the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
 
(iii)  whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and
 
(iv)  if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period and Agreed Currency to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.
 
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
 
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
 
 
 
 
32

 
 
 
(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period (i) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency in respect of which the Borrower shall have failed to deliver an Interest Election Request prior to the third (3 rd ) Business Day preceding the end of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall automatically continue as a Eurocurrency Borrowing in the same Agreed Currency with an Interest Period of one month unless such Eurocurrency Borrowing is or was repaid in accordance with Section 2.11.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (and any such Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be redenominated in Dollars at the time of such conversion) at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
 
SECTION 2.09.   Termination and Reduction of Commitments .  (a)  Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
 
(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the Dollar Amount of the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the Aggregate Commitment.
 
(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent.  Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.
 
SECTION 2.10.   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .  (a)The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date in the currency of such Loan and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two (2) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.
 
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
 
 
 
 
33

 
 
 
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class, Agreed Currency and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
 
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
 
SECTION 2.11.   Prepayment of Loans .
 
(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.11(a).  The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars) or four (4) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency), in each case before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02.  Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.16.
 
(b) If at any time, (i) other than as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Revolving Credit Exposures (calculated, with respect to those Credit Events denominated in Foreign Currencies, as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event) exceeds the Aggregate Commitment or (B) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Foreign Currencies (the “ Foreign Currency Exposure ”) (so calculated), as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event, exceeds the Foreign Currency Sublimit
 
 
 
 
34

 
 
 
or (ii) solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated) exceeds 105% of the Aggregate Commitment or (B) the Foreign Currency Exposure, as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event, exceeds 105% of the Foreign Currency Sublimit, the Borrower shall in each case immediately repay Borrowings or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.06(j), as applicable, in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to cause (x) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated) to be less than or equal to the Aggregate Commitment and (y) the Foreign Currency Exposure to be less than or equal to the Foreign Currency Sublimit, as applicable.
 
SECTION 2.12.   Fees .  (a)The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after its Commitment terminates, then such commitment fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure from and including the date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure.  Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.  All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
 
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the average daily Dollar Amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees and commissions with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, presentment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Unless otherwise specified above, participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand with reasonable detail to determine the amount owed.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
 
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
 
 
 
 
35

 
 
 
(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.12) and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
 
SECTION 2.13.   Interest .  (a)  The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
 
(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 9.02 requiring the consent of “each Lender directly affected thereby” for reductions in interest rates), declare that (i) all Loans shall bear interest at 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loans as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount outstanding hereunder, such amount shall accrue at 2% plus the rate applicable to such fee or other obligation as provided hereunder.
 
(d) Accrued interest on each Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
 
(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest (i) computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and (ii) for Borrowings denominated in Pounds Sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days, and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
 
SECTION 2.14.   Alternate Rate of Interest .  If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:
 
(a) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or
 
(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
 
 
 
 
36

 
 
 
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and any such Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing (and if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, such Borrowing Request shall be ineffective); provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.
 
SECTION 2.15.   Increased Costs .  (a)  If any Change in Law shall:
 
(i)  impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;
 
(ii)  impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
 
(iii)  subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes and (B) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income, profits or receipts (including value-added or similar Taxes)) on its loans, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
 
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
 
(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
 
 
 
 
37

 
 
 
(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
 
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
 
SECTION 2.16.   Break Funding Payments .  In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.  Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the relevant currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
 
SECTION 2.17.   Taxes .  (a)   Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up .  Each payment by any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by any law. If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Withholding Agent may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that, net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such withholding been made.
 
 
 
 
38

 
 
 
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
 
(c) Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
(d) Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or payable by such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts payable under this Section 2.17(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(d) shall be paid within ten (10) days after the Recipient delivers to the Borrower a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so payable by such Recipient. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so payable absent manifest error. Such Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent. In the case of any Lender making a claim under this Section 2.17(d) on behalf of any of its beneficial owners, an indemnity payment under this Section 2.17(d) shall be due only to the extent that such Lender is able to establish that, with respect to the applicable Indemnified Taxes, such beneficial owners supplied to the applicable Persons such properly completed and executed documentation necessary to claim any applicable exemption from, or reduction of, such Indemnified Taxes.
 
(e) Indemnification by the Lenders .  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) and the Loan Parties for any Excluded Taxes, in each case attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable) in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(e) shall be paid within ten (10) days after the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable) delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes or Excluded Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable). Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
 
(f) Status of Lenders .  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii) and (iii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such
 
 
 
 
39

 
 
 
Lender. Upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.17(f). If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.
 
(ii)  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to the Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:
 
(A) in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;
 
(B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
 
(C) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under any Loan Document constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;
 
(D) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D (a “U.S. Tax Certificate”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;
 
(E) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or
 
(F) any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to be withheld.
 
 
 
40

 
 
 
(iii)  If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary for the Withholding Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.
 
(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.17), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(g), in no event will any indemnified party be required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) if such payment would place such indemnified party in a less favorable position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.17(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person .
 
(h) Issuing Bank .  For purposes of Section 2.17(e) and (f), the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Bank.
 
SECTION 2.18.   Payments Generally; Allocations of Proceeds; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .
 
(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to (i) in the case of payments denominated in Dollars, 12:00 noon, New York City time and (ii) in the case of payments denominated in a Foreign Currency, 12:00 noon, Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency, in each case on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made (i) in the same currency in which the applicable Credit Event was made (or where such currency has been converted to euro, in euro) and (ii) to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603 or, in the case of a Credit Event denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments denominated in the same currency received by it for the account of any other Person to the
 
 
 
 
41

 
 
 
appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Credit Event in any Foreign Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which the Credit Event was made (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.
 
(b) Any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent (i) not constituting a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Loan Documents (which shall be applied as specified by the Borrower) or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, such funds shall be applied ratably first , to pay any fees, non-contingent indemnification obligations, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from the Borrower, second , to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Borrower, third , to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and any other amounts owing with respect to Secured Banking Services Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations ratably, fifth , to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, and sixth , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless a Default is in existence, none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurocurrency Loan of a Class, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurocurrency Loan or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans of the same Class and, in any event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.16.  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Secured Obligations.
 
(c) At the election of the Administrative Agent, all payments of principal, interest, LC Disbursements, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including, without limitation, all reimbursement for fees and expenses pursuant to Section 9.03), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 or a deemed request as provided in this Section or may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (i) the Administrative Agent to make a Borrowing for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans (including Swingline Loans) and that all such Borrowings shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Sections 2.03, 2.04 or 2.05, as applicable and (ii) the Administrative Agent to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.
 
 
 
 
42

 
 
 
(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered,  such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
 
(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (including without limitation the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency).
 
(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lender’s obligations to it under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section; in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.
 
SECTION 2.19.   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .  (a)  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or
 
 
 
 
43

 
 
 
affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
 
(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such  assignment and delegation cease to apply.
 
SECTION 2.20.   Judgment Currency .  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given.  The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency.  If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section 2.18, such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
 
SECTION 2.21.   Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
 
 
 
 
44

 
 
 
(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a);
 
(b) the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;
 
(c) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
 
(i)  all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent (A) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (B) no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
(ii)  if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first , prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second , cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;
 
(iii)  if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;
 
(iv)  if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and
 
(v)  if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
 
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.21(c), and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
 
 
 
 
45

 
 
 
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
 
Nothing contained in this Section 2.21 shall be deemed to be a waiver by the Borrower of any claim the Borrower may have against any Defaulting Lender, whether in equity or at law, for its failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement or other Loan Documents.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Representations and Warranties
 
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
 
SECTION 3.01.   Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.   Schedule 3.01 hereto (as supplemented from time to time) identifies each Subsidiary, noting whether such Subsidiary is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries and, if such percentage is not 100% (excluding directors’ qualifying shares as required by law), a description of each class issued and outstanding.  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock and other equity interests of each Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and nonassessable and all such shares and other equity interests indicated on Schedule 3.01 as owned by the Borrower or another Subsidiary are owned, beneficially and of record, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created under the Loan Documents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01 , there are no outstanding commitments or other obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to issue, and no options, warrants or other rights of any Person to acquire, any shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
 
 
 
 
46

 
 
 
SECTION 3.02.   Authorization; Enforceability .  The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational actions and, if required, actions by equity holders.  The Loan Documents to which each Loan Party is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
 
SECTION 3.03.   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .  The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to perfect Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents, (b) will not in any material respect violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Liens created under the Loan Documents.
 
SECTION 3.04.   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .  (a)  The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, certified by its chief financial officer.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.
 
(b) Since December 31, 2009, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
 
SECTION 3.05.   Properties .  (a)  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.
 
(b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 3.06.   Litigation, Environmental and Labor Matters .  (a) There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Transactions.
 
 
 
 
47

 
 
 
(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters, and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
 
(c) There are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to their knowledge, threatened, or any violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law relating to such matters, to the extent such violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All material payments due from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as liabilities on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.  The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement under which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.
 
SECTION 3.07.   Compliance with Laws and Agreements .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 3.08.   Investment Company Status .  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
SECTION 3.09.   Taxes .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 3.10.   ERISA .  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 3.11.   Disclosure .  The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), as of the date furnished, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
 
 
 
 
48

 
 
 
SECTION 3.12.  Federal Reserve Regulations .
 
No part of the proceeds of any Loan have been used or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.
 
SECTION 3.13.  Liens .
 
There are no Liens on any of the real or personal properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02.
 
SECTION 3.14.   No Default .  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
SECTION 3.15.   No Burdensome Restrictions .  The Borrower is not subject to any Burdensome Restrictions except Burdensome Restrictions permitted under Section 6.08.
 
SECTION 3.16.   Solvency .
 
(a) Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are and will be Solvent.
 
(b) The Borrower does not intend to, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, and the Borrower does not believe that it or any of its Subsidiaries will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such Subsidiary and the timing of the amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 3.17.   Insurance .  The Borrower maintains, and has caused each Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance on all their real and personal property in such amounts, subject to such deductibles and self-insurance retentions and covering such properties and risks as are adequate and customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
 
SECTION 3.18.   Security Interest in Collateral .  Collectively, the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents create legal and valid perfected Liens on all the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral, securing the Secured Obligations, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party and all third parties, and having priority over all other Liens on the Collateral except in the case of (a) Permitted Encumbrances, to the extent any such Permitted Encumbrances would have priority over the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to any applicable law and (b) Liens perfected only by possession (including possession of any certificate of title) to the extent the Administrative Agent has not obtained or does not maintain possession of such Collateral.
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Conditions
 
SECTION 4.01.   Effective Date .  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
 
 
 
49

 
 
 
(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from (i) each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and (ii) duly executed copies of the Loan Documents and such other legal opinions, certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and as further described in the list of closing documents attached as Exhibit C .
 
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of (i) Terry Mahoney, internal counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 and (ii) McDermott Will & Emery LLP, outside counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 , and in each case covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.
 
(c) The Lenders shall have received (i) satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available, (ii) satisfactory unaudited interim consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Borrower for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are publicly available and (iii) satisfactory financial statement projections through and including the Borrower’s 2014 fiscal year, together with such information as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall reasonably request (including, without limitation, a detailed description of the assumptions used in preparing such projections).
 
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (jurisdiction of organization only) of the initial Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to such Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and as further described in the list of closing documents attached as Exhibit E and (ii) to the extent requested by any of the Lenders, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
 
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.
 
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been terminated and cancelled and all Indebtedness thereunder shall have been fully repaid (except to the extent being so repaid with the initial Revolving Loans) and any and all liens thereunder shall have been terminated.
 
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions and the continuing operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
 
 
 
50

 
 
 
(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.
 
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.
 
SECTION 4.02.   Each Credit Event .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
 
(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable (except to the extent that any such representations and warranties are made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date).
 
(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Affirmative Covenants
 
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired, terminated or been cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
 
SECTION 5.01.   Financial Statements and Other Information .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
 
(a) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, by the date 3 (three) Business Days after the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Borrower for such fiscal year would be required to be filed under the rules and regulations of the SEC, giving effect to any automatic extension available thereunder for the filing of such form), its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
 
 
 
51

 
 
 
(b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, by the date 3 (three) Business Days after the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter would be required to be filed under the rules and regulations of the SEC, giving effect to any automatic extension available thereunder for the filing of such form), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
 
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.12 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;
 
(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);
 
(e) as soon as available, but in any event not more than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the plan and forecast (including a projected consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and funds flow statement) of the Borrower for such fiscal year in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
 
(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and
 
(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
 
 
 
52

 
 
 
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; provided that the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the filing of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the compliance certificates required by clause (c) of this Section 5.01 to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.02.   Notices of Material Events .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:
 
(a) the occurrence of any Default;
 
(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
 
SECTION 5.03.   Existence; Conduct of Business .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, governmental authorizations and intellectual property rights material to the conduct of its business, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, except where the failure to maintain such authority could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.
 
SECTION 5.04.   Payment of Obligations .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment while such contest is pending could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 5.05.   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable carriers insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such
 
 
 
 
53

 
 
 
risks and such other hazards, as is customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.  The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders, upon request of the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.  The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent endorsements (x) to all “All Risk” physical damage insurance policies on all of the Loan Parties’ tangible personal property and assets and business interruption insurance policies naming the Administrative Agent as lender loss payee, and (y) to all general liability and other liability policies naming the Administrative Agent an additional insured.  In the event the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies or insurance required herein or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, then the Administrative Agent, without waiving or releasing any obligations or resulting Default hereunder, may at any time or times thereafter (but shall be under no obligation to do so) obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take any other action with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent reasonably deems advisable; provided that the Administrative Agent provides the Borrower with prior written notice of its intent to obtain such insurance policies.  All sums so disbursed by the Administrative Agent shall constitute part of the Obligations, payable as provided in this Agreement.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any material portion of the Collateral or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding.
 
SECTION 5.06.   Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, including environmental assessment reports and Phase I or Phase II studies, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at reasonable times and during normal business hours; provided that so long as no Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall not be entitled to visit and inspect the Borrower and its Subsidiaries more than one (1) time per year (such visit and inspection to be conducted by the Administrative Agent).  The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent, after exercising its rights of inspection, may prepare and distribute to the Lenders certain reports pertaining to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries’ assets for internal use by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
 
SECTION 5.07.   Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including without limitation Environmental Laws) and (ii) perform in all material respects its obligations under material agreements to which it is a party, in each case except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
SECTION 5.08.   Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans will be used only to finance the working capital needs, and for general corporate purposes, including refinancing the Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the financing of Permitted Acquisitions.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.
 
 
 
 
54

 
 
 
SECTION 5.09.   Subsidiary Guarantors; Pledges; Additional Collateral; Further Assurances .
 
(a) As promptly as possible but in any event within thirty (30) days (or such later date as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent) after any Person becomes a Subsidiary or any Subsidiary qualifies independently as, or is designated by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as, a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the definition of “Material Domestic Subsidiary”, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with written notice thereof setting forth information in reasonable detail describing the material assets of such Person and shall cause each such Subsidiary which also qualifies as a Material Domestic Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent a joinder to the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Agreement (in each case in the form contemplated thereby) pursuant to which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, such Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Agreement to be accompanied by appropriate corporate resolutions, other corporate documentation and legal opinions to the extent requested by, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
 
(b) The Borrower will cause, and will cause each other Loan Party to cause, all of its owned property (whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed but excluding Excluded Assets) to be subject at all times to first priority, perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents, subject in any case to Liens permitted by Section 6.02.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower (i) will cause the Applicable Pledge Percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Pledge Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents or such other pledge and security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and (ii) will, and will cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to, deliver Mortgages and Mortgage Instruments with respect to real property (other than Excluded Assets) owned by the Borrower or such Guarantor to the extent, and within such time period as is, reasonably required by the Administrative Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no such Mortgages and Mortgage Instruments are required to be delivered hereunder until the date that occurs ninety (90) days after the Effective Date or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in the exercise of its reasonable discretion with respect thereto and (ii) no such pledge agreement in respect of the Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder (A) until the date that occurs ninety (90) days after the Effective Date or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in the exercise of its reasonable discretion with respect thereto, and (B) to the extent the Administrative Agent or its counsel determines that such pledge would not provide material credit support for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to legally valid, binding and enforceable pledge agreements.
 
(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such documents, agreements and instruments, and will take or cause to be taken such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents and such other actions or deliveries of the type required by Section 4.01, as applicable), which may be required by law or which the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to ensure perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents, all at the expense of the Borrower.
 
 
 
 
55

 
 
 
(d) If any assets (including any real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein but excluding any Excluded Assets) are acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Security Agreement that become subject to the Lien under the Security Agreement upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take, and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (c) of this Section, all at the expense of the Borrower.
 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Negative Covenants
 
Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees  payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired, terminated or been cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
 
SECTION 6.01.   Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
 
(a) the Secured Obligations;
 
(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness with Indebtedness of a similar type that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
 
(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.04(d);
 
(d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
 
(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within ninety (90) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;
 
(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as an account party in respect of trade letters of credit;
 
(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary secured by a Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (g) shall not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 at any time;
 
 
 
56

 
 
 
(h) Swap Obligations permitted under Section 6.05;
 
(i) Indebtedness under performance bonds, letter of credit obligations to provide security for workers compensation claims and bank overdrafts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(j) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $20,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries permitted by this clause (i) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.
 
SECTION 6.02.   Liens .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
 
(a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;
 
(b) Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(c) Liens or assignments of life insurance policies owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing borrowings against the cash value of such policies provided that the Indebtedness in respect of such borrowings is permitted under Section 6.01;
 
(d) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
 
(e) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than the acquired Subsidiary) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
 
(f) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within ninety (90) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
 
(g) Liens on assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted above so long as the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness and other obligations subject to such Liens does not at any time exceed $5,000,000.
 
 
 
 
57

 
 
 
SECTION 6.03.   Fundamental Changes and Asset Sales .  (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any of its assets (including pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction), or any of the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
 
(i)  any Person may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation;
 
(ii)  any Subsidiary may merge into a Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving entity is such Loan Party (provided that any such merger involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity);
 
(iii)  any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to a Loan Party;
 
(iv)  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may (A) sell inventory in the ordinary course of business, (B) effect sales, trade-ins or dispositions of used or obsolete equipment for value in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (C) enter into licenses of technology in the ordinary course of business, (D) sell or otherwise dispose of (1) auction rate securities, (2) any real property and equipment located in Carol Stream, Illinois, (3) any real property located in Willimantic, Connecticut and (4) any real property located in Richmond, Virginia and (E) make any other sales, transfers, leases or dispositions that, together with all other property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of as permitted by this clause (E) during any fiscal year of the Borrower, does not exceed five percent (5%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower;
 
(v)  any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and
 
(vi)  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 6.10.
 
(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.
 
(c) The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its fiscal year from the basis in effect on the Effective Date.
 
SECTION 6.04.   Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger or consolidation with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger or consolidation) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any Person or any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:
 
 
 
 
58

 
 
 
(a) Permitted Investments;
 
(b) Permitted Acquisitions and the Permitted Project Vulcan Acquisition;
 
(c) investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries and such other investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.01 ;
 
(d) investments, loans or advances made by the Borrower in or to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary in or to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary (provided that not more than an aggregate amount of $15,000,000 in investments, loans or advances or capital contributions may be made and remain outstanding, at any time, by Loan Parties to Subsidiaries which are not Loan Parties);
 
(e) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;
 
(f) loans or advances to officers and directors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries the net proceeds of which are used solely to purchase Equity Interests in the Borrower pursuant to a restricted stock or stock purchase plan;
 
(g) loans or advances to officers and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (in addition to those permitted by clause (f)), not at any time in excess of $5,000,000 thereof in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
 
(h) loans or advances to, or deposits with, contractors and suppliers in the ordinary course of business not at any time in excess of $5,000,000;
 
(i) any loan to a Person purchasing real property or equipment from any Borrower or any Subsidiary;
 
(j) investments consisting of promissory notes received as proceeds of asset dispositions permitted by Section 6.03;
 
(k) bank deposits in the ordinary course of business (i) with any Lender or (ii) with any other commercial banking institution so long as all deposits of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted solely by this clause (k) do not at any time exceed $5,000,000 for more than ten consecutive days;
 
(l) investments, loans or advances in or to joint ventures so long as the aggregate amount of all such investments, loans and advances made in any fiscal year does not exceed $15,000,000;
 
(m) Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.05; and
 
(n) any other investment, loan or advance (other than acquisitions) so long as the aggregate amount of all such investments, loans and advances does not exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.
 
SECTION 6.05.   Swap Agreements .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
 
 
 
 
59

 
 
 
SECTION 6.06.   Transactions with Affiliates .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.07 and (d) any investment permitted by Section 6.04.
 
SECTION 6.07.  Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make any other Restricted Payment so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to making such Restricted Payment or would arise after giving effect (including giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis) thereto and (i) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than dividends) during the term of this Agreement does not exceed $15,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments constituting dividends during any fiscal year of the Borrower does not exceed $5,000,000.
 
SECTION 6.08.  Restrictive Agreements The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to holders of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to such restrictions and conditions applicable to any Subsidiary acquired after the date hereof if such restrictions and conditions existed at the time such Subsidiary was acquired and were not created in anticipation of such acquisitions, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in permits, leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.
 
SECTION 6.09.  Subordinated Indebtedness and Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness Documents Except to the extent permitted in accordance with any applicable subordination agreement executed by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly voluntarily prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, any Subordinated Indebtedness or any Indebtedness from time to time outstanding under the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents.  Furthermore, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, amend the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents in any material respect or any document, agreement or instrument evidencing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents (or any replacements, substitutions, extensions or renewals thereof) or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued where such amendment, modification or supplement provides for the following or which has any of the following effects:
 
 
 
60

 
 
 
(a)   increases the overall principal amount of any such Indebtedness or increases the amount of any single scheduled installment of principal or interest;
 
(b)  shortens or accelerates the date upon which any installment of principal or interest becomes due or adds any additional mandatory redemption provisions;
 
(c)  shortens the final maturity date of such Indebtedness or otherwise accelerates the amortization schedule with respect to such Indebtedness;
 
(d)  increases the rate of interest accruing on such Indebtedness;
 
(e)  provides for the payment of additional fees or increases existing fees;
 
(f) amends or modifies any financial or negative covenant (or covenant which prohibits or restricts the Borrower or any Subsidiary from taking certain actions) in a manner which is more onerous or more restrictive in any material respect to the Borrower or such Subsidiary or which is otherwise materially adverse to the Borrower, any Subsidiary and/or the Lenders or, in the case of any such covenant, which places material additional restrictions on the Borrower or such Subsidiary or which requires the Borrower or such Subsidiary to comply with more restrictive financial ratios or which requires the Borrower to better its financial performance, in each case from that set forth in the existing applicable covenants in the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents or the applicable covenants in this Agreement; or
 
(g) amends, modifies or adds any affirmative covenant in a manner which (i) when taken as a whole, is materially adverse to the Borrower, any Subsidiary and/or the Lenders or (ii) is more onerous than the existing applicable covenant in the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents or the applicable covenant in this Agreement.

SECTION 6.10.    Sale and Leaseback Transactions .
 
The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions in respect of which the net cash proceeds received in connection therewith does not exceed $20,000,000  in the aggregate during any fiscal year of the Borrower, determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
SECTION 6.11.   Capital Expenditures . (a)  The Borrowerwill not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, expend, or be committed to expend, in excess of $35,000,000 (in the aggregate) for Consolidated Capital Expenditures during any fiscal year of the Borrower.
 
( b ) The amount of any Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in respect of any fiscal year shall be increased by the unused amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures that were permitted to be made during the immediately preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.11(a), without giving effect to any carryover amount.  Consolidated Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year shall be deemed to use first, the amount for such fiscal year set forth in Section 6.11(a) and, second, any amount carried forward to such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 6.11(b).
 
SECTION 6.12.   Financial Covenants .
 
(a) Maximum Leverage Ratio .   The Borrower will not permit the ratio (the “ Leverage Ratio ”), determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters ending on and after December 31, 2010, of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be greater than 2.50 to 1.00.
 
 
 
 
61

 
 
 
(b) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  The Borrower will not permit the ratio (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”), determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters ending on and after December 31, 2010, of (i) (a) Consolidated EBITDA, minus (b) equity income from unconsolidated joint ventures, minus (c) the unfinanced portion of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, plus (iv) cash dividends from unconsolidated joint ventures, plus (v) Consolidated Rental Expense to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges, in each case for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Events of Default
 
If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:
 
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
 
(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;
 
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made;
 
(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 5.08 or 5.09 or in Article VI;
 
(e) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);
 
(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any grace or cure periods applicable thereto;
 
 
 
 
62

 
 
 
(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any  Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
 
(i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
 
(j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become insolvent or admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
 
(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (excluding any portion thereof which is covered by insurance so long as the insurer is an unaffiliated creditworthy insurer, is reasonably likely to be able to pay and has accepted a tender of defense and indemnification without reservation of rights) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;
 
(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(m) a Change in Control shall occur;
 
(n) the occurrence of any “default”, as defined in any Loan Document (other than this Agreement) or the breach of any of the terms or provisions of any Loan Document (other than this Agreement), which default or breach continues beyond any period of grace therein provided;
 
(o) any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms); or
 
 
 
 
63

 
 
 
(p) any Collateral Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, except as permitted by the terms of any Loan Document;
 
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Secured Obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become  due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Secured Obligations accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
The Administrative Agent
 
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including  execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
 
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
 
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be
 
 
 
 
64

 
 
 
necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of Liens on the Collateral or the existence of the Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
 
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
 
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
 
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
 
 
 
 
65

 
 
 
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
 
None of the Lenders, if any, identified in this Agreement as a Co-Syndication Agent or Co-Documentation Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such.  Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender.  Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to the relevant Lenders in their respective capacities as Co-Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents, as applicable, as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in the preceding paragraph.
 
The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code.  Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into each of the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and to take all action contemplated by such documents.  Each Lender agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Collateral Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Collateral Documents.  In the event that any Collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.  The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (i) as described in Section 9.02(d); (ii) as permitted by, but only in accordance with, the terms of the applicable Loan Document; or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, unless such release is required to be approved by all of the Lenders hereunder.  Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant hereto.  Upon any sale or transfer of assets constituting Collateral which is permitted pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, or consented to in writing by the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as applicable, and upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties herein or pursuant hereto upon the Collateral that was sold or transferred; provided, however, that (i) the Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, would expose the Administrative Agent
 
 
 
 
66

 
 
 
to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Secured Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of) all interests retained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.  Furthermore, if requested in writing by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may elect and is hereby authorized, in its sole determination, to subordinate all or any portion of any lien or security interest it holds in the Loan Parties’ Killingly, Connecticut facility to the Permitted Encumbrance constituting an electrical distribution easement (and related documents) granted to The Connecticut Light and Power Company or its affiliates.
 
The Borrower, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, and each Lender, on its behalf and on the behalf of its affiliated Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably constitute the Administrative Agent as the holder of an irrevocable power of attorney ( fondé de pouvoir within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) in order to hold hypothecs and security granted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on property pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec to secure obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement, and agree that the Administrative Agent may act as the bondholder and mandatary with respect to any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness that may be issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and pledged in favor of the Secured Parties in connection with this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of the An Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Quebec), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent may acquire and be the holder of any bond issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement (i.e., the fondé de pouvoir may acquire and hold the first bond issued under any deed of hypothec by the Borrower or any Subsidiary).
 
The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to execute and deliver any documents necessary or appropriate to create and perfect the rights of pledge for the benefit of the Secured Parties including a right of pledge with respect to the entitlements to profits, the balance left after winding up and the voting rights of the Borrower as ultimate parent of any subsidiary of the Borrower which is organized under the laws of the Netherlands and the Equity Interests of which are pledged in connection herewith (a “ Dutch Pledge ”).  Without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree with the creation of parallel debt obligations of the Borrower or any relevant Subsidiary as will be described in any Dutch Pledge (the “ Parallel Debt ”), including that any payment received by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Parallel Debt will - conditionally upon such payment not subsequently being avoided or reduced by virtue of any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, preference, liquidation or similar laws of general application - be deemed a satisfaction of a pro rata portion of the corresponding amounts of the  Obligations, and any payment to the Secured Parties in satisfaction of the Obligations shall - conditionally upon such payment not subsequently being avoided or reduced by virtue of any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, preference, liquidation or similar laws of general application - be deemed as satisfaction of the corresponding amount of the Parallel Debt.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of a Dutch Pledge, any resignation by the Administrative Agent is not effective until its rights under the Parallel Debt are assigned to the successor Administrative Agent.
 
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree for the purposes of taking and ensuring the continuing validity of German law governed pledges ( Pfandrechte ) with the creation of parallel debt obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as will be further described in a separate German law governed parallel debt undertaking.  The Administrative Agent shall (i) hold such parallel debt undertaking as fiduciary agent ( Treuhaender ) and (ii) administer and hold as fiduciary agent ( Treuhaender ) any pledge created under a German law governed Collateral Document which is created in favor of any Secured Party or transferred to any Secured Party due to its accessory nature
 
 
 
 
67

 
 
 
( Akzessorietaet ), in each case in its own name and for the account of the Secured Parties.  Each Lender, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliated Secured Parties, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter as its agent in its name and on its behalf into any German law governed Collateral Document, to accept as its agent in its name and on its behalf any pledge under such Collateral Document and to agree to and execute as agent its in its name and on its behalf any amendments, supplements and other alterations to any such Collateral Document and to release any such Collateral Document and any pledge created under any such Collateral Document in accordance with the provisions herein and/or the provisions in any such Collateral Document.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Miscellaneous
 
SECTION 9.01.   Notices .  (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
 
(i)  if to the Borrower, to it at One Technology Drive, Rogers, Connecticut 06263, Attention of Paul Middleton (Telecopy No. (860) 779-5585; Telephone No. (860) 779-5578);
 
(ii)  if to the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of Borrowings denominated in Dollars, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services – Mid Corporate, 10 South Dearborn, Floor 7, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention of Nanette Wilson (Telecopy No. (888) 208-7168) and (B) in the case of Borrowings denominated in Foreign Currencies, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ, Attention of Manager: Loan Agency (Telecopy No. 44 207 777 2360), and in each case with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 277 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10172, Attention of Justin Kelley (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3078);
 
(iii)  if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services – Mid Corporate, 10 South Dearborn, Floor 7, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention of Nanette Wilson (Telecopy No. (888) 208-7168), with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 277 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10172, Attention of Justin Kelley (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3078);
 
(iv)  if to the Swingline Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services – Mid Corporate, 10 South Dearborn, Floor 7, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention of Nanette Wilson (Telecopy No. (888) 208-7168), with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 277 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10172, Attention of Justin Kelley (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3078); and
 
(v)  if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
 
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
 
 
 
 
68

 
 
 
(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
 
SECTION 9.02.   Waivers; Amendments .  (a)  No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
 
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase  the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) except as provided in Section 9.14, release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender, or (vii) except as provided in clause (d) of this Section or in any Collateral Document, release all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each relevant Loan Document (x) to add one or more credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Lenders.
 
 
 
 
69

 
 
 
(d) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Liens granted to the Administrative Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of all the Commitments, payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Secured Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations), and the cash collateralization of all Unliquidated Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been asserted) in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent that the sale or disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property leased to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (iv) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of such Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Article VII.  Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Loan Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.
 
(e) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent  requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby,” the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 2.15 and 2.17, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 2.16 had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.
 
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.
 
SECTION 9.03.   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .  (a)  The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication and distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet or through a service such as Intralinks) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance,
 
 
 
 
70

 
 
 
amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
 
(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) a material breach by such Indemnitee of its express contractual obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to a claim made by the Borrower.  This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
 
(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (it being understood that the Borrower’s failure to pay any such amount shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.
 
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
 
 
 
 
71

 
 
 
(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor.
 
SECTION 9.04.   Successors and Assigns .  (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit),  Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
(b) (1)   Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:
 
(A) the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof);   provided , further, that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;
 
(B) the Administrative Agent; and
 
(C)  the Issuing Bank.
 
(ii)  Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
 
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
 
(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, such fee to be paid by either the assigning Lender or the assignee Lender or shared between such Lenders;
 
 
 
72

 
 
 
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its affiliates and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;
 
(E) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, no assignment shall be made to a prospective assignee that bears a relationship to the Borrower described in Section 108(e)(4) of the Code; and
 
(F) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no such assignment shall be made to any Person that is not capable of lending (1) Agreed Currencies to the Borrower, and (2) each Type and Class of Loan.
 
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:
 
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
 
(iii)  Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
 
(iv)  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
 
(v)  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such
 
 
 
 
73

 
 
 
Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
 
(c)  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(d) as though it were a Lender.
 
(ii)   A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.
 
(d)   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
 
SECTION 9.05.   Survival .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect
 
 
 
 
74

 
 
 
representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.
 
SECTION 9.06.   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
 
SECTION 9.07.   Severability .  Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
SECTION 9.08.   Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor against any of and all of the Secured Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
 
SECTION 9.09.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .  (a)  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
 
(b) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be
 
 
 
 
75

 
 
 
conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
 
(c)  Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
 
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.  Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
SECTION 9.10.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
 
SECTION 9.11.   Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
 
SECTION 9.12.   Confidentiality .  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other
 
 
 
 
76

 
 
 
than the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
 
SECTION 9.13.   USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Act.
 
SECTION 9.14.   Releases of Subsidiary Guarantors .
 
(a) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Material Subsidiary; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise.  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender to) execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release.  Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
 
(b) Further, the Administrative Agent may (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender to), upon the request of the Borrower, release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty if such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Material Domestic Subsidiary.
 
(c) At such time as the principal and interest on the Loans, all LC Disbursements, the fees, expenses and other amounts payable under the Loan Documents and the other Obligations (other than Secured Banking Services Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations, and other Obligations expressly stated to survive such payment and termination) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, the Subsidiary Guaranty and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of each Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
 
SECTION 9.15.   Appointment for Perfection .  Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession.  Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.
 
[Signature Pages Follow]

 
 
 
77

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION,
as the Borrower
   
 
By   /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                         
   
Name:  Dennis M. Loughran
   
Title: Vice President
   
   
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as the Swingline Lender, as the Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent
   
 
By   /s/ D. Scott Farquhar                              
   
Name:  D. Scott Farquhar
   
Title:  Vice President
   
   
 
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually as a Lender and as Co-Syndication Agent
   
 
By   /s/ David A. Carroll                                 
   
Name:  David A. Carroll
   
Title:  Vice President
   
   
 
RBS CITIZENS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually as a Lender and as Co-Syndication Agent
   
 
By   /s/ Gary W. Burdick                                
   
Name:  Gary W. Burdick
   
Title:  Senior Vice President
   
   
 
FIFTH THIRD BANK, individually as a Lender and as Co-Documentation Agent
   
 
By   /s/ Valerie Schanzer                                
   
Name:  Valerie Schanzer
   
Title:  Vice President
     
     
 
CITIBANK, N.A., individually as a Lender and as Co-Documentation Agent
   
 
By   /s/ William McAndrew                           
   
Name:  William McAndrew
   
Title:  Senior Vice President
 


Signature Page to Credit Agreement
Rogers Corporation
 
 
 

 
 
 
SCHEDULE 2.01
 
COMMITMENTS
 
LENDER
COMMITMENT
   
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
$38,000,000
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
$38,000,000
RBS CITIZENS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
$35,000,000
FIFTH THIRD BANK
$27,000,000
CITIBANK, N.A.
$27,000,000
   
AGGREGATE COMMITMENT
$165,000,000
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
SCHEDULE 2.02

MANDATORY COST


1.
The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
   
2.
On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Associated Costs Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below.  The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Associated Costs Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
   
3.
The Associated Costs Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent.  This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.
   
4.
The Associated Costs Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:
   
 
(a)
in relation to a Loan in Pounds Sterling:
     
   
AB + C (B – D) + E x 0.01
per cent. per annum
   
100 – (A + C)
 
   
 
(b)
in relation to a Loan in any currency other than Pounds Sterling:
     
   
          E x 0.01
per cent. per annum
   
300
 
     
   
 
Where:
   
 
A
is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.
     
 
B
is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Rate and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in Section 2.13(c)) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
C
is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.
     
 
D
is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.
     
 
E
is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
     
5.
For the purposes of this Schedule:
   
 
(a)
Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
     
 
(b)
Facility Office ” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Administrative Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
     
 
(c)
Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
     
 
(d)
Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);
     
 
(e)
Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to economic and monetary union.
     
 
(f)
Reference Banks ” means, in relation to Mandatory Cost, the principal London offices of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
     
 
(g)
Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
     
 
(h)
Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by any Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     
6.
In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05).  A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero.  The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
   
7.
If requested by the Administrative Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.
   
8.
Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Associated Costs Rate.  In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
   
 
(a)
the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and
     
 
(b)
any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
     
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
 
9.
The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.
   
10.
The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Associated Costs Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.
   
11.
The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Associated Costs Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.
   
12.
Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Associated Costs Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
   
13.
The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the relevant Lenders, determine and notify to all parties hereto any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule 2.02 in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
 
This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
 
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
 
1.
Assignor:
   
       
2.
Assignee:
   
   
[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender] 1 ]
     
3.
Borrower(s):
Rogers Corporation
 
     
4.
Administrative Agent:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
     
5.
Credit Agreement:
The Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 among Rogers Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto
 

 
________________________
 
1   Select as applicable.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
6.
Assigned Interest:
 
Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders
Amount of Commitment/
Loans Assigned
Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans 2
$
$
%
 
$
$
%
 
$
$
%
 
     
 
Effective Date:  _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
 
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
 
 
ASSIGNOR
   
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
   
 
By:
 
   
Title:
   
 
ASSIGNEE
   
 
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
   
 
By:
 
   
Title:
   
   

 
Consented to and Accepted:
 
   
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank
 
   
By:
     
 
Title:
   
   
[Consented to:] 3
 
   
ROGERS CORPORATION
 
   
By:
     
 
Title:
   
   
 
________________________
2   Set forth, so at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
3   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
ANNEX I
 
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
 
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
 
1.   Representations and Warranties .
 
1.1   Assignor .  The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
 
1.2.   Assignee .  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (v) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (vi) it does not bear a relationship to the Borrower described in Section 108(e)(4) of the Code; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
 
2.   Payments .  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
 
3.   General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
 

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT B-1
 

 
OPINION OF INTERNAL COUNSEL FOR THE LOAN PARTIES
 
[ATTACHED]
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
EXHIBIT B-2
 

 
OPINION OF OUTSIDE COUNSEL FOR THE LOAN PARTIES
 
[ATTACHED]

 
 
 
 

 

 
EXHIBIT C

LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS

ROGERS CORPORATION

CREDIT FACILITIES

November 23, 2010

LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS 1


A.            LOAN DOCUMENTS
 
 

1.
Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Rogers Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the institutions from time to time parties thereto as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”), evidencing a revolving credit facility to the Borrower from the Lenders in an aggregate principal amount of $165,000,000.

 
SCHEDULES
 
 
Schedule 2.01
--
Commitments
 
Schedule 2.02
--
Mandatory Cost
 
Schedule 3.01
--
Subsidiaries
 
Schedule 3.06
--
Disclosed Matters
 
Schedule 6.01
--
Existing Indebtedness
 
Schedule 6.02
--
Existing Liens
       
       
 
EXHIBITS
 
 
Exhibit A
--
Form of Assignment and Assumption
 
Exhibit B-1
--
Form of Opinion of Loan Parties’ Internal Counsel
 
Exhibit B-2
--
Form of Opinion of Loan Parties’ Outside Counsel
 
Exhibit C
--
List of Closing Documents
 
Exhibit D-1
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)
 
Exhibit D-2
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships)
 
Exhibit D-3
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships)
 
Exhibit D-4
--
Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships)
 

 
 
________________________
1   Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the above-defined Credit Agreement.  Items appearing in bold and italics shall be prepared and/or provided by the Borrower and/or Borrower’s counsel.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
2.        Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of each of the Lenders, if any, which has requested a note pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

3.
Guaranty executed by the initial Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively with the Borrower, the “ Loan Parties ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent.

4.
Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, together with pledged instruments and allonges, stock certificates, stock powers executed in blank, pledge instructions and acknowledgments, as appropriate .

 
Exhibit A
--
Legal and Prior Names; Principal Place of Business and Chief Executive Office; FEIN; State Organization Number and Jurisdiction of Incorporation; Properties Leased by the Grantors; Properties Owned by the Grantors; Public Warehouses or Other Locations
 
Exhibit B
--
Aircraft/Engines, Ships, Railcars and Other Vehicles Governed by Federal Statute; Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks Protected under Federal Law
 
Exhibit C
--
Legal Description, County and Street Address of Property on which Fixtures are located
 
Exhibit D
--
List of Instruments, Pledged Securities and other Investment Property
 
Exhibit E
--
UCC Financing Statement Filing Locations
 
Exhibit F
--
Commercial Tort Claims
 
Exhibit G
--
Grantors
 
Exhibit H
--
Deposit Accounts; Securities Accounts

5.
Confirmatory Grant of Security Interest in United States Patents made by certain of the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 
Exhibit A
--
Schedule of Patents

6.
Confirmatory Grant of Security Interest in United States Trademarks made by certain of the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 
Exhibit A
--
Schedule of Trademarks

7.
Confirmatory Grant of Security Interest in United States Copyrights made by certain of the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 
Exhibit A
--
Schedule of Copyrights

8.
Certificates of Insurance listing the Administrative Agent as (x) lender loss payee for the property, casualty and business interruption insurance policies of the Initial Loan Parties, together with long-form lender loss payable endorsements, as appropriate, and (y) additional insured with respect to the liability insurance of the Loan Parties, together with additional insured endorsements.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
B.            UCC DOCUMENTS

 
9.
UCC, tax lien and name variation search reports naming each Loan Party from the appropriate offices in relevant jurisdictions.

10.
UCC financing statements naming each Loan Party as debtor and the Administrative Agent as secured party as filed with the appropriate offices in applicable jurisdictions.


C.            CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

11.
Certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying (i) that there have been no changes in the Certificate of Incorporation or other charter document of such Loan Party, as attached thereto and as certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or analogous governmental entity) of the jurisdiction of its organization, since the date of the certification thereof by such governmental entity, (ii) the By-Laws or other applicable organizational document, as attached thereto, of such Loan Party as in effect on the date of such certification, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (iv) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of each Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (in the case of the Borrower) authorized to request a Borrowing or the issuance of a Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

12.
Good Standing Certificate (or analogous documentation if applicable) for each Loan Party from the Secretary of State (or analogous governmental entity) of the jurisdiction of its organization, to the extent generally available in such jurisdiction.


D.            OPINIONS

13.            Opinion of Terry Mahoney, internal counsel for the Loan Parties.

14.            Opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP , counsel for the Loan Parties.


E.            CLOSING CERTIFICATES AND MISCELLANEOUS

15.
A Certificate signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying the following: (i) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing.

16.
A Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent supporting the conclusions that, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent and will be Solvent subsequent to incurring the indebtedness in connection with the Transactions.

17.
Payoff documentation providing evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Existing Credit Agreement has been terminated and cancelled (along with all of the agreements, documents and instruments delivered in connection therewith) and all Indebtedness owing thereunder has been repaid and any and all liens thereunder have been terminated.
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
F.          POST-CLOSING DOCUMENTS
(in accordance with Section 5.09(b))


18.
Mortgages  executed by the applicable Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to those certain parcels of real property (the “ Owned Properties ”), together with evidence of their recordation, including any fixture filings.

19.
Mortgage Instruments.

20.
Foreign pledge agreements and related instruments.

21.
Foreign pledge opinions.

 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.


[NAME OF LENDER]

By:______________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: __________, 20[__]
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
 
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
 
[NAME OF LENDER]

By:______________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]
 
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT D-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
 
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non- U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:______________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]
 
 
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT D-4

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
 
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
 
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

By:______________________________________
Name:
Title:

 
Date: ________ __, 20[__]

 
Exhibit 10.74

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 
THIS PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Security Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 23, 2010 by and among ROGERS CORPORATION, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto (together with the Borrower, the “ Initial Grantors ,” and together with any additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries, whether now existing or hereafter formed or acquired which become parties to this Security Agreement from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (as defined below), by executing a Supplement hereto in substantially the form of Annex I , the “ Grantors ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement identified below).
 
 
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
 
The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are entering into a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).  The Grantors are entering into this Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to enter into and extend credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.
 
ACCORDINGLY, the Grantors and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1.            Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement .  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
 
1.2.            Terms Defined in UCC .  Terms defined in the UCC which are not otherwise defined in this Security Agreement are used herein as defined in the UCC.
 
1.3.            Definitions of Certain Terms Used Herein .  As used in this Security Agreement, in addition to the terms defined in the Preliminary Statement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Article ” means a numbered article of this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.
 
Chattel Paper ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
 
 

 
 
Collateral ” means all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Copyrights, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Licenses, Patents, Pledged Deposits, Supporting Obligations, Trademarks and Other Collateral, wherever located, in which any Grantor now has or hereafter acquires any right or interest, and the proceeds (including Stock Rights), insurance proceeds and products thereof, together with all books and records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts and other computer materials and records related thereto; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral shall expressly exclude the Excluded Assets.
 
Commercial Tort Claims ” means commercial tort claims, as defined in the UCC of any Grantor, including each commercial tort claim specifically described in Exhibit “F” .
 
Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8 or, if applicable, in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Copyrights ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:  (a) all copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright applications; (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.
 
Default ” means an event described in Section 5.1 hereof.
 
Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among any Loan Party, a banking institution holding such Loan Party’s funds in a Deposit Account, and the Administrative Agent with respect to collection and Control of all deposits and balances held in a deposit account maintained by any Loan Party with such banking institution.
 
Deposit Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Exhibit ” refers to a specific exhibit to this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.
 
Farm Products ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
General Intangibles ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, includes payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark), Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, URLs and domain names, Industrial Designs, other industrial or Intellectual Property or rights therein or applications therefor, whether under license or otherwise, programs, programming materials, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, computer programs, information contained on computer disks or tapes, software, literature, reports, catalogs, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Goods, Investment Property, negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.
 
 
2

 
 
Goods ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Industrial Designs ” means (i) registered industrial designs and industrial design applications, and also includes registered industrial designs and industrial design applications listed in Exhibit “B” , (ii) all renewals, divisions and any industrial design registrations issuing thereon and any and all foreign applications corresponding thereto, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (v) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.
 
Instruments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and any other intellectual property.
 
Inventory ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Investment Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Letter of Credit Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Licenses ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to (a) any and all licensing agreements or similar arrangements in and to its Patents, Copyrights, or Trademarks, (b) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future breaches thereof, and (c) all rights to sue for past, present, and future breaches thereof.
 
Other Collateral ” means any property of the Grantors, not included within the defined terms Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Copyrights, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, Farm Products, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Licenses, Patents, Pledged Deposits, Supporting Obligations and Trademarks, including, without limitation, all cash on hand, letters of credit, Stock Rights or any other deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) with any bank or other financial institution, it being intended that the Collateral include all real and personal property of the Grantors, subject to the limitations contained in Article II of this Security Agreement and excluding all Excluded Assets.
 
Patents ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to: (a) any and all patents and patent applications; (b) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; (d) all licenses of the foregoing whether as licensee or licensor; (e) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (f) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (g) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.
 
 
3

 
 
Pledged Collateral ” means all Instruments, Securities and other Investment Property of the Grantors, whether or not physically delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, but excluding the Excluded Assets.
 
Pledged Deposits ” means all time deposits of money (other than Deposit Accounts and Instruments), whether or not evidenced by certificates, which a Grantor may from time to time designate as pledged to the Administrative Agent or to any Secured Party as security for any Secured Obligations, and all rights to receive interest on said deposits.
 
Receivables ” means the Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Investment Property, Instruments or Pledged Deposits, and any other rights or claims to receive money which are General Intangibles or which are otherwise included as Collateral.
 
Section ” means a numbered section of this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.
 
Security ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8 of the UCC.
 
Securities Account ” has the meaning set forth in Article 8 of the UCC.
 
Stock Rights ” means any securities, dividends, instruments or other distributions and any other right or property which any Grantor shall receive or shall become entitled to receive for any reason whatsoever with respect to, in substitution for or in exchange for any Equity Interest constituting Collateral, any right to receive an Equity Interest and any right to receive earnings, in which any Grantor now has or hereafter acquires any right, issued by an issuer of such securities.
 
Supporting Obligation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.
 
Trademarks ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:  (a) all trademarks (including service marks), trade names, trade dress, and trade styles and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all licenses of the foregoing, whether as licensee or licensor; (c) all renewals of the foregoing; (d) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.
 
Voting Power ”  means with respect to any share of Voting Stock, the number of votes that the holder of such share may cast in an election of members of the Board of Directors (or analogous governing body) of the issuer of such share.
 
The foregoing definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
 
 
4

 
 
ARTICLE II
 
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
 
Each of the Grantors hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Collateral to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Secured Obligations; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article II, the amount of Equity Interests in any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary that is an Affected Foreign Subsidiary pledged or required to be pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Collateral Document shall be automatically limited to the Voting Stock of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary representing not more than 65% of the total Voting Power of all outstanding Voting Stock of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary (and the term “Collateral” shall not include any other Equity Interests of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary).  For the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a security interest herein shall not be deemed to be an assignment of intellectual property rights owned by the Grantors.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
Each of the Initial Grantors represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, and each Grantor that becomes a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to the execution of a Security Agreement Supplement in substantially the form of Annex I represents and warrants (after giving effect to supplements to each of the Exhibits hereto with respect to such subsequent Grantor as attached to such Security Agreement Supplement), that:
 
3.1.            Title, Authorization, Validity and Enforceability .  Such Grantor has good and valid rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral owned by it and title to the Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a security interest hereunder, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted under Section 4.1.6 hereof, and has full corporate, limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the security interest in such Collateral pursuant hereto.  The execution and delivery by such Grantor of this Security Agreement have been duly authorized by proper corporate, limited liability company, limited partnership or partnership, as applicable, proceedings, and this Security Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Grantor and creates a security interest which is enforceable against such Grantor in all Collateral it now owns or hereafter acquires, except as enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (iii) requirements of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (it being understood that enforcement of such security interest in equity of any Foreign Subsidiary may be subject to the requirements of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is located).  When financing statements have been filed in the appropriate offices against such Grantor in the locations listed in Exhibit “E” , the Administrative Agent will have a fully perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral owned by such Grantor in which a security interest may be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the UCC, subject only to Liens permitted under Section 4.1.6 hereof.
 
3.2.            Conflicting Laws and Contracts .  Neither the execution and delivery by such Grantor of this Security Agreement, the creation and perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereunder, nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will violate (i) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on such Grantor, or (ii) such Grantor’s charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement or by-laws (or similar constitutive documents), or (iii) the provisions of any indenture, instrument or agreement to which such Grantor is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its property may be bound or affected, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien in, of or on the property of such Grantor pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, instrument or agreement (other than any Lien of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties).
 
 
5

 
 
3.3.            Principal Location .  Such Grantor’s mailing address and the location of its place of business (if it has only one) or its chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business), are disclosed in Exhibit “A” ; such Grantor has no other places of business except those set forth in Exhibit “A” .
 
3.4.            Property Locations .  The Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures of each Grantor are located solely at the locations of such Grantor described in Exhibit “A” , other than Inventory in transit and Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures with a book value not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate.  All of said locations are owned by such Grantor except for locations (i) which are leased by such Grantor as lessee and designated in Part B of Exhibit “A” and (ii) at which Inventory is held in a public warehouse or is otherwise held by a bailee or on consignment by such Grantor as designated in Part C of Exhibit “A” , with respect to which Inventory such Grantor has delivered, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, bailment agreements, warehouse receipts, financing statements or other documents reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Inventory.
 
3.5.            No Other Names; Etc. .  Within the five-year period ending as of the date such Person becomes a Grantor hereunder, such Grantor has not conducted business under any name, changed its jurisdiction of formation, merged with or into or consolidated with any other Person, except as disclosed in Exhibit “A” .  The name in which such Grantor has executed this Security Agreement is the exact name as it appears in such Grantor’s organizational documents, as amended, as filed with such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization as of the date such Person becomes a Grantor hereunder.
 
3.6.            No Default .  No Default exists.
 
3.7.            Accounts and Chattel Paper .  The names of the obligors, amounts owing, due dates and other information with respect to the Accounts and Chattel Paper owned by such Grantor are and will be correctly stated in all material respects in all records of such Grantor relating thereto and in all invoices and reports with respect thereto furnished to the Administrative Agent by such Grantor from time to time.  As of the time when each Account or each item of Chattel Paper arises, such Grantor shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such Account or Chattel Paper, as the case may be, and all records relating thereto, are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be.
 
3.8.            Filing Requirements .  None of the Equipment owned by such Grantor is covered by any certificate of title, except for motor vehicles.  None of the Collateral owned by such Grantor is of a type for which security interests or liens may be perfected by filing under any federal statute except for (i) motor vehicles and (ii) Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights held by such Grantor and described in Part C of Exhibit “B” .  The legal description, county and street address of the property on which any Fixtures owned by such Grantor are located is set forth in Exhibit “C” together with the name and address of the record owner of each such property.
 
3.9.            No Financing Statements, Security Agreements .  No financing statement or security agreement describing all or any portion of the Collateral which has not lapsed or been terminated naming such Grantor as debtor has been filed or is of record in any jurisdiction except financing statements (i) naming the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as the secured party and (ii) in respect of Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided , that nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an agreement to subordinate any of the Liens of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents to any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
6

 
 
3.10.          Federal Employer Identification Number; State Organization Number; Jurisdiction of Organization .  Such Grantor’s federal employer identification number is, and if such Grantor is a registered organization, such Grantor’s State of organization, type of organization and State of organization identification number are, listed in Exhibit “G” .
 
3.11.          Pledged Securities and Other Investment Property .   Exhibit “D ” sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Instruments, Securities and other Investment Property constituting Collateral and delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Each Grantor is the direct and beneficial owner of each Instrument, Security and other type of Investment Property listed in Exhibit “D” as being owned by it, free and clear of any Liens, except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder or as permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.  Each Grantor further represents and warrants that (i) all Pledged Collateral owned by it constituting an Equity Interest has been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such Pledged Collateral) duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of stock (or other Equity Interests) of the respective issuers thereof indicated in Exhibit “D” hereto, (ii) with respect to any certificates delivered to the Administrative Agent representing an Equity Interest, either such certificates are Securities as defined in Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction as a result of actions by the issuer or otherwise, or, if such certificates are not Securities, such Grantor has so informed the Administrative Agent so that the Administrative Agent may take steps to perfect its security interest therein as a General Intangible and (iii) to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, all such Pledged Collateral held by a securities intermediary is covered by a control agreement among such Grantor, the securities intermediary and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent has Control.
 
3.12.          Intellectual Property .
 
3.12.1   Exhibit “B” contains a complete and accurate listing as of the Effective Date of all Intellectual Property of each of the Grantors.  All of the U.S. registrations, applications for registration or applications for issuance of the Intellectual Property are to Grantors’ knowledge valid and subsisting, in good standing and are recorded or is in the process of being recorded in the name of the applicable Grantor, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.12.2  Such Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting, unexpired (where registered) and enforceable and has not been abandoned or adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, except as could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.12.3  No Person other than the respective Grantor has any right or interest of any kind or nature in or to the Intellectual Property, including any right to sell, license, lease, transfer, distribute, use or otherwise exploit the Intellectual Property or any portion thereof outside of the ordinary course of the respective Grantor’s business.  Each Grantor has good, marketable and exclusive title to, and the valid and enforceable power and right to sell, license, transfer, distribute, use and otherwise exploit, its Intellectual Property, except as could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
7

 
 
3.12.4  Each Grantor has taken or caused to be taken commercially reasonable steps so that none of its Intellectual Property, the value of which to the Grantors are contingent upon maintenance of the confidentiality thereof, have been disclosed by such Grantor to any Person other than employees, contractors, customers, representatives and agents of the Grantors who are parties to customary confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with the Grantors, except as could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.12.5  To each Grantor’s knowledge, no Person has violated, infringed upon or breached, or is currently violating, infringing upon or breaching, any of the rights of the Grantors to the Intellectual Property or has breached or is breaching any duty or obligation owed to the Grantors in respect of the Intellectual Property except where those breaches, individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.12.6  No settlement or consents, covenants not to sue, nonassertion assurances, or releases have been entered into by any Grantor or to which any Grantor is bound that adversely affects its rights to own or use any Intellectual Property except as could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, in each case individually or in the aggregate.
 
3.12.7  No Grantor has received any written notice that remains outstanding challenging the validity, enforceability, or ownership of any Intellectual Property except where those challenges could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and to such Grantor’s knowledge at the date hereof there are no facts upon which such a challenge could be made.
 
3.12.8  Each Grantor owns directly or is entitled to use, by license or otherwise, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of any material portion of such Grantor’s business.
 
3.12.9  Each Grantor uses adequate standards of quality in the manufacture, distribution, and sale of all products sold and in the provision of all services rendered under or in connection with all trademarks and has taken all commercially reasonable action necessary to insure that all licensees of the trademarks owned or licensed by such Grantor use such adequate standards of quality, except where the failure to use adequate standards of quality could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.12.10  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not result in the termination or material impairment of any of the Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of any material portion of such Grantor’s business.
 
3.13.          Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .  All of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts are listed on Exhibit “H” .
 
ARTICLE IV
 
COVENANTS
 
From the date of this Security Agreement and thereafter until this Security Agreement is terminated, each of the Initial Grantors agrees, and from and after the effective date of any Security Agreement Supplement applicable to any Grantor (and after giving effect to supplements to each of the Exhibits hereto with respect to such subsequent Grantor as attached to such Security Agreement Supplement) and thereafter until this Security Agreement is terminated each such subsequent Grantor agrees:
 
 
8

 
 
4.1.            General .
 
4.1.1   Inspection .  Each Grantor will permit the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, by its representatives and agents to inspect the Collateral in the manner set forth in Section 4.06 of the Credit Agreement.
 
4.1.2   Taxes .  Such Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon the Collateral owned by such Grantor, except (i) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP and with respect to which no Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances) exists, and (ii) those which by reason of the amount involved or the remedies available to the taxing authority could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.1.3   Records and Reports; Notification of Default .  Each Grantor shall keep and maintain complete, accurate and proper books and records with respect to the Collateral owned by such Grantor, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each of the Secured Parties, such reports relating to the Collateral as the Administrative Agent shall from time to time reasonably request in accordance with Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement.
 
4.1.4   Financing Statements and Other Actions; Defense of Title .  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file, and if requested will execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, all financing statements describing the Collateral owned by such Grantor and other documents and take such other actions as may from time to time reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in order to maintain a first priority, perfected security interest in and, if applicable, Control of, the Collateral owned by such Grantor, subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an agreement to subordinate any of the Liens of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents to any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure that the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets of the debtor whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wheresoever located, including all accessions thereto and proceeds thereof.”  Each Grantor will take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral owned by such Grantor against all persons and to defend the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted hereunder.
 
4.1.5   Disposition of Collateral .  No Grantor will sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral owned by such Grantor except (i) dispositions specifically permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) until such time as such Grantor receives a notice from the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article VII , proceeds of Inventory and Accounts collected in the ordinary course of business.
 
4.1.6   Liens .  No Grantor will create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien on the Collateral owned by such Grantor except Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, provided , that nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an agreement to subordinate any of the Liens of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents to any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
4.1.7   Change in Corporate Existence, Type or Jurisdiction of Organization, Location, Name .  Each Grantor will (except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement):
 
 
(i)
preserve its existence and corporate structure as in effect on the Effective Date;
 
 
(ii)
not change its jurisdiction of organization;
 
 
(iii)
not maintain its place of business (if it has only one) or its chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) at a location other than a location specified in Exhibit “A” ; and
 
 
(iv)
not (i) have any Inventory, Equipment or Fixtures or proceeds or products thereof (other than Inventory and proceeds thereof disposed of as permitted by Section 4.1.5 ) with an aggregate book value in excess of $1,000,000, at a location other than a location specified in Exhibit “A” , (ii) change its name or taxpayer identification number or (iii) change its mailing address,
 
unless, in each such case, such Grantor shall have given the Administrative Agent not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of such event or occurrence and the Administrative Agent shall have either (x) reasonably determined that such event or occurrence will not adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, or (y) taken such steps (with the cooperation of such Grantor to the extent necessary or advisable) as are necessary or advisable to properly maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral owned by such Grantor.
 
4.1.8   Other Financing Statements .  No Grantor will suffer to exist or authorize the filing of any financing statement naming it as debtor covering all or any portion of the Collateral owned by such Grantor, except any financing statement authorized under Section 4.1.4 hereof.  Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection herewith without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the UCC.
 
4.2.            Receivables .
 
4.2.1   Intentionally Omitted.
 
4.2.2   Collection of Receivables .  Except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, each Grantor will collect and enforce, at such Grantor’s sole expense, all amounts due or hereafter due to such Grantor under the Receivables owned by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business.
 
4.2.3   Delivery of Invoices .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Grantor will deliver to the Administrative Agent promptly upon its request after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default duplicate invoices with respect to each Account owned by such Grantor bearing such language of assignment as the Administrative Agent shall specify.
 
4.2.4   Intentionally Omitted.
 
4.2.5   Electronic Chattel Paper .  If the Collateral of the Grantors shall become electronic chattel paper with a value in excess of $1,000,000, each applicable Grantor shall take all steps necessary to grant the Administrative Agent Control of such electronic chattel paper in accordance with the UCC and all “transferable records” as defined in each of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act and the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.
 
 
10

 
 
4.3.            Maintenance of Goods .  Each Grantor will do all things reasonably necessary to maintain, preserve, protect and keep the Inventory and the Equipment owned by such Grantor in good repair, working order and saleable condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.4.            Instruments, Securities, Chattel Paper, Documents and Pledged Deposits .  Each Grantor will (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent promptly upon execution of this Security Agreement the originals of all Chattel Paper, Securities (to the extent certificated) and Instruments with an aggregate value in excess of $1,000,000 constituting Collateral (if any then exist), (ii) hold in trust for the Administrative Agent upon receipt and promptly thereafter deliver to the Administrative Agent any Chattel Paper, Securities and Instruments with an aggregate value in excess of $1,000,000 constituting Collateral, (iii) upon the designation of any Pledged Deposits (as set forth in the definition thereof), deliver to the Administrative Agent such Pledged Deposits which are evidenced by certificates included in the Collateral endorsed in blank, marked with such legends and assigned as the Administrative Agent shall specify, (iv) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, deliver to the Administrative Agent (and thereafter hold in trust for the Administrative Agent upon receipt and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent) any Document evidencing or constituting Collateral, and (v) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed amendment to this Security Agreement, in the form of Exhibit “I” hereto (the “ Amendment ”), pursuant to which such Grantor will pledge such additional Collateral.  Such Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to attach each Amendment to this Security Agreement and agrees that all additional Collateral owned by it set forth in such Amendments shall be considered to be part of the Collateral.
 
4.5.            Uncertificated Securities and Certain Other Investment Property .  Each Grantor will permit the Administrative Agent from time to time to cause the appropriate issuers (and, if held with a securities intermediary, such securities intermediary) of uncertificated securities or other types of Investment Property not represented by certificates which are Collateral owned by such Grantor to mark their books and records with the numbers and face amounts of all such uncertificated securities or, to the extent the same has an aggregate value in excess of $1,000,000, other types of Investment Property not represented by certificates and all rollovers and replacements therefor to reflect the Lien of the Administrative Agent granted pursuant to this Security Agreement.  To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each Grantor will use all commercially reasonable efforts, with respect to Investment Property constituting Collateral owned by such Grantor held with a financial intermediary, to cause such financial intermediary to enter into a control agreement with the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
4.6.            Stock and Other Ownership Interests .
 
4.6.1   Changes in Capital Structure of Issuers .  Except as permitted in the Credit Agreement, no Grantor will (i) permit or suffer any issuer of privately held corporate securities or other ownership interests in a corporation, partnership, joint venture or limited liability company constituting Collateral owned by such Grantor to dissolve, liquidate, retire any of its capital stock or other Instruments or Securities evidencing ownership, reduce its capital or merge or consolidate with any other entity, or (ii) vote any of the Instruments, Securities or other Investment Property in favor of any of the foregoing except to the extent permitted under Section 6.03 of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
11

 
 
4.6.2   Issuance of Additional Securities . No Grantor will permit or suffer the issuer of privately held corporate securities or other ownership interests in a corporation, partnership, joint venture or limited liability company constituting Collateral to issue any such securities or other ownership interests, any right to receive the same or any right to receive earnings, except to such Grantor.
 
4.6.3   Registration of Pledged Securities and other Investment Property .  Each Grantor will permit any registrable Collateral owned by such Grantor to be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee at any time at the option of the Required Lenders following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and without any further consent of such Grantor.
 
4.6.4   Exercise of Rights in Pledged Securities and other Investment Property .  Each Grantor will permit the Administrative Agent or its nominee at any time after the continuance of a Default, without notice, to exercise or refrain from exercising any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral owned by such Grantor or any part thereof, and to receive all dividends and interest in respect of such Collateral.
 
4.7.            Deposit Accounts .  Each Grantor will (i) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, cause each bank or other financial institution in which it maintains (a) a Deposit Account to enter into a control agreement with the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to give the Administrative Agent Control of the Deposit Account or (b) other deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) to be notified of the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder and cause each such bank or other financial institution to acknowledge such notification in writing and (ii) upon the Administrative Agent’s request after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, deliver to each such bank or other financial institution a letter, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, transferring ownership of the Deposit Account to the Administrative Agent or transferring dominion and control over each such other deposit to the Administrative Agent until such time as no Default exists.  In the case of deposits maintained with Lenders, the terms of such letter shall be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement regarding setoffs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall be required to deliver a control agreement for any Deposit Account which does not hold more than $1,000,000 or any payroll account.
 
4.8.            Letter-of-Credit Rights .  Each Grantor will, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, cause each issuer of a letter of credit with a face amount in excess of $1,000,000, to consent to the assignment of proceeds of such letter of credit in order to give the Administrative Agent Control of the Letter of Credit Rights to such letter of credit.
 
4.9.            Federal, State or Municipal Claims .  Each Grantor will notify the Administrative Agent of any Collateral owned by such Grantor which constitutes a claim in excess of $1,000,000 against the United States government or any state or local government or any instrumentality or agency thereof, the assignment of which claim is restricted by federal, state or municipal law.  Furthermore, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Grantor will execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents, agreements and instruments, and will take such further actions (including, without limitation, the taking of necessary actions under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq. and 41 U.S.C. § 15 et seq.)), which the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request, to ensure perfection and priority of the Liens hereunder in respect of Accounts and General Intangibles with a value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate owing by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, all at the expense of the Borrower.
 
 
12

 
 
4.10.           No Interference.  Each Grantor agrees that it will not interfere with any right, power and remedy of the Administrative Agent provided for in this Security Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, or the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies .
 
4.11.           Insurance.  In the event any Collateral is located in any area that has been designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a “Special Flood Hazard Area”, each Grantor shall purchase and maintain flood insurance on such Collateral (including any personal property which is located on any real property leased by such Loan Party within a “Special Flood Hazard Area”).  The amount of  flood insurance required by this Section shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of the total Commitment or the total replacement cost value of the improvements .
 
4.12.           Intellectual Property.
 
4.12.1  If, after the date hereof, any Grantor obtains rights to, including, but not limited to filing and acceptance of a statement of use or an amendment to allege use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or applies for or seeks registration of, any new patentable invention, Trademark or Copyright in addition to the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights described in Part C of Exhibit “B” , which are all of such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights as of the Effective Date, then such Grantor shall give the Administrative Agent notice thereof, as part of each compliance certificate provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  Each Grantor agrees promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any supplement to this Security Agreement or any other document reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence such security interest in a form appropriate for recording in the applicable federal office.  Each Grantor also hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to modify this Security Agreement unilaterally (i) by amending Part C of Exhibit “B” to include any future Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights of which the Administrative Agent receives notification from such Grantor pursuant hereto and (ii) by recording, in addition to and not in substitution for this Security Agreement, a duplicate original of this Security Agreement containing in Part C of Exhibit “B” a description of such future Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights.
 
4.12.2  As of the Effective Date, no Grantor has any interest in, or title to, any Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents or Trademarks except as set forth in Exhibit “B” .  This Agreement is effective to create a valid and continuing Lien on such Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents and Trademarks and, upon filing of the Confirmatory Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights with the United States Copyright Office and filing of the Confirmatory Grant of Security Interest in Patents with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed in Exhibit “E” hereto, all action necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the security interest in, to and on each Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights has been taken and such perfected security interest is enforceable as such as against any and all creditors of and purchasers from any Grantor.  No Grantor has any interest in any Copyright that is necessary in connection with the operation of such Grantor’s business, except for those Copyrights identified in Exhibit “B” attached hereto which have been registered with the United States Copyright Office.
 
 
13

 
 
4.13.          Commercial Tort Claims .  If, after the date hereof, any Grantor identifies the existence of a Commercial Tort Claim belonging to such Grantor in excess of $1,000,000 that has arisen in the course of such Grantor’s business in addition to the Commercial Tort Claims described in Exhibit “F” , which are all of such Grantor’s Commercial Tort Claims as of the Effective Date, then such Grantor shall give the Administrative Agent prompt notice thereof, but in any event not less frequently than quarterly.  Each Grantor agrees promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any supplement to this Security Agreement or any other document reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the grant of a security interest therein in favor of the Administrative Agent.
 
4.14.           Updating of Exhibits to Security Agreement .  The Company will provide to the Administrative Agent, concurrently with the delivery of the certificate of a Financial Officer of the Company as required by Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement, updated versions of the Exhibits to this Security Agreement (provided that if there have been no changes to any such Exhibits since the previous updating thereof required hereby, the Borrower shall indicate that there has been “no change” to the applicable Exhibit(s)).
 
ARTICLE V
 
DEFAULT
 
5.1.           The occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall constitute a Default hereunder.
 
5.2.            Remedies .
 
5.2.1  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:
 
 
(i)
Those rights and remedies provided in this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, provided that this clause (i) shall not be understood to limit any rights or remedies available to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties prior to a Default.
 
 
(ii)
Those rights and remedies available to a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) or under any other applicable law (including, without limitation, any law governing the exercise of a bank’s right of setoff or bankers’ lien) when a debtor is in default under a security agreement.
 
 
(iii)
Give notice of sole control or any other instruction under any Deposit Account Control Agreement or other control agreement with any securities intermediary and take any action therein with respect to such Collateral.
 
 
(iv)
Without notice (except as specifically provided in Section 8.1 hereof or elsewhere herein, demand or advertisement of any kind to any Grantor or any other Person) enter the premises of any Grantor where any Collateral is located (through self-help and without judicial process) to collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, sell, lease, assign, grant an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of, deliver, or realize upon, the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales (which sales may be adjourned or continued from time to time with or without notice and may take place at any Grantor’s premises of elsewhere), for cash, on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable.
 
 
14

 
 
 
(v)
Concurrently with written notice to the applicable Grantor, transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, to exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto, to collect and receive all cash dividends, interest, principal and other distributions made thereon and to otherwise act with respect to the Pledged Collateral as though the Administrative Agent was the outright owner thereof.
 
5.2.2  The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral, and such compliance will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.
 
5.2.3  The Administrative Agent shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right of equity redemption, which equity redemption the Grantor hereby expressly releases.
 
5.2.4  Until the Administrative Agent is able to effect a sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to hold or use Collateral, or any part thereof, to the extent that it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Collateral or its value or for any other purpose deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may, if it so elects, seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of Collateral and to enforce any of the Administrative Agent’s remedies (for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and other Secured Parties), with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such appointment.
 
5.2.5  If, after the Credit Agreement has terminated by its terms and all of the Secured Obligations have been paid in full, there remain outstanding Secured Swap Obligations or Secured Banking Services Obligations, the Required Lenders may exercise the remedies provided in this Section 5.2 upon the occurrence of any event which would allow or require the termination or acceleration of any Secured Swap Obligations or Secured Banking Services Obligations.
 
5.2.6  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall be required to (i) make any demand upon, or pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies against, any Grantor, any other obligor, guarantor, pledgor or any other Person with respect to the payment of the Secured Obligations or to pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral therefor or any direct or indirect guarantee thereof, (ii) marshal the Collateral or any guarantee of the Secured Obligations or to resort to the Collateral or any such guarantee in any particular order, or (iii) effect a public sale of any Collateral.
 
5.2.7  Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Collateral and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof in accordance with Section 5.2.1 above.  Each Grantor also acknowledges that any private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely by virtue of such sale being private.  The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit any Grantor or the issuer of the Pledged Collateral to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the applicable Grantor and the issuer would agree to do so.
 
 
15

 
 
5.3.            Grantors’ Obligations Upon Default .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, each Grantor will:
 
5.3.1   Assembly of Collateral .  Assemble and make available to the Administrative Agent the Collateral and all books and records relating thereto at any place or places specified by the Administrative Agent.
 
5.3.2   Secured Party Access .  Permit the Administrative Agent, by the Administrative Agent’s representatives and agents, to enter, occupy and use any premises where all or any part of the Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, are located, to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, to remove all or any part of the Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, and to conduct sales of the Collateral, without any obligation to pay the Grantor for such use and occupancy.
 
5.3.3  Prepare and file, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to prepare and file, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable government agency, registration statements, a prospectus and such other documentation in connection with the Pledged Collateral as the Administrative Agent may request, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to furnish to the Administrative Agent, any information regarding the Pledged Collateral in such detail as the Administrative Agent may specify.
 
5.3.4  Take, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to take, any and all actions necessary to register or qualify the Pledged Collateral to enable the Administrative Agent to consummate a public sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral.
 
5.4.            License .  The Administrative Agent is hereby granted a license or other right to use, following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, without charge, each Grantor’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, customer lists and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral, and, following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, such Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the Administrative Agent’s benefit.  In addition, each Grantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the Administrative Agent may, following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, sell any of such Grantor’s Inventory directly to any person, including without limitation persons who have previously purchased such Grantor’s Inventory from such Grantor and in connection with any such sale or other enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Security Agreement, may sell Inventory which bears any trademark owned by or licensed to such Grantor and any Inventory that is covered by any copyright owned by or licensed to such Grantor and the Administrative Agent may finish any work in process and affix any trademark owned by or licensed to such Grantor and sell such Inventory as provided herein.
 
 
16

 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
 
No delay or omission of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy granted under this Security Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  No waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Security Agreement whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent and each Grantor, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth, provided that the addition of any Material Domestic Subsidiary as a Grantor hereunder by execution of a Security Agreement Supplement in the form of Annex I (with such modifications as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent) shall not require receipt of any consent from or execution of any documentation by any other Grantor party hereto.  All rights and remedies contained in this Security Agreement or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties until the Secured Obligations have been paid in full.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
PROCEEDS; COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES
 
7.1.            Lockboxes .  Upon request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent irrevocable lockbox agreements in the form provided by or otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which agreements shall be accompanied by an acknowledgment by the bank where the lockbox is located of the Lien of the Administrative Agent granted hereunder and of irrevocable instructions to wire all amounts collected therein to a special collateral account at the Administrative Agent.
 
7.2.            Collection of Receivables .  The Administrative Agent may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, by giving each Grantor written notice, elect to require that the Receivables be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  In such event, each Grantor shall, and shall permit the Administrative Agent to, promptly notify the account debtors or obligors under the Receivables owned by such Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s interest therein and direct such account debtors or obligors to make payment of all amounts then or thereafter due under such Receivables directly to the Administrative Agent.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Administrative Agent, each Grantor shall thereafter hold in trust for the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, all amounts and proceeds received by it with respect to the Receivables and Other Collateral and immediately and at all times thereafter deliver to the Administrative Agent all such amounts and proceeds in the same form as so received, whether by cash, check, draft or otherwise, with any necessary endorsements.  The Administrative Agent shall hold and apply funds so received as provided by the terms of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 hereof.
 
7.3.            Special Collateral Account .  The Administrative Agent may, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, require all cash proceeds of the Collateral to be deposited in a special non-interest bearing cash collateral account with the Administrative Agent and held there as security for the Secured Obligations.  No Grantor shall have any control whatsoever over said cash collateral account.  If no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly deposit the collected balances in said cash collateral account into the applicable Grantor’s general operating account with the Administrative Agent.  If any Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may (and shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders), from time to time, apply the collected balances in said cash collateral account to the payment of the Secured Obligations whether or not the Secured Obligations shall then be due.
 
 
17

 
 
7.4.            Application of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Collateral shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to payment of the Secured Obligations as provided under Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
8.1.            Notice of Disposition of Collateral; Condition of Collateral .  Each Grantor hereby waives notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral may be made.  To the extent such notice may not be waived under applicable law, any notice made shall be deemed reasonable if sent to the Borrower, addressed as set forth in Article IX , at least ten (10) days prior to (i) the date of any such public sale or (ii) the time after which any such private sale or other disposition may be made.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages, and demands against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral, except such as arise solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Grantor absolutely and irrevocably waives and relinquishes the benefit and advantage of, and covenants not to assert against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any valuation, stay, appraisal, extension, moratorium, redemption or similar laws and any and all rights or defenses it may have as a surety now or hereafter existing which, but for this provision, might be applicable to the sale of any Collateral made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, or privately under the power of sale conferred by this Security Agreement, or otherwise.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Grantor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in connection with this Security Agreement or any Collateral.
 
8.2.           Limitation on Administrative Agent’s and other Secured Parties’ Duty with Respect to the Collateral .  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. The Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party shall use reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in its possession or under its control.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any other duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party, or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Administrative Agent to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that it is commercially reasonable for the Administrative Agent (i) to fail to incur expenses deemed significant by the Administrative Agent to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to transform raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against account debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against account debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as such Grantor, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of such Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, such as title, possession or quiet enjoyment, (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Administrative Agent against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Administrative Agent a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Administrative Agent in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral.  Each Grantor acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 8.2 is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Administrative Agent would be commercially reasonable in the Administrative Agent’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 8.2 .  Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 8.2 shall be construed to grant any rights to any Grantor or to impose any duties on the Administrative Agent that would not have been granted or imposed by this Security Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section 8.2 .
 
 
18

 
 
8.3.            Compromises and Collection of Collateral .  Each Grantor and the Administrative Agent recognize that setoffs, counterclaims, defenses and other claims may be asserted by obligors with respect to certain of the Receivables, that certain of the Receivables may be or become uncollectible in whole or in part and that the expense and probability of success in litigating a disputed Receivable may exceed the amount that reasonably may be expected to be recovered with respect to a Receivable.  In view of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent may at any time and from time to time, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, compromise with the obligor on any Receivable, accept in full payment of any Receivable such amount as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine or abandon any Receivable, and any such action by the Administrative Agent shall be commercially reasonable so long as the Administrative Agent acts in good faith based on information known to it at the time it takes any such action.
 
8.4.            Secured Party Performance of Grantor’s Obligations .  Without having any obligation to do so, the Administrative Agent may perform or pay any obligation which any Grantor has agreed to perform or pay in this Security Agreement and such Grantor shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for any reasonable amounts paid by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 8.4 .  Each Grantor’s obligation to reimburse the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be a Secured Obligation payable on demand.
 
8.5.            Authorization for Secured Party to Take Certain Action .  Each Grantor irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney in fact (i) to execute on behalf of such Grantor as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, (ii) to indorse and collect any cash proceeds of the Collateral, (iii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Collateral as a financing statement and to file any other financing statement or amendment of a financing statement (which does not add new collateral or add a debtor) in such offices as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, (iv) to contact and enter into one or more agreements with the issuers of uncertificated securities which are Collateral owned by such Grantor and which are Securities or with financial intermediaries holding other Investment Property as may be necessary or advisable to give the Administrative Agent Control over such Securities or other Investment Property, (v) subject to the terms of Section 4.1.5 hereof, to enforce payment of the Instruments, Accounts and Receivables in the name of the Administrative Agent or such Grantor, (vi) to apply the proceeds of any Collateral received by the Administrative Agent to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article VII and (vii) to discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees or Liens on the Collateral (except for such Liens as are specifically permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document), and each Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent on demand for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith, provided that this authorization shall not relieve any Grantor of any of its obligations under this Security Agreement or under the Credit Agreement.
 
 
19

 
 
8.6.            Specific Performance of Certain Covenants .  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 4.1.5 , 4.1.6 , 4.4 , 5.3 , or 8.8 or in Article VII hereof will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breaches and therefore agrees, without limiting the right of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties to seek and obtain specific performance of other obligations of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement, that the covenants of the Grantors contained in the Sections referred to in this Section 8.6 shall be specifically enforceable against the Grantors.
 
8.7.            Use and Possession of Certain Premises .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to occupy and use any premises owned or leased by the Grantors where any of the Collateral or any records relating to the Collateral are located until the Secured Obligations are paid or the Collateral is removed therefrom, whichever first occurs, without any obligation to pay any Grantor for such use and occupancy.
 
8.8.            Dispositions Not Authorized .  No Grantor is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral except as set forth in Section 4.1.5 hereof and notwithstanding any course of dealing between any Grantor and the Administrative Agent or other conduct of the Administrative Agent, no authorization to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral (except as set forth in Section 4.1.5 hereof) shall be binding upon the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties unless such authorization is in writing signed by the Administrative Agent with the consent or at the direction of the Required Lenders.
 
8.9.           Reinstatement .  This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Grantor for liquidation or reorganization, should any Grantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Grantor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Secured Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
 
8.10.          Benefit of Agreement .  The terms and provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (including all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Security Agreement), except that the Grantors shall not have the right to assign their rights or delegate their obligations under this Security Agreement or any interest herein, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.  No sales of participations, assignments, transfers, or other dispositions of any agreement governing the Secured Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall in any manner impair the Lien granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, hereunder.
 
 
20

 
 
8.11.          Survival of Representations .  All representations and warranties of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement.
 
8.12.          Taxes and Expenses .  Any taxes (including income taxes) payable or ruled payable by a Federal or State authority in respect of this Security Agreement shall be paid by the Grantors, together with interest and penalties, if any.  The Grantors shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and internal charges (including reasonable attorneys’, auditors’ and accountants’ fees and reasonable time charges of attorneys, paralegals, auditors and accountants who may be employees of the Administrative Agent) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, collection and enforcement of this Security Agreement and in the audit, analysis, administration, collection, preservation or sale of the Collateral (including the expenses and charges associated with any periodic or special audit of the Collateral).  Any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Grantors in the performance of actions required pursuant to the terms hereof shall be borne solely by the Grantors.
 
8.13.          Headings .  The title of and section headings in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement.
 
8.14.          Termination .  This Security Agreement shall continue in effect (notwithstanding the fact that from time to time there may be no Secured Obligations outstanding) until (i) any and all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents have terminated, and the Credit Agreement has terminated pursuant to its express terms and (ii) all of the Secured Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations) have been indefeasibly paid in cash and performed in full (or with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit, a cash deposit or backup Letter of Credit has been delivered to the Administrative Agent as required by the Credit Agreement) and no commitments of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties which would give rise to any Obligations are outstanding.
 
8.15.          Entire Agreement .  This Security Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Grantors and the Administrative Agent relating to the Collateral and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the Grantors and the Administrative Agent relating to the Collateral.
 
8.16.          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .
 
8.16.1   THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
8.16.2  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each Grantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
 
 
21

 
 
8.16.3  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 8.16.2 .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
 
8.16.4  Each party to this Security Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Article IX of this Security Agreement, and each of the Grantors hereby appoints the Borrower as its agent for service of process.  Nothing in this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Security Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
8.16.5   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH GRANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER GRANTOR HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER GRANTOR WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER GRANTORS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
 
8.17.          Indemnity .  Each Grantor hereby agrees, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, and their respective successors, assigns, agents and employees, from and against any and all liabilities, damages, penalties, suits, costs, and expenses of any kind and nature  (including, without limitation, all expenses of litigation or preparation therefor whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party is a party thereto) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties, or their respective successors, assigns, agents and employees, in any way relating to or arising out of this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the manufacture, purchase, acceptance, rejection, ownership, delivery, lease, possession, use, operation, condition, sale, return or other disposition of any Collateral (including, without limitation, latent and other defects, whether or not discoverable by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties or any Grantor, and any claim for patent, trademark or copyright infringement); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person or (y) a material breach by such Person of its express contractual obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to a claim made by any Grantor.
 
 
22

 
 
8.18.          Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness .  Each Grantor agrees that any and all claims of such Grantor against any other Grantor (each an “ Obligor ”) with respect to any “Intercompany Indebtedness” (as hereinafter defined), any endorser, obligor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or against any of its properties shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full and in cash, of all Secured Obligations, provided that, and not in contravention of the foregoing, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, such Grantor may make loans to and receive payments in the ordinary course of business with respect to such Intercompany Indebtedness from each such Obligor to the extent not prohibited by the terms of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding any right of any Grantor to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Obligor, all rights, liens and security interests of such Grantor, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any other Obligor shall be and are subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent in those assets.  No Grantor shall have any right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until this Security Agreement has terminated in accordance with Section 8.14 .  If all or any part of the assets of any Obligor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of such Obligor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of any such Obligor is dissolved or if substantially all of the assets of any such Obligor are sold, then, and in any such event (such events being herein referred to as an “ Insolvency Event ”), any payment or distribution of any kind or character, either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of any Obligor to any Grantor (“ Intercompany Indebtedness ”) shall be paid or delivered directly to the Administrative Agent for application on any of the Secured Obligations, due or to become due, until such Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations) shall have first been fully paid and satisfied (in cash).  Should any payment, distribution, security or instrument or proceeds thereof be received by the applicable Grantor upon or with respect to the Intercompany Indebtedness after any Insolvency Event and prior to the termination of this Security Agreement in accordance with Section 8.14 , such Grantor shall receive and hold the same in trust, as trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of the Grantor where necessary), for application to any of the Secured Obligations, due or not due, and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the Grantor as the property of the Secured Parties.  If any such Grantor fails to make any such endorsement or assignment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any of its officers or employees is irrevocably authorized to make the same.  Each Grantor agrees that until the termination of this Security Agreement in accordance with Section 8.14 , no Grantor will assign or transfer to any Person (other than the Administrative Agent or the Borrower or another Grantor) any claim any such Grantor has or may have against any Obligor.
 
8.19.          Severability .  Any provision in this Security Agreement that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of this Security Agreement are declared to be severable.
 
8.20.          Counterparts .  This Security Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.
 
 
23

 
 
ARTICLE IX
 
NOTICES
 
9.1.            Sending Notices .  Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Security Agreement shall be sent (and deemed received) in the manner and to the addresses set forth in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.  Any notice delivered to the Borrower shall be deemed to have been delivered to all of the Grantors.
 
9.2.            Change in Address for Notices .  Each of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may change the address for service of notice upon it by a notice in writing to the other parties.
 
ARTICLE X
 
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has been appointed Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties hereunder pursuant to Article VIII of the Credit Agreement.  It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties to this Security Agreement that any authority conferred upon the Administrative Agent hereunder is subject to the terms of the delegation of authority made by the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and that the Administrative Agent has agreed to act (and any successor Administrative Agent shall act) as such hereunder only on the express conditions contained in such Article VIII .  Any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII of the Credit Agreement shall be entitled to all the rights, interests and benefits of the Administrative Agent hereunder.
 
[Signature Pages Follow]
 
 
 

 
 
24

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Grantors and the Administrative Agent have executed this Security Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
ROGERS CORPORATION, as a Grantor
   
  By  /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                    
 
Name:  Dennis M. Loughran
 
Title: Vice President
   
 
WORLD PROPERTIES, INC., as a Grantor
   
  By  /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                    
 
Name:  Dennis M. Loughran
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement
 
 
 

 
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
 
By:    /s/ D. Scott Farquhar                     
Name:  D. Scott Farquhar
Title:  Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT “A”
(See Sections 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 and 4.1.7 of Security Agreement)
 
 
 
Prior names, jurisdiction of formation, place of business (if Grantor has only one place of business), chief executive office (if Grantor has more than one place of business), mergers and mailing address:
 
 
  _________________________
  _________________________
  _________________________
  _________________________
   
  Attention:_________________
   
   
   
   
Locations of Real Property, Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures:
   
A. Owned Locations of Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures of the Grantors :
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
B. Leased Locations of Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures of the Grantors (Include Landlord’s Name):
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
C. Public Warehouses or other Locations pursuant to Bailment or Consignment Arrangements (include name of warehouse operator or other bailee or consignee of Inventory and Equipment of the Grantors):
 
 
1

 
 
EXHIBIT “B”
(See Sections 3.8 and 3.12 of Security Agreement)
 
 
 
 
A. [Reserved]
 
B. Aircraft/engines, ships, vessels, railcars, other vehicles and similar equipment governed by federal statute:
 
 
Description
Registration Number
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.  Patents, copyrights and trademarks protected under federal law*:

 
 
 
 
 
 

* For (i) trademarks, show the trademark itself, the registration date and the registration number; (ii) trademark applications, show the trademark applied for, the application filing date and the serial number of the application; (iii) patents, show the patent number, issue date and a brief description of the subject matter of the patent; and (iv) patent applications, show the serial number of the application, the application filing date and a brief description of the subject matter of the patent applied for.  Any licensing agreements for patents or trademarks should be described on a separate schedule.
 
 
2

 
 
EXHIBIT “C”
(See Section 3.8 of Security Agreement)

Legal description, county and street address of property on which
Fixtures are located:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Record Owner:
 
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
 
 
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
EXHIBIT “D”
 
List of Pledged Securities
(See Section 3.11 of Security Agreement)
 
 
A. STOCKS:
 
Issuer
Certificate Number
Number of Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. BONDS:
 
Issuer
Number
Face Amount
Coupon Rate
Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES:
 
Issuer
Number
Type
Face Amount
Coupon Rate
Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
D. OTHER SECURITIES OR OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED):
 
Issuer
Description of Collateral
 
Percentage Ownership Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
4

 
 
EXHIBIT “E”
(See Section 3.1 of Security Agreement)

OFFICES IN WHICH FINANCING STATEMENTS HAVE BEEN FILED
 
 
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
EXHIBIT “F”
(See Definition of “Commercial Tort Claims”)

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[Describe parties, case number (if applicable), nature of dispute]
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

 
 
EXHIBIT “G”
(See Section 3.10 of Security Agreement)

FEDERAL EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER;
STATE ORGANIZATION NUMBER; JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
 
 
GRANTOR 1
Federal Employer
Identification
Number
 
Type of
Organization
State of
Organization or
Incorporation
State
Organization
Number
Rogers Corporation
 
 
 
[__________]
 
Corporation
Massachusetts
[__________]
World Properties, Inc.
 
[__________]
Corporation
Illinois
[__________]
 
 
 
 

1 Borrower to confirm.
 
 
7

 
 
EXHIBIT “H”
(See Section 3.5 of Security Agreement)

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Grantor
 
 
 
Name of Institution
 
 
 
Account Number
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
SECURITIES ACCOUNTS
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Grantor
 
 
 
Name of Institution
 
 
 
Account Number
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
EXHIBIT “I”
(See Section 4.4 of Security Agreement)

AMENDMENT
 


This Amendment, dated ________________, 20____ is delivered pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Security Agreement referred to below.  All defined terms herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto or incorporated by reference in the Security Agreement.  The undersigned hereby certifies that the representations and warranties in Article III of the Security Agreement are and continue to be true and correct.  The undersigned further agrees that this Amendment may be attached to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated November [__], 2010, between the undersigned, as the Grantors, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, (the “ Security Agreement ”) and that the Collateral listed on Schedule I to this Amendment shall be and become a part of the Collateral referred to in said Security Agreement and shall secure all Secured Obligations referred to in said Security Agreement.
 

 
By:_________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
9

 
 
SCHEDULE  I TO AMENDMENT

STOCKS

 
Name of
Grantor
 
 
Issuer
 
Certificate
Number(s)
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
 
Class of Stock
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
           
           

BONDS

Name of
Grantor
Issuer
Number
Face Amount
Coupon Rate
Maturity
           
           

GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

Name of
Grantor
Issuer
Number
Type
Face Amount
Coupon Rate
Maturity
             
             

OTHER SECURITIES OR OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED)

Name of Grantor
Issuer
Description of Collateral
Percentage Ownership
Interest
       
       

[ Add description of custody accounts or arrangements with securities intermediary, if applicable ]
 
 
 
10

 
 
ANNEX I
 
to
 
PLEDGE AND
 
SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
Reference is hereby made to the Pledge and  Security Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 23, 2010, made by each of ROGERS CORPORATION, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages thereto (together with the Borrower, the “ Initial Grantors ”, and together with any additional Subsidiaries, including the undersigned, which become parties thereto by executing a Supplement in substantially the form hereof, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.  By its execution below, the undersigned, [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR], a [__________] [corporation/limited liability company/limited partnership] (the “ New Grantor ”) agrees to become, and does hereby become, a Grantor under the Agreement and agrees to be bound by the Agreement as if originally a party thereto.  By its execution below, the undersigned represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.  New Grantor represents and warrants that the supplements to the Exhibits to the Agreement attached hereto are true and correct in all respects and such supplements set forth all information required to be scheduled under the Agreement. New Grantor shall take all steps necessary and required under the Agreement to perfect, in favor of the Administrative Agent, a first-priority security interest in and lien against New Grantor’s Collateral.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor has executed and delivered this Annex I counterpart to the Agreement as of this ___________ day of ____________, 20___.
 

 
[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
   
   
 
By:__________________________
 
Title:_________________________
 
 
 
 
 
1
Exhibit 10.75
 
GUARANTY
 
THIS GUARANTY (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty ”) is made as of November 23, 2010 by and among each of the Subsidiaries of Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”) listed on the signature pages hereto (each an “ Initial Guarantor ”) and those additional Subsidiaries of the Borrower which become parties to this Guaranty by executing a supplement hereto (a “ Guaranty Supplement ”) in the form attached hereto as Annex I (such additional Subsidiaries, together with the Initial Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement described below.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
 
W I T N E S S E T H :
 
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), which Credit Agreement provides, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for extensions of credit and other financial accommodations to be made by the Lenders to or for the benefit of the Borrower;
 
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the extensions of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that each of the Guarantors (constituting all of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower required to execute this Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement) execute and deliver this Guaranty, whereby each of the Guarantors, without limitation and with full recourse, shall guarantee the payment when due of all Secured Obligations, including, without limitation, all principal, interest, letter of credit reimbursement obligations and other amounts that shall be at any time payable by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and
 
WHEREAS, in consideration of the direct and indirect financial and other support and benefits that the Borrower has provided, and such direct and indirect financial and other support and benefits as the Borrower may in the future provide, to the Guarantors, and in consideration of the increased ability of each Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower to receive funds through contributions to capital, and for each Guarantor to receive funds through intercompany advances or otherwise, from funds provided to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the flexibility provided by the Credit Agreement for each Guarantor to do so which significantly facilitates the business operations of the Borrower and each Guarantor and in order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into the Credit Agreement, and to make the Loans and the other financial accommodations to the Borrower and to issue the Letters of Credit described in the Credit Agreement, each of the Guarantors is willing to guarantee the Secured Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1.      Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  Each of the Guarantors represents and warrants to each Lender and the Administrative Agent as of the date of this Guaranty, giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents on the Effective Date, and thereafter on each date as required by Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement that:
 
 
 

 
 
(a)           It (i) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (ii) is, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of each jurisdiction where the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, and (iii) has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority, as the case may be, to own, operate and encumber its property and to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted or proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that the failure to have such authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(b)           It has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery by it of this Guaranty and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by proper corporate, limited liability company or partnership proceedings, including any required shareholder, member or partner approval, and this Guaranty constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyances, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (iii) requirements of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.
 
(c)           Neither the execution and delivery by it of this Guaranty, nor the consummation by it of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with the charter or other organizational documents of such Guarantor, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award (including, without limitation, any environmental property transfer laws or regulations) applicable to such Guarantor or any provisions of any indenture, instrument or agreement to which the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries is party or is subject or by which it or its property is bound or affected, or require termination of any such indenture, instrument or agreement, (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of such Guarantor, other than Liens permitted or created by the Loan Documents, or (iv) require any approval of such Guarantor’s board of directors, shareholders, members, partners or unitholders except such as have been obtained.  The execution, delivery and performance by such Guarantor of each of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by any Governmental Authority, including under any environmental property transfer act or environmental laws or regulations, except filings, consents or notices which have been made.
 
(d)           It has no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement.
 
In addition to the foregoing, each of the Guarantors covenants that, so long as any Lender has any Commitment or Letter of Credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any amount payable under the Credit Agreement or any other Secured Obligations shall remain unpaid, it will, and, if necessary, will cause the Borrower to, fully comply with those covenants and agreements of the Borrower applicable to such Guarantor set forth in the Credit Agreement.
 
 
2

 
 
SECTION 2.      The Guaranty .  Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, the full and punctual payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation, (i) the principal of and interest on each Loan made to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (ii) obligations owing under or in connection with Letters of Credit, (iii) all other amounts payable by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and including, without limitation, all Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Banking Services Obligations, and (iv) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by the Borrower of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of the Borrower contained in the Loan Documents (all of the foregoing being referred to collectively as the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  Upon the failure by the Borrower, or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, to pay punctually any such amount or perform such obligation, subject to any applicable grace or notice and cure period, each of the Guarantors agrees that it shall forthwith on demand pay such amount or perform such obligation at the place and in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement or the relevant other Loan Document, as the case may be.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that this Guaranty is an absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection.
 
SECTION 3.      Guaranty Unconditional .  The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:
 
(i)        any extension, renewal, settlement, indulgence, compromise, waiver or release of or with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether (in any such case) by operation of law or otherwise, or any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(ii)       any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any such amendment which may increase the amount of, or the interest rates applicable to, any of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby;
 
(iii)      any release, surrender, compromise, settlement, waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, any other guaranties with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or any other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or any nonperfection or invalidity of any direct or indirect security for the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(iv)      any change in the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence, structure or ownership of the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any of their respective assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(v)       the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which the Guarantors may have at any time against the Borrower, any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or in connection with any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;
 
 
3

 
 
(vi)      the enforceability or validity of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement relating thereto or with respect to any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or any other invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, for any reason related to the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any provision of applicable law, decree, order or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise affecting any term of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(vii)     the failure of the Administrative Agent to take any steps to perfect and maintain any security interest in, or to preserve any rights to, any security or collateral for the Guaranteed Obligations, if any;
 
(viii)    the election by, or on behalf of, any one or more of the Secured Parties, in any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) (or any successor statute, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
(ix)      any borrowing or grant of a security interest by the Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
(x)       the disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of the claims of the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent for repayment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(xi)      the failure of any other guarantor to sign or become party to this Guaranty or any amendment, change, or reaffirmation hereof; or
 
(xii)     any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this Section 3 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or otherwise reduce, release, prejudice or extinguish its liability under this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 4.      Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full; Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances .  Each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen) and the Commitments and all Letters of Credit issued under the Credit Agreement shall have terminated or expired or, in the case of all Letters of Credit, are fully collateralized on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, at which time, subject to all the foregoing conditions, the guarantees made hereunder shall automatically terminate.  If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan, Secured Obligation or any other amount payable by the Borrower or any other party under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be due and payable in the same currency as such Guaranteed Obligation is denominated, but if currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that such currency (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists or the relevant Guarantor is not able to make payment in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by such Guarantor hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of payment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that each Guarantor takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.
 
 
4

 
 
SECTION 5.       General Waivers; Additional Waivers .
 
(a)            General Waivers .  Each of the Guarantors irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand or action on delinquency, protest, the benefit of any statutes of limitations and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notice not provided for herein or under the other Loan Documents, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other Person.
 
(b)            Additional Waivers .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the Guarantors hereby absolutely, unconditionally, knowingly, and expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law:
 
(i)        any right it may have to revoke this Guaranty as to future indebtedness or notice of acceptance hereof;
 
(ii)       (1) notice of acceptance hereof; (2) notice of any Loans, Letters of Credit or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Loan Documents or the creation or existence of any Guaranteed Obligations; (3) notice of the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, subject, however, to each Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties to ascertain the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time; (4) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of the Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (5) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instruments among the Loan Documents; (6) notice of any Default or Event of Default; and (7) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Guarantor hereunder or under the Loan Documents) and demands to which each Guarantor might otherwise be entitled;
 
(iii)      its right, if any, to require the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties to institute suit against, or to exhaust any rights and remedies which the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties has or may have against, the other Guarantors or any third party, or against any Collateral provided by the other Guarantors, or any third party; and each Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and paid in full in cash) of the other Guarantors or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the other Guarantors in respect thereof;
 
(iv)      (a) any rights to assert against the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against the other Guarantors or any other party liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties; (b) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor; (c) any defense such Guarantor has to performance hereunder, and any right such Guarantor has to be exonerated, arising by reason of:  (1) the impairment or suspension of the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties' rights or remedies against the other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; (2) the alteration by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties of the Guaranteed Obligations; (3) any discharge of the other Guarantors’ obligations to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties by operation of law as a result of the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties' intervention or omission; or (4) the acceptance by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties of anything in partial satisfaction of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (d) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor's liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guaranteed Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Guarantor's liability hereunder; and
 
 
5

 
 
(v)       any defense arising by reason of or deriving from (a) any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties; or (b) any election by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties under the Bankruptcy Code, to limit the amount of, or any collateral securing, its claim against the Guarantors.
 
SECTION 6.       Subordination of Subrogation; Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness .
 
(a)            Subordination of Subrogation .  Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and finally performed and paid in full in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations), the Guarantors (i) shall have no right of subrogation with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations and (ii) waive any right to enforce any remedy which the Issuing Bank, any of the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent now have or may hereafter have against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, and until such time the Guarantors waive any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to the Secured Parties, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent to secure the payment or performance of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other liability of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent.  Should any Guarantor have the right, notwithstanding the foregoing, to exercise its subrogation rights, each Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably (A) subordinates any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off that such Guarantor may have to the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations) and (B) waives any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen).  Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Guaranty, and that the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 6(a) .
 
 
6

 
 
(b)            Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness .  Each Guarantor agrees that any and all claims of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor hereunder (each an “ Obligor ”) with respect to any “Intercompany Indebtedness” (as hereinafter defined), any endorser, obligor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, or against any of its properties shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full and in cash, of all Guaranteed Obligations; provided that, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Guarantor may receive payments of principal and interest from any Obligor with respect to Intercompany Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding any right of any Guarantor to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Obligor, all rights, liens and security interests of such Guarantor, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any other Obligor shall be and are subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent in those assets. No Guarantor shall have any right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully paid and satisfied (in cash) and all financing arrangements pursuant to any Loan Document, any Swap Agreement or any Banking Services Agreement have been terminated.  If all or any part of the assets of any Obligor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of such Obligor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of any such Obligor is dissolved or if substantially all of the assets of any such Obligor are sold, then, and in any such event (such events being herein referred to as an “ Insolvency Event ”), any payment or distribution of any kind or character, either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of any Obligor to any Guarantor (“ Intercompany Indebtedness ”) shall be paid or delivered directly to the Administrative Agent for application on any of the Guaranteed Obligations, due or to become due, until such Guaranteed Obligations shall have first been fully paid and satisfied (in cash).  Should any payment, distribution, security or instrument or proceeds thereof be received by the applicable Guarantor upon or with respect to the Intercompany Indebtedness after any Insolvency Event and prior to the satisfaction of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and the termination of all financing arrangements pursuant to any Loan Document among the Borrower and the Secured Parties, such Guarantor shall receive and hold the same in trust, as trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of the Guarantor where necessary), for application to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, due or not due, and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the Guarantor as the property of the Secured Parties.  If any such Guarantor fails to make any such endorsement or assignment within seven (7) days after demand to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any of its officers or employees is irrevocably authorized to make the same.  Each Guarantor agrees that until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than the Unliquidated Obligations) have been paid in full (in cash) and satisfied and all financing arrangements pursuant to any Loan Document among the Borrower and the Secured Parties have been terminated, no Guarantor will assign or transfer to any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) any claim any such Guarantor has or may have against any Obligor.
 
SECTION 7.       Contribution with Respect to Guaranteed Obligations .
 
(a)           To the extent that any Guarantor shall make a payment under this Guaranty (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) which, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Guarantor, exceeds the amount which otherwise would have been paid by or attributable to such Guarantor if each Guarantor had paid the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Guarantors as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then , following full and final payment in full in cash of the Guarantor Payment and the Guaranteed Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen), and all Commitments and Letters of Credit have terminated or expired or, in the case of all Letters of Credit, are fully collateralized on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and the Credit Agreement, the Swap Agreements and the Banking Services Agreements have terminated, such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.
 
 
7

 
 
(b)           As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Guarantor shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim which could then be recovered from such Guarantor under this Guaranty without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.
 
(c)           This Section 7 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Guarantors, and nothing set forth in this Section 7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty.
 
(d)           The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Guarantor or Guarantors to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.
 
(e)           The rights of the indemnifying Guarantors against other Guarantors under this Section 7 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen) and the termination or expiry (or in the case of all Letters of Credit full collateralization), on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, of the Commitments and all Letters of Credit issued under the Credit Agreement and the termination of the Credit Agreement, the Swap Agreements and the Banking Services Agreements.
 
SECTION 8.      Stay of Acceleration .  If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, any counterparty to any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document shall nonetheless be payable by each of the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent.
 
SECTION 9.       Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be given in the manner prescribed in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Administrative Agent at its notice address therein and, with respect to any Guarantor, in the care of the Borrower at the address of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement, or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for such purpose in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.
 
SECTION 10.     No Waivers .  No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies provided in this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
 
8

 
 
SECTION 11.     Successors and Assigns .  This Guaranty is for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, provided , that no Guarantor shall have any right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of the Administrative Agent, and any such assignment in violation of this Section 11 shall be null and void; and in the event of an assignment of any amounts payable under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or the other Loan Documents in accordance with the respective terms thereof, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such indebtedness. This Guaranty shall be binding upon each of the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns.
 
SECTION 12.     Changes in Writing .  Other than in connection with the addition of additional Subsidiaries, which become parties hereto by executing a Guaranty Supplement hereto in the form attached as Annex I , neither this Guaranty nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only in writing signed by each of the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement.
 
SECTION 13.     Governing Law; Jurisdiction .
 
(a)            THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
(b)           Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
 
(c)           Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
 
(d)           Each party to this Guaranty irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9 of this Guaranty, and each of the Guarantors hereby appoints the Borrower as its agent for service of process.  Nothing in this Guaranty or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Guaranty to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
 
9

 
 
SECTION 14.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH GUARANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER GUARANTOR HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER GUARANTOR WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER GUARANTORS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
 
SECTION 15.     No Strict Construction .  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Guaranty.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Guaranty shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 16.     Taxes, Expenses of Enforcement, Etc.
 
(a)            Taxes .
 
Each payment by any Guarantor hereunder or under any promissory note or application for a Letter of Credit shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by any law. If any Guarantor determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Guarantor may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by the Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that, net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such withholding been made.

(ii)            In addition, such Guarantor shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
 
(iii)           As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Guarantor to a Governmental Authority, such Guarantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
(iv)           The Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or payable by such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts payable under this Section 16(a)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 16(a) shall be paid within ten (10) days after the Recipient delivers to any Guarantor a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so payable by such Recipient. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so payable absent manifest error. Such Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent. In the case of any Lender making a claim under this Section 16(a) on behalf of any of its beneficial owners, an indemnity payment under this Section 16(a) shall be due only to the extent that such Lender is able to establish that, with respect to the applicable Indemnified Taxes, such beneficial owners supplied to the applicable Persons such properly completed and executed documentation necessary to claim any applicable exemption from, or reduction of, such Indemnified Taxes.
 
 
10

 
 
(i)            (v)  By accepting the benefits hereof, each Lender agrees that it will comply with Section 2.17(f) of the Credit Agreement.
 
(b)            Expenses of Enforcement, Etc .  The Guarantors agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations for any reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations in connection with the collection and enforcement of amounts due under the Loan Documents, including without limitation this Guaranty.  The Administrative Agent agrees to distribute payments received from any of the Guarantors hereunder to the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations on a pro rata basis for application in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
 
SECTION 17.    Setoff .  At any time after all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations have become due and payable (by acceleration or otherwise), each Secured Party and the Administrative Agent may, without notice to any Guarantor and regardless of the acceptance of any security or collateral for the payment hereof, set off and apply toward the payment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated at any time held) and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent or any of their Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the Guaranteed Obligations, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand under this Guaranty and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Secured Party or the Administrative Agent under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent may have.
 
SECTION 18.    Financial Information .  Each Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower, the other Guarantors and any and all endorsers and/or other guarantors of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof, that diligent inquiry would reveal, and each Guarantor hereby agrees that none of the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to any of them regarding such condition or any such circumstances.  In the event any Secured Party or the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to a Guarantor, such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation (i) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, (ii) to disclose any information which such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance or banking practices, wishes to maintain confidential or (iii) to make any other or future disclosures of such information or any other information to such Guarantor.
 
SECTION 19.     Severability .  Wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 20.     Merger .  This Guaranty represents the final agreement of each of the Guarantors with respect to the matters contained herein and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior or contemporaneous agreements, or subsequent oral agreements, between each such Guarantor and any Secured Party or the Administrative Agent.
 
SECTION 21.      Headings .  Section headings in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern the interpretation of any provision of this Guaranty.
 
 
11

 
 
SECTION 22.     Judgment Currency .  For the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from any Guarantor hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ Specified Currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given.  The obligations of each Guarantor in respect of any sum due hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by any Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency.  If the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the Specified Currency, each Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Holder of Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the Specified Currency and (b) amounts shared with other Secured Parties as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such other Secured Party under Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement, such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, agrees, by accepting the benefits hereof, to remit such excess to such Guarantor.
 
SECTION 23.     Termination of Guarantors .  The obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty shall automatically terminate in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Initial Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
WORLD PROPERTIES, INC.
   
   
 
By:    /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                    
 
Name:  Dennis M. Loughran
 
Title:  Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Page to Guaranty
 
 
 

 
 
Acknowledged and Agreed to:
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent


By:   /s/ D. Scott Farquhar                        
Name:  D. Scott Farquhar
Title:    Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Page to Guaranty
 
 
 

 
 
ANNEX I TO GUARANTY

Reference is hereby made to the Guaranty (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of November 23, 2010, made by each of the Subsidiaries of Rogers Corporation (the “ Borrower ”) listed on the signature pages thereto (each an “ Initial Guarantor ”, and together with any additional Subsidiaries which become parties to the Guaranty by executing Guaranty Supplements thereto substantially similar in form and substance hereto, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, under the Credit Agreement.  Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to it in the Guaranty.
 
By its execution below, the undersigned, [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR], a  [________________] [corporation] [partnership] [limited liability company] (the “ New Guarantor ”), agrees to become, and does hereby become, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and agrees to be bound by such Guaranty as if originally a party thereto.  By its execution below, the undersigned represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in Section 1 of the Guaranty are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Guarantor has executed and delivered this Annex I counterpart to the Guaranty as of this __________ day of _________, 20___.
 


 
[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
   
   
 
By:____________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
Exhibit 21
 

ROGERS CORPORATION AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
Subsidiaries of the Registrant


 
 
 
Company
Percentage of
Voting
Securities
Owned
 
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
     
Rogers China, Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers L-K Corp.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Japan Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Southeast Asia, Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Taiwan, Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Korea, Inc
100%
Delaware
Rogers (China) Investment Co., Ltd.
100%
China
Rogers Technologies Singapore, Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Specialty Materials Corporation
100%
Delaware
Rogers Circuit Materials Incorporated
100%
Delaware
Rogers Technologies (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
100%
China
TL Properties, Inc.
100%
Arizona
World Properties, Inc.
100%
Illinois
Rogers Technologies (Barbados) SRL
100%
Barbados
Rogers B.V.B.A.
100%
Belgium
Rogers GmbH
100%
Germany
Rogers (U.K.) Ltd.
100%
England
Rogers (Shanghai) International Trading Co. Ltd.
100%
China
Rogers KF, Inc.
100%
Delaware
Rogers Korea, Inc.
100%
Korea
Rogers Luxembourg Sarl
100%
Luxembourg
Rogers Benelux Sarl
100%
Luxembourg
Rogers Worldwide LLC
100%
Delaware
Rogers New Territories Corporation Limited
100%
Hong Kong
Rogers Asia Holding Company Limited
100%
Hong Kong
Rogers Pacific Limited
100%
Hong Kong
Utis Co., Ltd
100%
Korea
Curamik Electronics GmbH
100%
Germany
Curamik Electronics k.k.
100%
Japan
Curamik Electronics Inc.
100%
Texas
     
Rogers Inoac Corporation *
50%
Japan
Rogers Inoac Suzhou Corporation *
50%
China
 
 
*  These entities are unconsolidated joint ventures and accordingly are not included in the consolidated financial statements of Rogers Corporation, except to the extent required by the equity method of accounting.
Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF MARSH USA, INC.

We hereby consent to the references to our firm with respect to the analysis we performed regarding Rogers Corporation’s insurance coverage for its asbestos-related liabilities and defense costs contained in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 of Rogers Corporation and any amendments thereto, and to all references to us as having conducted such analysis.  In giving the foregoing consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Form 10-K within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 

  MARSH USA, INC.  
       
 
By:
/s/ John H. Denton  
    Name: John H. Denton  
    Title:   Senior Vice President  
       


New York, New York
February 15, 2011
 
 
Exhibit 23.2
 

CONSENT OF NATIONAL ECONOMIC RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

We hereby consent to the references to our firm with respect to the economic analysis we performed regarding Rogers Corporation’s projected liability for its asbestos-related liabilities and defense costs contained in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 of Rogers Corporation and any amendments thereto, and to all references to us as having conducted such analysis.  In giving the foregoing consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Form 10-K within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.



National Economic Research Associates, Inc.


By:   /s/ Mary Elizabeth Stern                 
    Name: Mary Elizabeth Stern
    Title:   Vice President



New York, New York
February 14, 2011



Exhibit 23.3
 
 

Consent of Independent Registered Pubilc Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-159063, 333-124489, 333-59634, 333-50901, 333-42545, 333-14419 and 33-53353 and Form S-3 No. 33-53369) pertaining to various stock option plans, employee savings plans, employee stock ownership plans, and stock grants of Rogers Corporation of our reports dated February 18, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Rogers Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Rogers Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 

 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 

Providence, Rhode Island
February 18, 2011
Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 

I, Robert D. Wachob, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rogers Corporation;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 

 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
Date:  February 18, 2011


  /s/ Robert D. Wachob                                     
  Robert D. Wachob
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)


Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS

I, Dennis M. Loughran, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Rogers Corporation;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 

 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
 
a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date:  February 18, 2011


  /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                                                          
  Dennis M. Loughran
  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit  32
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Rogers Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Corporation fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.



  /s/ Robert D. Wachob                                                       
  Robert D. Wachob
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)
  February 18, 2011



  /s/ Dennis M. Loughran                                                   
  Dennis M. Loughran
  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)
  February 18, 2011